Attached files

file filename
EX-10.2 - EX-10.2 - Pure Acquisition Corp.d521166dex102.htm
EX-99.3 - EX-99.3 - Pure Acquisition Corp.d521166dex993.htm
EX-99.2 - EX-99.2 - Pure Acquisition Corp.d521166dex992.htm
EX-99.1 - EX-99.1 - Pure Acquisition Corp.d521166dex991.htm
EX-23.1 - EX-23.1 - Pure Acquisition Corp.d521166dex231.htm
EX-14 - EX-14 - Pure Acquisition Corp.d521166dex14.htm
EX-10.10 - EX-10.10 - Pure Acquisition Corp.d521166dex1010.htm
EX-10.9 - EX-10.9 - Pure Acquisition Corp.d521166dex109.htm
EX-10.8 - EX-10.8 - Pure Acquisition Corp.d521166dex108.htm
EX-10.7 - EX-10.7 - Pure Acquisition Corp.d521166dex107.htm
EX-10.6 - EX-10.6 - Pure Acquisition Corp.d521166dex106.htm
EX-10.5 - EX-10.5 - Pure Acquisition Corp.d521166dex105.htm
EX-10.4 - EX-10.4 - Pure Acquisition Corp.d521166dex104.htm
EX-10.3 - EX-10.3 - Pure Acquisition Corp.d521166dex103.htm
EX-10.1 - EX-10.1 - Pure Acquisition Corp.d521166dex101.htm
EX-4.4 - EX-4.4 - Pure Acquisition Corp.d521166dex44.htm
EX-4.3 - EX-4.3 - Pure Acquisition Corp.d521166dex43.htm
EX-4.2 - EX-4.2 - Pure Acquisition Corp.d521166dex42.htm
EX-4.1 - EX-4.1 - Pure Acquisition Corp.d521166dex41.htm
EX-3.3 - EX-3.3 - Pure Acquisition Corp.d521166dex33.htm
EX-3.1 - EX-3.1 - Pure Acquisition Corp.d521166dex31.htm
Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 22, 2018

Registration No. 333-            

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

PURE ACQUISITION CORP.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   6770   82-3434680
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  (Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  (IRS Employer
Identification No.)

c/o HighPeak Pure Acquisition, LLC

421 W. 3rd Street, Suite 1000

Fort Worth, Texas 76102

(817) 850-9203

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

Jack D. Hightower

Chief Executive Officer

Pure Acquisition Corp.

c/o HighPeak Pure Acquisition, LLC

421 W. 3rd Street, Suite 1000

Fort Worth, Texas 76102

(817) 850-9203

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copies to:

Joe Dannenmaier, Esq.

Amy Curtis, Esq.

Thompson & Knight LLP

One Arts Plaza

1722 Routh Street, Suite 1500

Dallas, Texas 75201

Telephone: (214) 969-1700

Facsimile: (214) 969-1751

 

Alan I. Annex, Esq.

Jason T. Simon, Esq.

Greenberg Traurig, LLP

Met Life Building

200 Park Avenue

New York, NY 10166

Telephone: (212) 801-9200

Facsimile: (212) 801-6400

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this registration statement.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box:  ☐

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer      Accelerated filer  
Non-accelerated filer   ☒  (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)    Smaller reporting company  
     Emerging growth company  

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act.   ☐

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

 

Title of each Class of

Security being registered

 

Amount

being
Registered

  Proposed
Maximum
Offering Price
Per Security(1)
  Proposed
Maximum
Aggregate
Offering Price(1)
 

Amount of

Registration Fee

Units, each consisting of one share of Class A Common Stock, $.0001 par value, and one half of one Warrant(2)

  34,500,000 Units   $10.00   $345,000,000   $42,952.50

Shares of Class A Common Stock included as part of the Units(2)

  34,500,000 Shares                           (3)

Warrants included as part of the Units(2)

  17,250,000 Warrants                           (3)

Total

          $345,000,000   $42,952.50

 

 

(1) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(a).
(2) Includes 4,500,000 Units, consisting of 4,500,000 shares of Class A Common Stock and 2,250,000 Warrants underlying such Units which may be issued on exercise of a 45-day option granted to the Underwriters to cover over-allotments, if any.
(3) No fee pursuant to Rule 457(g).

 

 

The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. The securities described herein may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities, and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities, in any state or jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED MARCH 22, 2018

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

$300,000,000

Pure Acquisition Corp.

30,000,000 Units

 

 

Pure Acquisition Corp. is a newly organized blank check company formed for the purpose of effecting a merger, share exchange, asset acquisition, stock purchase, recapitalization, reorganization or other similar business combination with one or more businesses or entities, which we refer to as a “target business.” We intend to focus our search for target businesses in the energy industry. We do not have any specific business combination under consideration and we have not (nor has anyone on our behalf), directly or indirectly, contacted any prospective target business or had any substantive discussions, formal or otherwise, with respect to such a transaction. If we are unable to consummate an initial business combination within 18 months from the closing of this offering, we will redeem 100% of the public shares for a pro rata portion of the trust account, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account including interest earned on the funds held in the trust account and not previously released to us to pay our franchise and income taxes (less up to $50,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses), divided by the number of then outstanding public shares, subject to applicable law and as further described herein.

This is an initial public offering of our securities. Each unit that we are offering has a price of $10.00 and consists of one share of our Class A common stock and one half of one warrant. Each whole warrant entitles the holder to purchase one share of our Class A common stock at a price of $11.50. Each warrant will become exercisable on the later of 30 days after the completion of an initial business combination or 12 months from the closing of this offering and will expire on the fifth anniversary of our completion of an initial business combination, or earlier upon redemption or liquidation. We have granted the underwriters a 45-day option to purchase up to an additional 4,500,000 units to cover over-allotments, if any.

HighPeak Pure Acquisition, LLC, which we refer to throughout this prospectus as our “sponsor” or “HighPeak,” has committed to purchase from us an aggregate of 8,000,000 warrants (or 8,900,000 warrants if the over-allotment option is exercised in full) at a price of $1.00 per warrant (approximately $8,000,000 in the aggregate, or approximately $8,900,000 if the over-allotment option is exercised in full) in a private placement that will occur simultaneously with the consummation of this offering. We refer to these warrants throughout this prospectus as the private placement warrants. Each private placement warrant is exercisable to purchase one share of our Class A common stock at a price of $11.50.

Prior to this offering, our sponsor purchased 8,625,000 shares of our Class B common stock (up to 1,125,000 shares of which are subject to forfeiture depending on the extent to which the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised). We refer to these shares of Class B common stock as the founders’ shares throughout this prospectus. The shares of Class B common stock will automatically convert into shares of Class A common stock at the time of our initial business combination on a one-for-one basis, subject to adjustment as provided herein.

HighPeak Energy Partners, LP (“HighPeak LP”) will enter into a forward purchase agreement with us that provides for the purchase by HighPeak LP of an aggregate of up to 15,000,000 shares of our Class A common stock and 7,500,000 warrants, for an aggregate purchase price of up to $150,000,000 in a private placement that will close simultaneously with the closing of our initial business combination. HighPeak LP is a limited partnership affiliated with our sponsor and our management team which seeks to acquire equity and equity-like investments in oil and gas assets including oil and gas reserves; leasehold, working, net profits, mineral and royalty interests; tertiary recovery reserves; and gas processing plants and pipelines located primarily in North America. The forward purchase warrants will have the same terms as the private placement warrants so long as they are held by HighPeak LP, its affiliates or its permitted transferees, and the forward purchase shares are identical to the shares of Class A common stock included in the units being sold in this offering, except that the forward purchase shares are subject to transfer restrictions and certain registration rights, as described herein. HighPeak LP’s commitment under the forward purchase agreement may be reduced under certain circumstances described herein.

Our sponsor has committed to offer or cause an affiliate to offer to purchase, at $1.00 per public warrant, our outstanding public warrants in a tender offer that would commence after our announcement of an initial business combination and occur in connection with such business combination. If we are unable to close our business combination within the allotted time, our sponsor will purchase or cause an affiliate to purchase any outstanding public warrants for $1.00 per public warrant at the same time as we redeem our public shares.

There is presently no public market for our units, shares of Class A common stock or warrants. We have applied to have our units listed on the Nasdaq Capital Market, or Nasdaq, under the symbol “PACQU” on or promptly after the date of this prospectus. The Class A common stock and warrants comprising the units will begin separate trading on the 52nd day following the date of this prospectus unless Oppenheimer & Co. Inc. and EarlyBirdCapital, Inc. inform us of their decision to allow earlier separate trading, subject to our filing a Current Report on Form 8-K with the SEC containing an audited balance sheet reflecting our receipt of the gross proceeds of this offering and issuing a press release announcing when such separate trading will begin. Once the securities comprising the units begin separate trading, the Class A common stock and warrants will be traded on Nasdaq under the symbols “PACQ” and “PACQW,” respectively.

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act and will therefore be subject to reduced public company reporting requirements.

 

 

Investing in our securities involves a high degree of risk. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 25 of this prospectus for a discussion of information that should be considered in connection with an investment in our securities.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

     Per Unit      Total  

Public Offering Price

   $ 10.00      $ 300,000,000  

Underwriting Discount(1)

   $ 0.20      $ 6,000,000  

Proceeds to Pure Acquisition Corp. (before expenses)

   $ 9.80      $ 294,000,000  

 

(1) The underwriters will receive compensation in addition to the underwriting discount. See “Underwriting.”

Upon consummation of the offering and the sale of the private placement warrants, an aggregate of $300,000,000 (or $345,000,000 if the over-allotment option is exercised in full) or $10.00 per unit sold to the public in this offering will be deposited into a U.S.-based trust account at J.P. Morgan Chase Bank, N.A. maintained by Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, acting as trustee. Except as described in this prospectus, these funds will not be released to us until the earlier of the completion of a business combination and our redemption of our public shares (which may not occur until                 , 2019). The underwriters are offering the units on a firm commitment basis. The underwriters expect to deliver the units to purchasers on or about                 , 2018.

 

 

Book-Running Managers

 

Oppenheimer & Co.   EarlyBirdCapital, Inc.

[] , 2018


Table of Contents

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. We have not, and the underwriters have not, authorized anyone to provide you with different information. We are not, and the underwriters are not, making an offer of these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer is not permitted.

PURE ACQUISITION CORP.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

     1  

SUMMARY FINANCIAL DATA

     24  

RISK FACTORS

     25  

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

     47  

USE OF PROCEEDS

     48  

DIVIDEND POLICY

     51  

DILUTION

     51  

CAPITALIZATION

     54  

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     55  

PROPOSED BUSINESS

     60  

MANAGEMENT

     82  

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

     92  

CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS

     94  

DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES

     98  

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

     105  

UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS

     107  

UNDERWRITING

     116  

LEGAL MATTERS

     124  

EXPERTS

     124  

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

     124  

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     F-1  

 

i


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary only highlights the more detailed information appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. As this is a summary, it does not contain all of the information that you should consider in making an investment decision. Before investing, you should read this entire prospectus carefully, including the information under “Risk Factors” and our financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. References in this prospectus to “we,” “us” or “our company” refer to Pure Acquisition Corp. References in this prospectus to our “public shares” are to shares of our Class A common stock sold as part of the units in this offering (whether they are purchased in this offering or thereafter in the open market) and references to “public stockholders” refer to the holders of our public shares, including our sponsor (as defined below), officers and directors to the extent they purchase public shares, provided that their status as “public stockholders” shall only exist with respect to such public shares. References in this prospectus to our “management” or our “management team” refer to our offıcers, director nominees and directors and references to our “sponsor” refer to HighPeak Pure Acquisition, LLC, a company affiliated with our executive officers. References in this prospectus to “HighPeak LP” refer to HighPeak Energy Partners, LP, a limited partnership affiliated with our sponsor and our executive officers. References in this prospectus to our “founders’ shares” refer to our shares of Class B common stock initially purchased by our initial stockholders in private sales prior to this offering and the shares of our Class A common stock issued upon the automatic conversion thereof at the time of our initial business combination as described herein, and references to our “initial stockholders” refer to the holders of our founders’ shares prior to this offering. References in this prospectus to our “private placement warrants” refer to the warrants we are selling in a private placement simultaneously with the closing of this offering. References in this prospectus to a “forward purchase agreement” are to an agreement providing for the sale to HighPeak LP of an aggregate of up to 15,000,000 shares of Class A common stock and 7,500,000 warrants to purchase one share of Class A common stock, for an aggregate purchase price of up to $150,000,000 in a private placement that will close simultaneously with the closing of our initial business combination. References in this prospectus to “equity-linked securities” are to any securities of our company or any of our subsidiaries which are convertible into, or exchangeable or exercisable for, equity securities of our company or such subsidiary, including any securities issued by our company or any of our subsidiaries which are pledged to secure any obligation of any holder to purchase equity securities of our company or any of our subsidiaries. Unless we tell you otherwise, the information in this prospectus assumes the underwriters will not exercise their over-allotment option.

General

We are a newly organized blank check company formed under the laws of the State of Delaware on November 13, 2017. We were formed for the purpose of effecting a merger, share exchange, asset acquisition, stock purchase, recapitalization, reorganization or other similar business combination with one or more businesses or entities, which we refer to as a “target business”. To date, our efforts have been limited to organizational activities as well as activities related to this offering. None of our officers, directors, promoters and other affiliates has engaged in any substantive discussions on our behalf with representatives of other companies regarding the possibility of a potential merger, capital stock exchange, asset acquisition or other similar business combination with us.

We intend to focus our search on businesses in the energy industry with an emphasis on opportunities in the upstream oil and gas industry in North America where our management team’s networks and experience are suited although our efforts to identify a prospective target business will not be limited to a particular industry or geographic region. Although we anticipate an initial business combination with an operating business, we are not obligated to do so and may determine to facilitate a transaction with a company with no operating history if we determine that the terms of the transaction are favorable to our public stockholders and the target business has a fair market value of at least 80% of the assets held in the trust account (excluding taxes payable on the income earned on the trust account) at the time of the agreement to enter into the initial business combination.



 

1


Table of Contents

In particular, we will seek to capitalize on the operating and investing experience and network of relationships of Jack D. Hightower, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, and our other officers and directors in consummating an initial business combination. During his career, Mr. Hightower has been involved in merger and acquisition transactions valued at billions of dollars in the aggregate in the energy, banking and real estate industries. Mr. Hightower has over 47 years of operational and financial experience in the oil and gas industry, having managed many oil and gas companies as Chairman, President and CEO. He has consistently generated favorable returns throughout industry cycles by applying a disciplined, risk-adjusted investment approach, designed to balance capital preservation with value creation. In each of his last four startup companies, Mr. Hightower has completed initial acquisitions in less than nine months. Since 1995, Mr. Hightower has created and led five oil and gas exploration and production companies through acquisition, growth and value creation strategies, including the following:

 

    In March 1995, Mr. Hightower assembled a highly experienced and multi-skilled management team to form Titan Resources, L.P. (“Titan”). Mr. Hightower served as Chairman, President and CEO of the company, and was responsible for all day-to-day operating, risk management and acquisition decisions. Titan secured its founding equity investment from Natural Gas Partners (“NGP”) and management. In December 1996, Mr. Hightower led an initial public offering of Titan Resources, creating Titan Exploration, Inc. (NASDAQ: TEXP), which had a peak market capitalization of $429 million. While at Titan, Mr. Hightower completed several acquisition transactions to acquire proved oil and gas reserves and millions of net acres of mineral rights. In January 2000, Mr. Hightower led efforts to combine TEXP’s assets with Unocal Corporation’s (“Unocal”) Permian Basin and Rocky Mountain assets, thereby creating Pure Resources, Inc. (NYSE: PRS) (“Pure”), which had a peak market capitalization of $1.77 billion. In October 2002, Unocal tendered for the outstanding shares of Pure.

 

    In January 2004, Mr. Hightower and his team formed Celero Energy, LP (“Celero”) with founding equity commitments primarily from Quantum Energy Partners II & III, L.P., Wachovia Capital Investments Inc., and from management. As Chairman, President and CEO, Mr. Hightower was responsible for overseeing all day-to-day operating, risk management and acquisition decisions.

 

    In October 2006, Mr. Hightower and his team formed Celero Energy Company, LP (“Celero II”) with founding equity commitments from Natural Gas Partners VIII, L.P., management, pension funds, university endowments, financial institutions, private foundations and high net worth individuals. While Mr. Hightower elected to pursue other business opportunities in October 2009, Mr. Rodney L. Woodard, Pure’s chief operating officer, continued to lead the Celero II team and develop the properties.

 

    In June 2011, Mr. Hightower formed Bluestem Energy Partners, LP (“Bluestem Energy”), an energy-focused, private-equity backed partnership with founding equity commitments from Quantum Energy Partners, L.P. and from management. In August 2013, Bluestem Energy entered into a joint venture with Rio Oil and Gas, another Quantum Energy Partners portfolio company, and the joint venture’s assets were ultimately sold in August 2014.

We intend to identify and seek to consummate a business combination with a business that could benefit from a hands-on owner with extensive experience in the upstream oil and gas industry in North America and that presents potential for an attractive risk-adjusted return profile under our stewardship. Even fundamentally sound companies can often under-perform their potential due to underinvestment, temporary periods of dislocation in the markets in which they operate, over-levered capital structures, excessive cost structures, incomplete management teams and/or inappropriate business strategies. Our management team has experience in identifying and executing acquisitions and managing assets to performance at potential across the energy industry. In addition, our team has hands-on experience working with private companies in preparing for and executing an initial public offering and serving as active owners and directors by working closely with these companies to continue their transformations and help create value in the public markets.



 

2


Table of Contents

Prior to a business combination, the management team of our sponsor and its affiliates will provide various administrative and technical services for us including, but not limited to, corporate, financial and accounting services; business target identification; and due diligence; and proved reserve evaluation, including geological, engineering, operational, land, and environmental assessments. Our post business combination management and technical team may include members of our sponsor and its affiliates, members of the seller’s management team, and other technical people with skill-sets specific to the attributes of the target.

We believe that our management team is well positioned to identify attractive risk-adjusted returns in the marketplace, and that its contacts and transaction sources, ranging from industry executives, private owners, private equity funds, and investment bankers will enable us to pursue a broad range of business combination alternatives. Our management believes its ability to identify and implement value creation initiatives will remain central to its differentiated acquisition strategy.

Our management team’s objective is to generate attractive financial returns and create significant value for our stockholders by using its relationships with major integrated oil and gas companies, large-cap independents, energy private equity funds, and other industry players to source primarily negotiated transactions to acquire and operate quality assets with reserve, production and cash flow upside. We believe our management team has significant experience in all areas of oil and gas evaluation and operations, including horizontal drilling and advanced completion techniques, seismic acquisition and interpretation, financial structuring, and value creation methods to maximize production and proved reserves. Moreover, our team has experience investing across a variety of commodity price cycles to deliver strong full-cycle economics and in identifying high-quality assets and businesses with resource and capital optimization potential. Our management team also has consummated a significant number of successful acquisitions and divestitures, and has experience in both taking companies public and financing them in the equity and debt capital markets.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the past performance of Mr. Hightower, our other officers and directors, and their respective affiliates is not a guarantee that we will be able to identify a suitable candidate for our initial business combination or realize success with respect to any business combination we may consummate. You should not rely on the historical record of our management’s performance as indicative of our future performance. None of our officers or directors have had experience with blank check companies or special purpose acquisition companies in the past.

Investment Thesis

Our management team’s differentiated approach to creating value in the oil and gas sector combines the elements of a lower-risk and capital preservation approach, balanced with higher return, exploration upside. The fundamental underpinnings of this approach include:

 

    Leverage Intellectual Capital. We strive at all times to utilize the wide range of the team’s and, where relevant, third-party skill-sets, backgrounds, experiences, and other intellectual capital to identify and realize unexploited value.

 

    Conservative Assumptions. We believe in a conservative approach to reserve evaluation and valuation. As such, our management team typically runs a range of sensitivity analyses, including setting a valuation cap based primarily on already-established value (i.e., proved developed producing reserves) under worst-case scenario assumptions for large acquisitions.

 

    Pursuit of Hidden Value. We aggressively and thoroughly investigate the potential upside in the prospective properties we review, including evaluating the viability of overlooked enhanced exploitation opportunities, newly discovered or under-appreciated exploration opportunities, or other creative ways of monetizing value (e.g., by selling exploration rights to third-party entities or immediately disposing of non-core assets).


 

3


Table of Contents

By taking this differentiated, multi-faceted, and comprehensive approach to evaluating prospective investments, our management team believes it is able to mitigate risk, while maximizing the embedded option value of the investment in terms of its upside potential.

Our management team’s approach to risk mitigation includes identifying, evaluating, and managing risk. Specific elements of our approach to risk mitigation include, but are not limited to:

 

    Thorough field-by-field property evaluation, including an engineering analysis, a geological and geophysical analysis, and a land, lease title, and material contracts review performed internally and in some cases by third-party technical experts;

 

    Evaluation of the production history of the assets;

 

    Environmental liability assessment;

 

    Portfolio balancing analysis to seek an appropriate mix of long-lived/short-lived reserves and exploitation/exploration opportunities;

 

    Identification of opportunities to improve asset efficiency;

 

    In most cases, implementation and maintenance of relevant hedging programs designed to mitigate possible downturns in commodity price cycles; and

 

    Marketing hydrocarbons and negotiating long-term physical sales transactions and pipeline capacity agreements.

By employing this approach to property evaluation and risk mitigation, we seek to consummate a business combination with upside potential.

Our management team members have experience acquiring and unlocking the value of attractive, but less-than-fully exploited, oil and gas assets. Often the value of these assets has not been maximized to date either because the property was not a priority focus for the seller, or because other market participants simply did not recognize the same value creation potential. Due to our team members’ experience and understanding of the applicability and viability of relevant value creation strategies we believe we are well-positioned to seek upside potential. Equally important, with their network of contacts with oil field services providers, our management team believes they are well positioned to execute these strategies by identifying and assembling (often scarce) resources, such as qualified teams and appropriate equipment.

Business Strategy

Our acquisition and value creation strategy will be to identify, acquire and, after our initial business combination, build a company in the energy industry that complements the experience of our management team and can benefit from the application of their operational control. Our acquisition strategy will leverage our team’s network of potential proprietary and public transaction sources where we believe a combination of our relationships, and knowledge and experience in the energy industry could effect a positive transformation or augmentation of existing businesses or properties to improve their overall value proposition.

We plan to utilize the network and energy industry experience of our management team in seeking an initial business combination and employing our acquisition strategy. Over the course of their careers, the members of our management team and their affiliates have developed a broad network of contacts and corporate relationships that we believe will serve as a useful source of acquisition opportunities. We expect these networks will provide our management team with a robust flow of acquisition opportunities. In addition, we anticipate that target asset and/or target business candidates will be brought to our attention from various unaffiliated sources, which may



 

4


Table of Contents

include investment market participants, private equity groups, investment banking firms, consultants, accounting firms and large business enterprises. Upon completion of this offering, members of our management team will communicate with their networks of relationships to articulate the parameters for our search for target assets and/or companies and a potential business combination, and begin the process of pursuing and reviewing opportunities with value creation potential.

The primary strategies our management team will use to identify a potential business combination to generate favorable returns include seeking to:

 

    Acquire and operate quality, producing assets with a large oil and gas reserve base with production, proved reserve and cash flow upside.

 

    Provide development capital and expertise to partner with companies (including majors and large-cap independents) with high quality assets and core acreage positions at attractive economics.

 

    Leverage proved developed reserves while targeting multiple productive pay zones to increase upside potential.

We believe our key differentiators include:

 

    We believe our team has operating and technical experience in horizontal drilling and completion techniques, seismic interpretation, acquisition evaluation, financial structuring, operational efficiencies, full-cycle economics and the value creation methods to maximize production, proved oil and gas reserves, and cash flow.

 

    We believe our management team is differentiated in its ability to economically, efficiently and consistently obtain the needed services to its properties (or projects) in varying market environments.

 

    We believe our management team has experience in the safe and environmentally-sound drilling practices and production operations, the marketing of hydrocarbons and the implementation of hedging programs.

 

    Cumulatively, our team has managed tens of thousands of producing wells, drilled and completed thousands of horizontal wells and is widely regarded in the industry as prudent operators and partners.

Acquisition Criteria

We have identified the following general criteria and guidelines we believe are important in evaluating prospective targets. We intend to use these criteria and guidelines in evaluating acquisition opportunities, but we may decide to enter into our initial business combination with a target that does not meet these criteria and guidelines. We intend to acquire target businesses we believe:

 

    are fundamentally sound but we believe can achieve better results by leveraging the operating and financial experience of our management team and their affiliates;

 

    can utilize the extensive networks and insights our management team has built in the energy industry;

 

    are at an inflection point, such as requiring additional management expertise, are able to innovate through new operational techniques, or where we believe we can drive improved financial performance;

 

    exhibit unrecognized value or other characteristics, desirable returns on capital, and a need for capital to achieve the company’s growth strategy, that we believe have been misevaluated by the marketplace based on our analysis and due diligence review; and

 

    will offer an attractive risk-adjusted return for our stockholders.


 

5


Table of Contents

We will seek to acquire the target on terms and in a manner that leverages our management team’s experience investing within the energy industry. Potential upside from growth in the target business and an improved capital structure will be weighed against any identified downside risks designed to balance capital preservation with value creation.

These criteria are not intended to be exhaustive. Any evaluation relating to the merits of a particular initial business combination may be based, to the extent relevant, on these general guidelines as well as other considerations, factors and criteria our management may deem relevant. In the event we decide to enter into our initial business combination with a target business that does not meet the above criteria and guidelines, we will disclose that the target business does not meet the above criteria in our stockholder communications related to our initial business combination, which, as discussed in this prospectus, would be in the form of proxy solicitation or tender offer materials we would file with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC.

Our Acquisition Process

We expect to conduct a refined, systematic and disciplined approach with respect to evaluating prospective target assets and/or target businesses for our initial business combination.

After progressing past an initial screening, prospective targets will be subjected to a thorough due diligence process. We expect this review will be performed by our experienced management team. The due diligence process examines all important aspects of a prospective target acquisition in detail, with particular attention focused on the proved reserve asset base, production enhancement plans and strategic financial plans, including risk mitigation tools. During our review process of target assets and/or companies for a business combination, our management team will thoroughly review all aspects of the target business, including, as applicable: (i) production rates and ultimate recoverable reserves; (ii) risk profiles of the assets including, but not limited to, an analysis of concentration, reservoir peculiarities, geologic conditions, operational, environmental, health, safety, and other related risks; (iii) lease operating costs and overhead expenses; (iv) historical oil and gas prices and related “basis” risk relative to geographic location and quality of the oil or gas; (v) other potential burdens or benefits to future cash flow, including contingent liabilities; and (vi) any special tax consequences of the transaction. Our management team has reviewed numerous transactions annually and, consequently, we believe their operating experience and contacts enable them to efficiently identify those target opportunities which have the highest probability of success.

Effecting a Business Combination

We will either (1) seek stockholder approval of our initial business combination at a meeting called for such purpose at which stockholders may seek to convert their shares, regardless of whether they vote for or against the proposed business combination, into their pro rata share of the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account (net of taxes payable), or (2) provide our stockholders with the opportunity to sell their shares to us by means of a tender offer (and thereby avoid the need for a stockholder vote) for an amount equal to their pro rata share of the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account (net of taxes payable), in each case subject to the limitations described herein. The decision as to whether we will seek stockholder approval of our proposed business combination or allow stockholders to sell their shares to us in a tender offer will be made by us, solely in our discretion, and will be based on a variety of factors such as the timing of the transaction and whether the terms of the transaction would otherwise require us to seek stockholder approval. In that case, we will file tender offer documents with the SEC which will contain substantially the same financial and other information about the initial business combination as is required under the SEC’s proxy rules. We will consummate our initial business combination only if we have net tangible assets of at least $5,000,001 upon such consummation and, if we seek stockholder approval, a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock voted are voted in favor of the business combination.



 

6


Table of Contents

We will have until 18 months from the closing of this offering to consummate an initial business combination. If we are unable to consummate an initial business combination within such time period, we will redeem 100% of our outstanding public shares for a pro rata portion of the funds held in the trust account, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account including interest earned on the funds held in the trust account and not previously released to us, divided by the number of then outstanding public shares, subject to applicable law and as further described herein, and then seek to dissolve and liquidate. We expect the pro rata redemption price to be approximately $10.00 per share of Class A common stock (regardless of whether or not the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option), without taking into account any interest earned on such funds. However, we cannot assure you that we will in fact be able to distribute such amounts as a result of claims of creditors which may take priority over the claims of our public stockholders.

Our initial business combination must occur with one or more target businesses that together have a fair market value of at least 80% of the assets held in the trust account (excluding taxes payable on the income earned on the trust account) at the time of the agreement to enter into the initial business combination. The fair market value of the target or targets will be determined by our board of directors based upon one or more standards generally accepted by the financial community (such as actual and potential sales, earnings, cash flow, proved oil and gas reserves, oil and gas production, oil and gas lease acreage and/or book value). Even though our board of directors will rely on generally accepted standards, our board of directors will have discretion to select the standards employed. In addition, the application of the standards generally involves a substantial degree of judgment. Accordingly, investors will be relying on the business judgment of the board of directors in evaluating the fair market value of the target or targets. The proxy solicitation materials or tender offer documents used by us in connection with any proposed transaction will provide public stockholders with our analysis of the fair market value of the target business, as well as the basis for our determinations. If our board is not able independently to determine the fair market value of the target business or businesses, we may obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm, or another independent entity that commonly renders valuation opinions on the type of target business we are seeking to acquire, with respect to the satisfaction of such criteria. Except as required by applicable law, our stockholders may not be provided with a copy of such opinion and may not be permitted to rely on such opinion.

We may pursue an acquisition opportunity jointly with HighPeak LP or one or more other entities affiliated with HighPeak LP which we refer to as an “Affiliated Joint Acquisition.” Any such parties may co-invest with us in the target business at the time of our initial business combination, or we could raise additional proceeds to complete the acquisition by issuing to such parties a class of equity or equity-linked securities. We refer to this potential future issuance, or a similar issuance to other specified purchasers, as a “specified future issuance” throughout this prospectus. Any such Affiliated Joint Acquisition or specified future issuance would be in addition to, and would not include, the securities issued pursuant to the forward purchase agreement. The amount and other terms and conditions of any such specified future issuance would be determined at the time thereof. We are not obligated to make any specified future issuance and may determine not to do so. This is not an offer for any specified future issuance. Pursuant to the anti-dilution provisions of our founders’ shares, any such specified future issuance would result in an adjustment to the conversion ratio such that our initial stockholders and their permitted transferees, if any, would retain their aggregate percentage ownership at 20% of the sum of the total number of all shares of Class A common stock outstanding upon completion of this offering plus all shares issued in the specified future issuance, unless the holders of a majority of the then-outstanding shares of founders’ shares agreed to waive such adjustment with respect to the specified future issuance at the time thereof. We cannot determine at this time whether a majority of the holders of our founders’ shares at the time of any such specified future issuance would agree to waive such adjustment to the conversion ratio. If such adjustment is not waived, the specified future issuance would not reduce the percentage ownership of holders of our founders’ shares, but would reduce the percentage ownership of the holders of Class A common stock, other than founders’ Shares, issued pursuant to this offering. If such adjustment is waived, the specified future issuance would reduce the percentage ownership of holders of Class A common stock issued pursuant to this offering and



 

7


Table of Contents

of the holders of the founders’ shares. The issuance of the securities issued pursuant to the forward purchase agreement will not result in such an adjustment to the conversion ratio of our founders’ shares.

We currently anticipate structuring a business combination to acquire 100% of the equity interests or assets of the target business or businesses. We may, however, structure our initial business combination where we merge directly with the target business or where we acquire less than 100% of such interests or assets of the target business to meet certain objectives of the target management team or shareholders or for other reasons, including an Affiliated Joint Acquisition, but we will only complete such business combination if the post-transaction company owns or acquires 50% or more of the outstanding voting securities of the target or otherwise acquires a controlling interest in the target sufficient for it not to be required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or the Investment Company Act. Even if the post-transaction company owns or acquires 50% or more of the voting securities of the target, our stockholders prior to the business combination may collectively own a minority interest in the post-transaction company, depending on valuations ascribed to the target and us in the business combination transaction. For example, we could pursue a transaction in which we issue a substantial number of new shares in exchange for all of the outstanding capital stock of a target. In this case, we could acquire a 100% controlling interest in the target; however, as a result of the issuance of a substantial number of new shares, our stockholders immediately prior to our initial business combination could own less than a majority of our outstanding shares subsequent to our initial business combination. If less than 100% of the equity interests or assets of a target business or businesses are owned or acquired by the post-transaction company, the portion of such business or businesses that is owned or acquired is what will be valued for purposes of the 80% fair market value test. If the business combination involves more than one target business, the 80% of net assets test will be based on the aggregate value of all of the target businesses and we will treat the target businesses together as the initial business combination for purposes of a tender offer or for seeking stockholder approval, as applicable.

Potential Conflicts

Each of our officers and our directors other than our “independent directors” is an officer and/or director of our sponsor and/or an affiliated company. We are not prohibited from pursuing an initial business combination with or from a company affiliated with, or involving properties operated by, our sponsor or its affiliates or its officers or directors; nor are we prohibited from entering into an agreement with our sponsor or its affiliates or a company affiliated with our officers or directors with respect to the operation of any properties we acquire in connection with the initial business combination. In the event we seek to complete our initial business combination with a company affiliated with our sponsor, officers or directors, we, or a committee of independent directors, may obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm which is a member of FINRA or an independent accounting firm that our initial business combination is fair to our company from a financial point of view. Through their direct or indirect interest in a HighPeak affiliated company, members of our management team currently own an indirect interest in us. Each member of our management team may have a conflict of interest in determining whether a particular target business is an appropriate business with which to effectuate our initial business combination. Further, each of our officers and directors may have a conflict of interest with respect to evaluating a particular business combination if the retention or resignation of any such officers and directors was included by a target business as a condition to any agreement with respect to our initial business combination.

We currently do not have any specific business combination under consideration. Our officers and directors have neither individually selected nor considered a target business for our initial business combination nor have they had any discussions regarding possible target businesses among themselves or with our underwriters or other advisors. All of the members of our management team are employed by a HighPeak affiliate and are direct investors in a HighPeak affiliate. HighPeak is continuously made aware of potential business opportunities, one or more of which we may desire to pursue for a business combination, but we have not (nor has anyone on our



 

8


Table of Contents

behalf) contacted any prospective target business or had any discussions, formal or otherwise, with respect to a business combination transaction. We have not (nor have any of our agents or affiliates) been approached by any candidates (or representatives of any candidates) with respect to a possible acquisition transaction with us and we will not consider a business combination with any company that has already been identified to HighPeak as a suitable acquisition candidate for it. Additionally, we have not, nor has anyone on our behalf, taken any measure, directly or indirectly, to identify or locate any suitable acquisition candidate for us, nor have we engaged or retained any agent or other representative to identify or locate any such acquisition candidate.

Each of our officers and directors presently has, and any of them in the future may have, additional, fiduciary or contractual obligations to other entities pursuant to which such officer or director is or will be required to present a business combination opportunity. Accordingly, if any of our officers or directors becomes aware of a business combination opportunity which is suitable for an entity to which he or she has then-current fiduciary or contractual obligations, he or she will honor his or her fiduciary or contractual obligations to present such opportunity to such other entity. We do not believe, however, that the fiduciary duties or contractual obligations of our officers or directors will materially affect our ability to complete our business combination. In addition, we may, at our option, pursue an Affiliated Joint Acquisition opportunity with an entity to which an officer or director has a fiduciary or contractual obligation, including a HighPeak affiliate. Any such entity may co-invest with us in the target business at the time of our initial business combination, or we could raise additional proceeds to complete the acquisition by making a specified future issuance to any such entity. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that we renounce our interest in any corporate opportunity offered to our sponsor or its affiliates or our non-employee directors or their affiliates unless such opportunity is expressly offered to such person solely in his or her capacity as a director or officer of our company and such opportunity is one we are legally and contractually permitted to undertake and would otherwise be reasonable for us to pursue.

Our sponsor, officers and directors have agreed, pursuant to a written letter agreement, not to participate in the formation of, or become an officer or director of, any other blank check company until we have entered into a definitive agreement regarding our initial business combination or we have failed to complete our initial business combination within 18 months after the closing of this offering.

For more information on the relevant pre-existing fiduciary duties or contractual obligations of our management team, see the section titled “Management—Conflicts of Interest.”

JOBS Act

We are an emerging growth company as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (which we refer to herein as the JOBS Act) and will remain such for up to five years. As such, we are eligible to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements applicable to other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies” including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a non-binding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. If some investors find our securities less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our securities and the prices of our securities may be more volatile.

However, if our annual gross revenue is $1.07 billion or more, if our non-convertible debt issued within a three-year period exceeds $1 billion or the market value of our shares of common stock that are held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million on the last day of the second fiscal quarter of any given fiscal year, we would cease to be an emerging growth company as of the following fiscal year.



 

9


Table of Contents

As an emerging growth company, we have elected, under Section 107(b) of the JOBS Act, to take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, for complying with new or revised accounting standards.

Corporate Information

Our executive offices are located at 421 West 3rd Street, Fort Worth, Texas 76102. Our telephone number is (817) 850-9201.

Private Placements

On December 12, 2017, our sponsor purchased an aggregate of 10,062,500 shares of our Class B common stock, which we refer to throughout this prospectus as the “founders’ shares,” for an aggregate purchase price of $25,000, or approximately $0.002 per share. In March 2018, our sponsor returned to us, at no cost, an aggregate of 1,437,500 founder shares, which we cancelled, leaving an aggregate of 8,625,000 founder shares outstanding. In March 2018, our sponsor transferred 40,000 founders’ shares to each of our independent director nominees. The founders’ shares held by our sponsor includes an aggregate of up to 1,125,000 shares subject to forfeiture to the extent the underwriters’ over-allotment option is not exercised in full or in part, so that the holders of the founders’ shares will continue to own 20.0% of our issued and outstanding shares after this offering.

In addition, our sponsor has committed to purchase an aggregate of 8,000,000 warrants at a price of $1.00 per warrant ($8.0 million in the aggregate) in a private placement that will occur simultaneously with the closing of this offering. Our sponsor has also agreed if the over-allotment option is exercised by the underwriters in full or in part, it will purchase from us at a price of $1.00 per warrant an additional number of warrants (up to a maximum of 900,000 warrants) to fund projected offering expenses and working capital requirements.



 

10


Table of Contents

The Offering

 

Securities offered

30,000,000 units, at $10.00 per unit, each unit consisting of one share of Class A common stock and one half of one warrant.

 

Listing of our securities and proposed symbols

We anticipate the units, and the shares of Class A common stock and warrants once they begin separate trading, will be listed on Nasdaq under the symbols “PACQU,” “PACQ” and “PACQW,” respectively.

 

Trading commencement and separation of Class A common stock and warrants

The units will begin trading on or promptly after the date of this prospectus. The Class A common stock and warrants comprising the units will begin separate trading on the 52nd day following the date of this prospectus unless Oppenheimer & Co. Inc. and EarlyBirdCapital, Inc. inform us of their decision to allow earlier separate trading, subject to our having filed the Current Report on Form 8-K described below and having issued a press release and filed a Current Report on Form 8-K announcing when such separate trading will begin. However, no fractional warrants will be issued and only whole warrants will trade.

 

  Once the shares of Class A common stock and warrants commence separate trading, holders will have the option to continue to hold units or separate their units into the component pieces. Holders will need to have their brokers contact our transfer agent to separate the units into shares of Class A common stock and warrants.

 

  In no event will the Class A common stock and warrants be traded separately until we have filed a Current Report on Form 8-K with the SEC containing an audited balance sheet reflecting our receipt of the gross proceeds at the closing of this offering. We will file the Current Report on Form 8-K promptly after the closing of this offering, which is anticipated to take place three business days from the date of this prospectus. If the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised following the initial filing of such Current Report on Form 8-K, a second or amended Current Report on Form 8-K will be filed to provide updated financial information to reflect the exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option. We will also include in a Form 8-K, or amendment thereto, or in a subsequent Form 8-K, information indicating if Oppenheimer & Co. Inc. and EarlyBirdCapital, Inc. have allowed separate trading of the Class A common stock and warrants prior to the 52nd day after the date of this prospectus.

Units:

 

Number outstanding before this offering

0 units

 

Number outstanding after this offering

30,000,000 units(1)


 

11


Table of Contents

Shares of common stock:

 

Number outstanding before this offering

8,625,000 shares of Class B common stock(2)

 

Number to be outstanding after this offering

37,500,000 shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock(1)

Warrants:

 

Number outstanding before this offering

0 warrants

 

Number to be sold in private placement simultaneously with this offering

8,000,000(3)

 

Number to be outstanding after this offering and private placement

23,000,000(3)

 

  (1) Assumes the over-allotment option has not been exercised and an aggregate of 1,125,000 founders’ shares have been forfeited.

 

  (2) This number includes an aggregate of up to 1,125,000 founders’ shares that are subject to forfeiture if the over-allotment option is not exercised by the underwriters in full. Founders’ shares are convertible into shares of Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis, subject to adjustment as described below adjacent to the caption “Securities purchased, or being purchased, by insiders and anti-dilution provisions”.

 

  (3) Assumes the over-allotment option has not been exercised.

 

Exercisability

Each whole warrant is exercisable for one share of Class A common stock. No fractional warrants will be issued upon separation of the units and only whole warrants will trade. The warrants will become exercisable on the later of 30 days after the completion of an initial business combination or 12 months from the date of this prospectus provided in each case that we have an effective registration statement under the Securities Act covering the shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants and a current prospectus relating to them is available (or we permit holders to exercise their warrants on a cashless basis under the circumstances specified in the warrant agreement).

 

 

We are not registering the shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants at this time. However, we have agreed that as soon as practicable, but in no event later than 15 business days after the closing of our initial business combination, we will use our best efforts to file and have an effective registration statement covering the shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants, to maintain a current prospectus relating to those shares of Class A common stock until the warrants expire or are redeemed; provided, that if our Class A common stock is at the time



 

12


Table of Contents
 

of any exercise of a warrant not listed on a national securities exchange such that it satisfies the definition of a “covered security” under Section 18(b)(1) of the Securities Act, we may, at our option, require holders of public warrants who exercise their warrants to do so on a “cashless basis” in accordance with Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act and, in the event we so elect, we will not be required to file or maintain in effect a registration statement, but we will be required to use our best efforts to register or qualify the shares under applicable blue sky laws to the extent an exemption is not available.

 

  The warrants will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the fifth anniversary of our completion of an initial business combination, or earlier upon redemption.

 

Exercise price

$11.50 per whole share of Class A common stock.

 

Tender offer for public warrants by our sponsor or an affiliate

Our sponsor has committed to offer or cause an affiliate to offer to purchase, at $1.00 per public warrant (exclusive of commissions), the outstanding public warrants in a tender offer that would commence after our announcement of an initial business combination and occur in connection with such business combination. The warrant tender offer would not be conditioned upon any minimum number of warrants being tendered.

 

  Our sponsor has also committed to offer or cause an affiliate to offer to purchase, at $1.00 per public warrant (exclusive of commissions), the outstanding public warrants in a tender offer that would commence after our filing of a proxy statement or information statement with respect to a proposed amendment to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that would affect the substance of timing of our obligation to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete a business combination within 18 months from the closing of this offering. Any such purchases would occur in connection with the effectiveness of such amendment.

 

 

On the date of this prospectus, our sponsor or its affiliate will either deposit cash funds or a letter of credit from a financially capable bank in good standing in an amount equal to $15,000,000 (or $17,250,000 if the over-allotment is exercised in full) with Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company. The funds held in the escrow account may be used (or the letter of credit may be drawn upon) to pay $1.00 per warrant to holders of public warrants (excluding private placement warrants or forward purchase warrants) that tender in the tender offer for the public warrants. At any time, our sponsor or its affiliate may substitute a letter of credit from a financially capable bank in good standing in lieu of cash or cash in lieu of a letter of credit. Neither funds in the escrow account nor the letter of credit shall be held in trust nor comprise any portion of any pro-rata distribution of our trust account. In the event a business combination is announced and a tender offer for the warrants



 

13


Table of Contents
 

is made, but the business combination is later abandoned, the tender offer will not be closed, and the warrants will be returned to the holders.

 

  In the event that we are unable to close a business combination within the allotted time, the escrow agent will be authorized to transfer $1.00 per whole public warrant, to holders of public warrants other than our sponsor and its affiliates, at the same time as we redeem our public shares, and all public warrants will expire worthless.

 

  Following the tender offer or payment to holders of public warrants described above, any amounts remaining in the escrow account will be returned to our sponsor or its affiliate.

 

Redemption of Warrants

We may redeem the outstanding warrants (excluding the private placement warrants and any additional warrants underlying issued to our sponsor, officers or directors in payment of working capital loans made to us) in whole and not in part, at a price of $0.01 per warrant at any time while the warrants are exercisable, upon a minimum of 30 days’ prior written notice of redemption, if, and only if, the last sales price of our shares of Class A common stock equals or exceeds $18.00 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reorganizations and recapitalizations) for any 20 trading days within a 30 trading day period ending three business days before we send the notice of redemption; and if, and only if, there is a current registration statement in effect with respect to the shares of Class A common stock underlying such warrants.

 

  If the foregoing conditions are satisfied and we issue a notice of redemption, each warrant holder can exercise his, her or its warrant prior to the scheduled redemption date. However, the price of the shares of Class A common stock may fall below the $18.00 trigger price as well as the $11.50 warrant exercise price after the redemption notice is issued.

 

  If we call the warrants for redemption as described above, our management will have the option to require all holders that wish to exercise warrants to do so on a “cashless basis.” In such event, each holder would pay the exercise price by surrendering the warrants for that number of shares of Class A common stock equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (x) the product of the number of shares of Class A common stock underlying the warrants, multiplied by the difference between the exercise price of the warrants and the “fair market value” (defined below) by (y) the fair market value. The “fair market value” shall mean the average reported last sale price of the shares of Class A common stock for the five trading days ending on the third trading day prior to the date on which the notice of redemption is sent to the holders of warrants.

 

  None of the private placement warrants will be redeemable by us so long as they are held by the initial purchasers of the private placement warrants or their permitted transferees.


 

14


Table of Contents

Securities purchased, or being purchased, by insiders

Our sponsor has purchased an aggregate of 10,062,500 founders’ shares for an aggregate purchase price of $25,000, or approximately $0.002 per share. In March 2018, our sponsor returned to us, at no cost, an aggregate of 1,437,500 founder shares, which we cancelled, leaving an aggregate of 8,625,000 founder shares outstanding. In March 2018, our sponsor transferred 40,000 founders’ shares to each of our independent director nominees. The 8,625,000 founders’ shares include an aggregate of up to 1,125,000 shares of Class B common stock subject to forfeiture to the extent the over-allotment option is not exercised by the underwriters in full or in part. Our sponsor will be required to forfeit only a number of shares of Class B common stock necessary to continue to maintain the 20.0% ownership interest in our shares of common stock after giving effect to the offering and exercise, if any, of the underwriters’ over-allotment option. If we increase or decrease the size of the offering, we will effect a stock dividend or share contribution back to capital, as applicable, with respect to our Class B common stock immediately prior to the consummation of this offering in such amount as to maintain the ownership of our initial stockholders prior to this offering at 20% of the issued and outstanding shares of our common stock upon the consummation of this offering. The founders’ shares are identical to the shares of Class A common stock included in the units being sold in this offering, except:

 

    The founders’ shares automatically convert into shares of Class A common stock at the time of our initial business combination, or at any time prior thereto at the option of the holder, on a one-for-one basis, subject to adjustment pursuant to certain anti-dilution provisions, as described herein;

 

   

Our sponsor, officers and directors have entered into a letter agreement with us, pursuant to which they have agreed (i) to waive their redemption rights with respect to any founders’ shares and any public shares held by them in connection with the completion of our initial business combination and (ii) to waive their rights to liquidating distributions from the Trust Account with respect to any founders’ shares held by them if we fail to complete our initial business combination within 18 months from the closing of this offering, although they will be entitled to liquidating distributions from our trust account with respect to any public shares they hold if we fail to complete our business combination within the prescribed time frame. If we submit our initial business combination to our public stockholders for a vote, we will complete our initial business combination only if a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock voted are voted in favor of the initial business combination. Our initial stockholders have agreed to vote any founders’ shares held by them and any public shares purchased during or after this offering in favor of our initial business combination. As a result, in addition to our initial stockholders’ founders’ shares, we would need 11,250,001, or 37.5%, of the 30,000,000 public shares sold in this offering to be voted in favor of a transaction



 

15


Table of Contents
 

(assuming all outstanding shares are voted) in order to have our initial business combination approved (assuming the over-allotment option is not exercised).

 

    The founders’ shares are subject to registration rights as described herein.

 

    Our sponsor and officers and directors have agreed (A) to vote any shares owned by them in favor of any proposed business combination and (B) not to convert any shares in connection with a stockholder vote to approve a proposed initial business combination or sell any shares to us in a tender offer in connection with a proposed initial business combination.

 

  Simultaneously with the consummation of this offering, our sponsor has committed to purchase an aggregate of 8,000,000 private placement warrants at $1.00 per private placement warrant (for a total purchase price of $8,000,000) pursuant to a subscription agreement with us. Our sponsor has also agreed that if the over-allotment option is exercised by the underwriters in full or in part, it will purchase from us an additional number of warrants (up to a maximum of 900,000 warrants) at a price of $1.00 per warrant necessary to fund offering expenses and projected working capital requirements.

 

Founder shares conversion and anti-dilution rights

In the case additional shares of Class A common stock, or equity-linked securities, are issued or deemed issued in excess of the amounts sold in this offering and related to the closing of the initial business combination, the ratio at which shares of Class B common stock shall convert into shares of Class A common stock will be adjusted (unless the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Class B common stock agree to waive such adjustment with respect to any such issuance or deemed issuance) so that the number of shares of Class A common stock issuable upon conversion of all shares of Class B common stock will equal, in the aggregate, on an as-converted basis, 20% of the sum of the total number of all shares of common stock outstanding upon the completion of this offering plus all shares of Class A common stock and equity-linked securities issued or deemed issued in connection with the business combination (excluding any securities issued pursuant to the forward purchase agreement and any shares or equity-linked securities issued, or to be issued, to any seller in the business combination).

 

Restrictions on transfer of founders’ shares and private placement warrants

On the date of this prospectus, the founders’ shares will be placed into an escrow account maintained in New York, New York by Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, acting as escrow agent. Subject to certain limited exceptions, these shares will not be transferred, assigned, sold or released from escrow until (1) with respect to 50% of the founders’ shares, the earlier of one year after



 

16


Table of Contents
 

the date of the consummation of our initial business combination and the date on which the closing price of our Class A common stock equals or exceeds $12.00 per share (as adjusted for share splits, share dividends, reorganizations and recapitalizations) for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period commencing after our initial business combination and (2) with respect to the remaining 50% of the founders’ shares, one year after the date of the consummation of our initial business combination, or earlier, in either case, if, subsequent to our initial business combination, we consummate a liquidation, merger, stock exchange or other similar transaction which results in all of our stockholders having the right to exchange their shares of Class B common stock for cash, securities or other property. The limited exceptions include transfers, assignments or sales (i) to our or our sponsor’s officers, directors, consultants or their affiliates, (ii) to an entity’s members upon its liquidation, (iii) to relatives and trusts for estate planning purposes, (iv) by virtue of the laws of descent and distribution upon death, (v) pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order, (vi) to us for no value for cancellation in connection with the consummation of our initial business combination, or (vii) in connection with the consummation of a business combination at prices no greater than the price at which the shares were originally purchased, in each case (except for clause (vi) or with our prior consent) where the transferee agrees to the terms of the escrow agreement and to be bound by these transfer restrictions.

 

  The private placement warrants (including the shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the private placement warrants) will not be transferable, assignable or salable until after the completion of our initial business combination.

 

Offering proceeds to be held in trust

An aggregate of $10.00 per unit sold to the public in this offering (regardless of whether or not the over-allotment option is exercised) will be placed in a U.S.-based trust account at J.P. Morgan Chase Bank, N.A. maintained by Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, acting as trustee pursuant to an agreement to be signed on the date of this prospectus. Except as set forth below, the proceeds held in the trust account will not be released until the earlier of the completion of an initial business combination and our redemption of 100% of the outstanding public shares if we have not completed a business combination in the required time period. Therefore, unless and until an initial business combination is consummated, the proceeds held in the trust account will not be available for our use for any expenses related to this offering or expenses which we may incur related to the investigation and selection of a target business and the negotiation of an agreement to acquire a target business.

 

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, there can be released to us from the trust account (i) any interest earned on the funds in the trust account that we need to pay our income or other tax obligations, (ii) up to



 

17


Table of Contents
 

$10,000 per month we need for office space, utilities and secretarial and administrative support, and (iii) up to $50,000 earned on the funds in the trust account that we may need to pay for our liquidation expenses if we are unable to consummate an initial business combination within the required time period. With these exceptions, expenses incurred by us may be paid prior to a business combination only from the net proceeds of this offering not held in the trust account (initially estimated to be $1,000,000); provided, however, that to meet our working capital needs following the consummation of this offering if the funds not held in the trust account are insufficient, our sponsor, officers, directors or their affiliates may, but are not obligated to, loan us funds, from time to time or at any time, in whatever amount they deem reasonable in their sole discretion. Each loan would be evidenced by a promissory note. The notes would either be paid upon consummation of our initial business combination, without interest, or, at the holder’s discretion, up to $1,500,000 of the notes may be converted into private placement warrants at a price of $1.00 per private placement warrant. In the event the initial business combination does not close, we may use a portion of the working capital held outside the trust account to repay such loaned amounts, but no proceeds from our trust account would be used for such repayment.

 

  None of the warrants may be exercised until the later of 30 days after the consummation of a business combination or 12 months from the closing of this offering and, thus, after the proceeds of the trust account have been disbursed. Accordingly, the warrant exercise price will be paid directly to us and not placed in the trust account.

 

Limited payments to insiders

There will be no fees, reimbursements or other cash payments paid to our sponsor, officers, directors or their affiliates for any services they render prior to, or to effectuate the consummation of, an initial business combination (regardless of the type of transaction it is) other than the following payments, none of which (other than the payment of the $10,000 per month) will be made from the proceeds of this offering held in the trust account prior to the completion of our initial business combination:

 

    repayment at the closing of this offering of an aggregate of up to $200,000 of non-interest bearing loans made by our sponsor;

 

    payment of $10,000 per month to our sponsor or one of its affiliates, for up to 18 months, for office space, utilities and secretarial and administrative support;

 

    reimbursement for any out-of-pocket expenses relating to identifying, investigating, and completing an initial business combination; and

 

   

repayment of loans which may be made by our sponsor or an affiliate of our sponsor or certain of our officers and directors to finance transaction costs in connection with an intended initial



 

18


Table of Contents
 

business combination. Up to $1,500,000 of such loans may be convertible into private placement warrants at a price of $1.00 per warrant at the option of the lender.

 

Stockholder approval of, or tender offer in connection with, initial business combination

In connection with any proposed initial business combination, we will either (1) seek stockholder approval of such initial business combination at a meeting called for such purpose at which stockholders may seek to convert their shares, regardless of whether they vote for or against the proposed business combination, into their pro rata share of the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account (net of taxes payable), or (2) provide our stockholders with the opportunity to sell their shares to us by means of a tender offer (and thereby avoid the need for a stockholder vote) for an amount equal to their pro rata share of the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account (net of taxes payable), in each case subject to the limitations described herein. If we determine to engage in a tender offer, such tender offer will be structured so that each stockholder may tender all of his, her or its shares rather than some pro rata portion of his, her or its shares. If enough stockholders tender their shares so that we are unable to satisfy any applicable closing condition set forth in the definitive agreement related to our initial business combination, or we are unable to maintain net tangible assets of at least $5,000,001, we will not consummate such initial business combination. The decision as to whether we will seek stockholder approval of a proposed business combination or will allow stockholders to sell their shares to us in a tender offer will be made by us, solely in our discretion, and will be based on a variety of factors such as the timing of the transaction and whether the terms of the transaction would otherwise require us to seek stockholder approval. We will consummate our initial business combination only if we have net tangible assets of at least $5,000,001 upon such consummation and, if we seek stockholder approval, a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock voted are voted in favor of the business combination.

 

  We chose our net tangible asset threshold of $5,000,001 to ensure we would avoid being subject to Rule 419 promulgated under the Securities Act. However, if we seek to consummate an initial business combination with a target business that imposes any type of working capital closing condition or requires us to have a minimum amount of funds available from the trust account upon consummation of such initial business combination, we may need to have more than $5,000,001 in net tangible assets upon consummation and this may force us to seek third party financing which may not be available on terms acceptable to us or at all. As a result, we may not be able to consummate such initial business combination and we may not be able to locate another suitable target within the applicable time period, if at all.


 

19


Table of Contents
  Our sponsor and officers and directors have agreed (i) to vote any shares owned by them in favor of any proposed business combination, (ii) not to convert any shares in connection with a stockholder vote to approve a proposed initial business combination and (iii) not to sell any shares to us in a tender offer in connection with any proposed business combination.

 

  None of our sponsor, officers, directors or their affiliates has indicated any intention to purchase units in this offering or any units or shares of Class A common stock from persons in the open market or in private transactions. However, if we hold a meeting to approve a proposed business combination and a significant number of stockholders’ vote, or indicate an intention to vote, against a proposed business combination, our sponsor, officers, directors or their affiliates could make such purchases in the open market or in private transactions in order to influence any vote held to approve a proposed initial business combination. Notwithstanding the foregoing, our officers, directors, sponsor and their affiliates will not make purchases of shares of Class A common stock if the purchases would violate Section 9(a)(2) or Rule 10b-5 of the Exchange Act, which are rules designed to stop potential manipulation of a company’s stock.

 

Conversion rights

In connection with any stockholder meeting called to approve a proposed initial business combination, each public stockholder will have the right, regardless of whether he is voting for or against such proposed business combination, to demand that we convert his shares into a pro rata share of the trust account.

 

  We may require public stockholders, whether they are a record holder or hold their shares in “street name,” to either (i) physically tender their certificates to our transfer agent or (ii) deliver their shares to the transfer agent electronically using Depository Trust Company’s DWAC (Deposit/Withdrawal At Custodian) System, at the holder’s option, in each case prior to a date set forth in the tender offer documents or proxy materials sent in connection with the proposal to approve the business combination. There is a nominal cost associated with this tendering process and the act of certificating the shares or delivering them through the DWAC system. The transfer agent will typically charge the tendering broker $45 and it would be up to the broker whether or not to pass this cost on to the converting holder.

 

Forward Purchase Agreement

We will enter into a forward purchase agreement with HighPeak LP pursuant to which HighPeak LP will agree to purchase an aggregate of up to 15,000,000 shares of Class A common stock and 7,500,000 warrants to purchase one share of Class A common stock, for $10.00 per forward purchase unit, or an aggregate maximum amount of $150,000,000, in a private placement that will close simultaneously with the closing of our initial business combination. HighPeak LP is affiliated with our sponsor and our management team and, consistent with its investment objectives, has or may acquire and operate oil and gas assets including oil and gas reserves; leasehold, working, net



 

20


Table of Contents
 

profits, mineral and royalty interests; tertiary recovery reserves; and gas processing plants and pipelines located primarily in North America. HighPeak LP’s obligation to purchase forward purchase units is conditioned on, among other things, our completing an initial business combination with a company engaged in a business that is within the investment objectives of HighPeak LP. HighPeak LP’s commitment is limited to gross proceeds to us necessary to enable us to consummate our initial business combination and pay related fees and expenses, after first applying amounts available to us from the trust account (after giving effect to any redemptions of public shares) and any other equity financing source obtained by us for such purpose at or prior to the consummation of our initial business combination, less the total purchase price paid by our sponsor for public warrants purchased pursuant to tender offers, as described herein, plus any additional amounts mutually agreed by us and HighPeak LP to be retained by the post-business combination company for working capital or other purposes. The proceeds from the forward purchase units may be used as part of the consideration to the sellers in our initial business combination, expenses in connection with our initial business combination, debt reduction, purchases of our securities or for working capital in the post-transaction company.

 

  The shares of Class A common stock received as part of the units acquired pursuant to the forward purchase agreement will be identical to the Class A common stock shares included in the units being sold in this offering, except the shares acquired pursuant to the forward purchase agreement will be subject to transfer restrictions and certain registration rights, as described herein. The warrants received as part of the units purchased pursuant to the forward purchase agreement will have the same terms as the private placement warrants so long as they are held by HighPeak LP or its permitted transferees. Any warrant received pursuant to the forward purchase agreement and held by a holder other than HighPeak LP or its permitted transferees will have the same terms as the warrants included in the units being sold in this offering.

 

  HighPeak LP will have the right to transfer all or a portion of its rights and obligations under the forward purchase agreement to its affiliates and to third parties (“Permitted Transferees”), subject to our consent and compliance with applicable securities laws.

 

Liquidation if no business combination

If we are unable to complete an initial business combination within 18 months from the closing of this offering, we will (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up, (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter, redeem 100% of the outstanding public shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account, including any interest not previously released to us (net of taxes payable and up to $50,000 for dissolution expenses), divided by the number of then outstanding public shares, which redemption



 

21


Table of Contents
 

will completely extinguish public stockholders’ rights as stockholders (including the right to receive further liquidation distributions, if any), subject to applicable law, and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of our remaining stockholders and our board of directors, dissolve and liquidate, subject (in the case of (ii) and (iii) above) to our obligations under Delaware law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law. We cannot assure you that we will have funds sufficient to pay or provide for all creditors’ claims. Although we are required to use our reasonable best efforts to have all third parties (including any vendors or other entities we engage after this offering) and any prospective target businesses enter into agreements with us waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies held in the trust account, there is no guarantee that they will execute such agreements. There is also no guarantee that the third parties would not challenge the enforceability of these waivers and bring claims against the trust account for monies owed them.

 

  Our sponsor has agreed that it will be liable to us if and to the extent any claims by a third party for services rendered or products sold to us, or by a prospective target business with which we have discussed entering into a transaction agreement, reduce the amount of funds in the trust account to below (i) $10.00 per public share or (ii) such lesser amount per public share held in the trust account as of the date of the liquidation of the trust account due to reductions in the value of the trust assets, in each case net of the interest which may be withdrawn to pay taxes. This liability will not apply with respect to any claims by a third party who executed a waiver of any and all rights to seek access to the trust account and except as to any claims under our indemnity of the underwriters of this offering against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. Moreover, in the event that an executed waiver is deemed to be unenforceable against a third party, then our sponsor will not be responsible to the extent of any liability for such third party claims. We have not independently verified whether our sponsor has sufficient funds to satisfy its indemnity obligations and believe that our sponsor’s only assets are securities of our company. We have not asked our sponsor to reserve for such indemnification obligations. None of our officers will indemnify us for claims by third parties including, without limitation, claims by vendors and prospective target businesses.

 

  The holders of the founders’ shares will not participate in any redemption distribution from our trust account with respect to such founders’ shares.

 

 

If we are unable to conclude an initial business combination and we expend all of the net proceeds of this offering not deposited in the trust account, we expect the initial per-share redemption price will be approximately $10.00 (which is equal to the anticipated aggregate



 

22


Table of Contents
 

amount then on deposit in the trust account excluding interest earned on the funds held in the trust account). The proceeds deposited in the trust account could, however, become subject to claims of our creditors in preference to the claims of our stockholders. In addition, if we are forced to file a bankruptcy case or an involuntary bankruptcy case is filed against us and is not dismissed, the proceeds held in the trust account could be subject to applicable bankruptcy law, and may be included in our bankruptcy estate and subject to the claims of third parties with priority over the claims of our stockholders. Therefore, we cannot assure you that the actual per-share redemption price will not be less than approximately $10.00.

 

  Our sponsor, officers and directors have agreed that they will not propose any amendment to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that would affect our public stockholders’ ability to convert or sell their shares to us in connection with a business combination as described herein or affect the substance or timing of our obligation to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete a business combination within 18 months from the closing of this offering unless (i) we provide our public stockholders with the opportunity to convert their shares of Class A common stock upon the approval of any such amendment at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account, including interest not previously released to us but net of franchise and income taxes payable, divided by the number of then outstanding public shares and (ii) our sponsor or its affiliate offers to purchase, at $1.00 per public warrant (exclusive of commissions), the outstanding public warrants in a tender offer, as described elsewhere in this prospectus. These rights shall apply in the event of the approval of any such amendment, whether proposed by our sponsor, any executive officer, director or any other person.

 

Directed unit program

At our request, the underwriters have reserved for sale, at the initial public offering price, up to     % of the units offered by this prospectus for sale to our directors, officers and certain other individuals associated with us. The number of units available for sale to the general public in this offering will be reduced by the number of units sold pursuant to the directed unit program. Any directed units not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same terms as the other units offered by this prospectus. The directed share program will be arranged through Oppenheimer & Co. Inc. See “Underwriting—Directed Unit Program.”

Risks

In making your decision on whether to invest in our securities, you should take into account the special risks we face as a blank check company, as well as the fact that this offering is not being conducted in compliance with Rule 419 promulgated under the Securities Act, and, therefore, you will not be entitled to protections normally afforded to investors in Rule 419 blank check offerings. For additional information concerning how Rule 419 blank check offerings differ from this offering, please see “Proposed Business — Comparison to offerings of blank check companies subject to Rule 419.” You should carefully consider these and the other risks set forth in the section entitled “Risk Factors” beginning on page 25 of this prospectus.



 

23


Table of Contents

SUMMARY FINANCIAL DATA

The following table summarizes the relevant financial data for our business and should be read with our financial statements, which are included in this prospectus. We have not had any significant operations to date, and accordingly only balance sheet data is presented.

 

     December 31, 2017  
     Actual      As Adjusted(1)  

Balance Sheet Data:

     

Working capital (deficiency)

   $ (187,241    $ 301,019,119 (2) 

Total assets

   $ 231,360      $ 301,019,119 (2) 

Total liabilities

   $ 212,241      $ —    

Value of common stock subject to possible redemption

   $ —        $ 296,019,110 (3) 

Stockholders’ equity

   $ 19,119      $ 5,000,009 (4) 

 

(1) Excludes gross proceeds of up to $150,000,000 from the sale of the forward purchase agreement securities that is expected to close simultaneously with the closing of our business combination.

 

(2) The “as adjusted” calculation equals $300,000,000 cash held in trust from the proceeds of this offering and the sale of the private placement warrants, plus $1,000,000 in cash held outside the trust account, plus $19,119 of actual stockholders’ equity at December 31, 2017.

 

(3) The “as adjusted” calculation equals the “as adjusted” total assets, less the “as adjusted” total liabilities, less the “as adjusted” stockholders’ equity, which is set to approximate the minimum net tangible assets threshold of at least $5,000,001.

 

(4) Excludes 29,601,911 shares of Class A common stock purchased in the public market which are subject to redemption in connection with our initial business combination. The “as adjusted” calculation equals the “as adjusted” total assets, less the “as adjusted” total liabilities, less the value of shares of Class A common stock that may be converted in connection with our initial business combination ($10.00 per share).

The “as adjusted” information gives effect to the sale of the units we are offering, including the application of the related gross proceeds and the payment of the estimated remaining costs from such sale and the repayment of the accrued and other liabilities required to be repaid.

The “as adjusted” working capital and total assets amounts include the $300,000,000 to be held in the trust account, which, except for limited situations described in this prospectus, will be available to us only upon the consummation of a business combination within the time period described in this prospectus. If a business combination is not so consummated, the trust account, less amounts we are permitted to withdraw as described in this prospectus, will be distributed solely to our public stockholders (subject to our obligations under Delaware law to provide for claims of creditors).

We will consummate our initial business combination only if we have net tangible assets of at least $5,000,001 upon such consummation and, solely if we seek stockholder approval, a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock voted are voted in favor of the business combination.



 

24


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

An investment in our securities involves a high degree of risk. You should consider carefully the risks described below, which we believe represent the material risks related to the offering, together with the other information contained in this prospectus, before making a decision to invest in our units. This prospectus also contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in the forward-looking statements as a result of specific factors, including the risks described below.

Risks Associated with Our Business

We are a newly formed company with no operating history and, accordingly, you will not have any basis on which to evaluate our ability to achieve our business objective.

We are a newly formed company with no operating results to date. Therefore, our ability to commence operations is dependent upon obtaining financing through the public offering of our securities. Since we do not have an operating history, you will have no basis upon which to evaluate our ability to achieve our business objective, which is to acquire an operating business. We have not conducted any substantive discussions and we have no plans, arrangements or understandings with any prospective acquisition candidates. We will not generate any revenues until, at the earliest, after the consummation of a business combination.

You will not have any rights or interests in funds from the trust account, except under certain limited circumstances. Therefore, to liquidate your investment, you may be forced to sell your public shares or warrants, potentially at a loss.

Our public stockholders will be entitled to receive funds from the trust account only upon the earliest to occur of: (i) the redemption of any public shares properly submitted in connection with our completion of an initial business combination (including the release of funds to pay any amounts due to any public stockholders who properly exercise their redemption rights in connection therewith), (ii) the redemption of any public shares properly submitted in connection with a stockholder vote to approve an amendment to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that would affect the substance or timing of our obligation to redeem 100% of our public shares if we have not consummated an initial business combination within 18 months from the closing of this offering, or (iii) the redemption of our public shares if we are unable to complete an initial business combination within 18 months from the closing of this offering, subject to applicable law and as further described herein. In addition, if we are unable to complete an initial business combination within 18 months from the closing of this offering for any reason, compliance with Delaware law may require that we submit a plan of dissolution to our then-existing stockholders for approval prior to the distribution of the proceeds held in our trust account. In that case, public stockholders may be forced to wait beyond 18 months from the closing of this offering before they receive funds from our trust account. In no other circumstances will a public stockholder have any right or interest of any kind in the trust account. Holders of warrants will not have any right to the proceeds held in the trust account with respect to the warrants. Accordingly, to liquidate your investment, you may be forced to sell your public shares or warrants, potentially at a loss.

If we are unable to consummate a business combination, our public stockholders may be forced to wait more than 18 months before receiving distributions from the trust account.

We have 18 months from the closing of this offering in which to complete a business combination. We have no obligation to return funds to investors prior to such date unless we consummate a business combination prior thereto and only then in cases where investors have sought to convert or sell their shares to us. Only after the expiration of this full-time period will public security holders be entitled to distributions from the trust account if we are unable to complete a business combination. Accordingly, investors’ funds may be unavailable to them until after such date and to liquidate your investment, public security holders may be forced to sell their public shares or warrants, potentially at a loss.

 

25


Table of Contents

The ability of our public stockholders to exercise redemption rights with respect to a large number of our shares could increase the probability that our initial business combination would be unsuccessful and that you would have to wait for liquidation to redeem your stock.

If our business combination agreement requires us to use a portion of the cash in the trust account to pay the purchase price, or requires us to have a minimum amount of cash at closing, the probability that our initial business combination would be unsuccessful is increased. If our initial business combination is unsuccessful, you would not receive your pro rata portion of the trust account until we liquidate the trust account. If you are in need of immediate liquidity, you could attempt to sell your stock in the open market; however, at such time our stock may trade at a discount to the pro rata amount per share in the trust account. In either situation, you may suffer a material loss on your investment or lose the benefit of funds expected in connection with our redemption until we liquidate or you are able to sell your stock in the open market.

We may not be able to complete our initial business combination within the 18 months after the closing of this offering, in which case we would cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up and we would redeem our public shares and liquidate.

We may not be able to find a suitable target business and complete our initial business combination within 18 months after the closing of this offering. Our ability to complete our initial business combination may be negatively impacted by general market conditions, volatility in the capital and debt markets and the other risks described herein. If we have not completed our initial business combination within such time period, we will (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up, (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter, redeem the public shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account, including interest earned on the funds held in the trust account and not previously released to us to pay our franchise and income taxes (less up to $50,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses), divided by the number of then outstanding public shares, which redemption will completely extinguish public stockholders’ rights as stockholders (including the right to receive further liquidating distributions, if any), subject to applicable law, and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of our remaining stockholders and our board of directors, dissolve and liquidate, subject in each case to our obligations under Delaware law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law. In such case, our public stockholders may only receive $10.00 per share, and our warrants will expire worthless.

If we seek stockholder approval of our initial business combination, our initial stockholders, sponsor, directors, officers, advisors and their affiliates may elect to purchase shares from public stockholders or public warrant holders, which may influence a vote on a proposed business combination and reduce the public “float” of our Class A common stock.

If we seek stockholder approval of our initial business combination and we do not conduct redemptions in connection with our business combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, our initial stockholders, sponsor, directors, officers, advisors or their affiliates may purchase shares in privately negotiated transactions or in the open market either prior to or following the completion of our initial business combination, although they are under no obligation to do so. However, other than as expressly stated herein, they have no current commitments, plans or intentions to engage in such transactions and have not formulated any terms or conditions for any such transactions. None of the funds in the trust account will be used to purchase shares or public warrants in such transactions.

In the event our initial stockholders, sponsor, directors, officers, advisors or their affiliates purchase shares in privately negotiated transactions from public stockholders who have already elected to exercise their redemption rights, such selling stockholders would be required to revoke their prior elections to redeem their shares. The purpose of any such purchases of shares could be to vote such shares in favor of the business combination and thereby increase the likelihood of obtaining stockholder approval of the business combination or to satisfy a

 

26


Table of Contents

closing condition in an agreement with a target that requires us to have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash at the closing of our business combination, where it appears that such requirement would otherwise not be met. Any such purchases may result in the completion of our business combination that may not otherwise have been possible. Any such purchases will be reported pursuant to Section 13 and Section 16 of the Exchange Act to the extent such purchasers are subject to such reporting requirements.

In addition, if such purchases are made, the public “float” of our Class A common stock and the number of beneficial holders of our securities may be reduced, possibly making it difficult to maintain or obtain the quotation, listing or trading of our securities on a national securities exchange.

Our public stockholders may not be afforded an opportunity to vote on our proposed business combination.

We will either (1) seek stockholder approval of our initial business combination at a meeting called for such purpose at which public stockholders may seek to convert their shares, regardless of whether they vote for or against the proposed business combination, into their pro rata share of the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account (net of taxes payable), or (2) provide our public stockholders with the opportunity to sell their shares to us by means of a tender offer (and thereby avoid the need for a stockholder vote) for an amount equal to their pro rata share of the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account (net of taxes payable), in each case subject to the limitations described elsewhere in this prospectus. Accordingly, it is possible that we will consummate our initial business combination even if holders of a majority of our public shares do not approve of the business combination we consummate. The decision as to whether we will seek stockholder approval of a proposed business combination or will allow stockholders to sell their shares to us in a tender offer will be made by us, solely in our discretion, and will be based on a variety of factors such as the timing of the transaction and whether the terms of the transaction would otherwise require us to seek stockholder approval. For instance, Nasdaq rules currently allow us to engage in a tender offer in lieu of a stockholder meeting but would still require us to obtain stockholder approval if we were seeking to issue more than 20% of our outstanding shares to a target business as consideration in any business combination. Therefore, if we were structuring a business combination that required us to issue more than 20% of our outstanding shares, we would seek stockholder approval of such business combination instead of conducting a tender offer.

You will not be entitled to protections normally afforded to investors of blank check companies.

Since the net proceeds of this offering are intended to be used to complete a business combination with a target business that has not been identified, we may be deemed to be a “blank check” company under the United States securities laws. However, since we will have net tangible assets in excess of $5,000,000 upon the successful consummation of this offering and will file a Current Report on Form 8-K, including an audited balance sheet demonstrating this fact, we are exempt from rules promulgated by the SEC to protect investors of blank check companies such as Rule 419. Accordingly, investors will not be afforded the benefits or protections of those rules which would, for example, completely restrict the transferability of our securities, require us to complete a business combination within 18 months of the effective date of the initial registration statement and restrict the use of interest earned on the funds held in the trust account. Because we are not subject to Rule 419, our units will be immediately tradable, we will be entitled to withdraw amounts from the funds held in the trust account prior to the completion of a business combination and we will have a longer period of time to complete such a business combination than we would if we were subject to such rule.

If we determine to change our acquisition criteria or guidelines, many of the disclosures contained in this prospectus would be rendered irrelevant and you would be investing in our company without any basis on which to evaluate the potential target business we may acquire.

We could seek to deviate from the acquisition criteria or guidelines disclosed in this prospectus although we have no current intention to do so. For instance, we currently anticipate acquiring a target business that is an operating business. However, we are not obligated to do so and may determine to merge with or acquire a company with no

 

27


Table of Contents

operating history if the terms of the transaction are determined by us to be favorable to our public stockholders. In such event, many of the acquisition criteria and guidelines set forth in this prospectus would be rendered irrelevant. Accordingly, investors may be making an investment in our company without any basis on which to evaluate the potential target business we may acquire.

We may issue shares of our capital stock or debt securities to complete a business combination, which would reduce the equity interest of our stockholders and likely cause a change in control of our ownership.

As of the date of this prospectus, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation authorizes the issuance of up to 200,000,000 shares of Class A common stock, par value $.0001 per share, 10,350,000 shares of Class B common stock, and 1,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $.0001 per share. Immediately after this offering (assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option), there will be 139,500,000 authorized but unissued shares of Class A common stock available for issuance (after appropriate reservation for the issuance of the shares underlying the public and private placement warrants and for conversion of the founders’ shares to Class A common stock). Although we have no commitment as of the date of this offering, we may issue a substantial number of additional shares of Class A common stock or shares of preferred stock, or a combination of Class A common stock and preferred stock, to complete a business combination (including pursuant to a specified future issuance) or under an employee incentive plan after completion of our initial business combination. We may also issue shares of common stock upon conversion of the founders’ shares at a ratio greater than one-to-one at the time of our initial business combination as a result of the anti-dilution provisions contained in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. The issuance of additional shares of Class A common stock will not reduce the per-share conversion amount in the trust account. The issuance of additional shares of Class A common stock or preferred stock:

 

    may significantly reduce the equity interest of investors in this offering;

 

    may subordinate the rights of holders of shares of Class A common stock if we issue shares of preferred stock with rights senior to those afforded to our shares of Class A common stock;

 

    may cause a change in control if a substantial number of shares of Class A common stock are issued, which may affect, among other things, our ability to use our net operating loss carry forwards, if any, and could result in the resignation or removal of our present officers and directors; and

 

    may adversely affect prevailing market prices for our shares of Class A common stock.

Similarly, if we issue debt securities, it could result in:

 

    default and foreclosure on our assets if our operating revenues after a business combination are insufficient to repay our debt obligations;

 

    acceleration of our obligations to repay the indebtedness even if we make all principal and interest payments when due if we breach certain covenants that require the maintenance of certain financial ratios or reserves without a waiver or renegotiation of that covenant;

 

    our immediate payment of all principal and accrued interest, if any, if the debt security is payable on demand; and

 

    our inability to obtain necessary additional financing if the debt security contains covenants restricting our ability to obtain such financing while the debt security is outstanding.

If we incur indebtedness, our lenders will not have a claim on the cash in the trust account and such indebtedness will not decrease the per-share conversion amount in the trust account.

Our initial stockholders will receive additional shares of Class A common stock if we issue shares to consummate an initial business combination.

The founders’ shares will automatically convert into shares of Class A common stock at the time of our initial business combination on a one-for-one basis, subject to adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends,

 

28


Table of Contents

reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like and subject to further adjustment as provided herein. In the case additional shares of Class A common stock, or equity-linked securities convertible or exercisable for shares of Class A common stock, are issued or deemed issued in excess of the amounts sold in this offering and related to the closing of our initial business combination, the ratio at which founders’ shares will convert into shares of Class A common stock will be adjusted so that the number of shares of Class A common stock issuable upon conversion of all founders’ shares will equal, in the aggregate 20% of the sum of our shares of common stock outstanding upon completion of this offering plus the number of shares of Class A common stock and equity-linked securities issued or deemed issued in connection with our initial business combination, excluding any securities issued pursuant to the forward purchase agreement and any shares of Class A common stock or equity-linked securities issued, or to be issued, to any seller in our initial business combination.

In evaluating a prospective target business for our initial business combination, our management may consider the availability of funds from the sale of units pursuant to the forward purchase agreement, which may be used as part of the consideration to the sellers in the initial business combination. If the sale of some or all of the units under the forward purchase agreement fails to close, we may lack sufficient funds to consummate our initial business combination.

We intend to enter into a forward purchase agreement with HighPeak LP pursuant to which HighPeak LP will subscribe for an aggregate of up to 15,000,000 shares of Class A common stock and 7,500,000 private placement warrants to purchase one share of Class A common stock, for $10.00 per unit, or an aggregate maximum amount of $150,000,000, in connection with our initial business combination. HighPeak LP is affiliated with our sponsor and our management team and acquires and operates oil and gas assets including oil and gas reserves; leasehold, working, net profits, mineral and royalty interests; tertiary recovery reserves; and gas processing plants and pipelines located primarily in North America. The funds from the sale of the forward purchase agreement units are expected to be used as part of the consideration to the sellers in our initial business combination, debt reduction, purchases of our securities, and to pay expenses in connection with our initial business combination and may be used for working capital in the post-transaction company.

If HighPeak LP and/or its Permitted Transferees fails to close on the purchase of all or some of the forward purchase units, we may lack sufficient funds to consummate our initial business combination. HighPeak LP’s obligation to purchase forward purchase securities is conditioned on, among other things, our completing an initial business combination with a company engaged in a business that is within the investment objectives of HighPeak LP. Accordingly, if we pursue an acquisition target that is outside of HighPeak LP’s investment objectives, HighPeak LP would not be obligated to purchase any forward purchase units, and we may need to seek alternative financing. HighPeak LP’s commitment is limited to gross proceeds to us necessary to enable us to consummate our initial business combination and pay related fees and expenses, after first applying amounts available to us from the trust account (after giving effect to any redemptions of public shares) and any other equity financing source obtained by us for such purpose at or prior to the consummation of our initial business combination, less the total purchase price paid by our sponsor for public warrants purchased pursuant to tender offers, as described herein, plus any additional amounts mutually agreed by us and HighPeak LP to be retained by the post-business combination company for working capital or other purposes. Additionally, HighPeak LP’s and any Permitted Transferee’s obligations to purchase the forward purchase securities are subject to termination prior to the closing of the sale of such securities by mutual written consent of us and such party, or automatically: (i) if this offering is not consummated on or prior to July 31, 2018; (ii) if our initial business combination is not consummated within 18 months from the closing of this offering; or (iii) if our sponsor or we become subject to any voluntary or involuntary petition under the United States federal bankruptcy laws or any state insolvency law, in each case which is not withdrawn within 60 days after being filed, or a receiver, fiscal agent or similar officer is appointed by a court for business or property of our sponsor or us, in each case which is not removed, withdrawn or terminated within 60 days after such appointment. In addition, HighPeak LP’s obligations to purchase the forward purchase securities are subject to fulfillment of customary closing conditions, including that our initial business combination must be consummated substantially concurrently with the purchase of the forward purchase units. In the event of any such failure to fund by HighPeak LP or any Permitted Transferee, any

 

29


Table of Contents

obligation is so terminated or any such condition is not satisfied and not waived by such party, we may not be able to obtain additional funds to account for such shortfall on terms favorable to us or at all. Any such shortfall would also reduce the amount of funds that we have available for working capital of the post-business combination company.

If the net proceeds of this offering not being held in trust are insufficient to allow us to operate for at least the next 18 months, we may be unable to complete a business combination.

We believe that, upon consummation of this offering, the funds available to us outside of the trust account will be sufficient to allow us to operate for at least the next 18 months, assuming that a business combination is not consummated during that time. However, we cannot assure you that our estimates will be accurate. Accordingly, if we use all of the funds held outside of the trust account, we may not have sufficient funds available with which to structure, negotiate or close an initial business combination. In such event, we would need to borrow funds from our sponsor, officers or directors or their affiliates to operate or may be forced to liquidate. Our sponsor, officers, directors and their affiliates may, but are not obligated to, loan us funds, from time to time or at any time, in whatever amount that they deem reasonable in their sole discretion for our working capital needs. Each loan would be evidenced by a promissory note. The notes would either be paid upon consummation of our initial business combination, without interest, or, at holder’s discretion, up to $1,500,000 of the notes may be converted into private placement warrants at a price of $1.00 per private placement warrant.

If third parties bring claims against us, the proceeds held in trust could be reduced and the per-share redemption price received by stockholders may be less than $10.00.

Our placing of funds in trust may not protect those funds from third party claims against us. Although we will use our reasonable best efforts to have all vendors and service providers we engage and prospective target businesses we negotiate with execute agreements with us waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies held in the trust account for the benefit of our public stockholders, they may not execute such agreements. Furthermore, even if such entities execute such agreements with us, they may seek recourse against the trust account. A court may not uphold the validity of such agreements. Accordingly, the proceeds held in trust could be subject to claims which could take priority over those of our public stockholders. If we are unable to complete a business combination and distribute the proceeds held in trust to our public stockholders, our sponsor has agreed (subject to certain exceptions described elsewhere in this prospectus) that it will be liable to ensure that the proceeds in the trust account are not reduced below $10.00 per share by the claims of target businesses or claims of vendors or other entities that are owed money by us for services rendered or contracted for or products sold to us. However, it may not be able to meet such obligation. Therefore, the per-share distribution from the trust account may be less than $10.00, plus interest, due to such claims.

Additionally, if we are forced to file a bankruptcy case or an involuntary bankruptcy case is filed against us and is not dismissed, the proceeds held in the trust account could be subject to applicable bankruptcy law, and may be included in our bankruptcy estate and subject to the claims of third parties with priority over the claims of our stockholders. To the extent any bankruptcy claims deplete the trust account, we may not be able to return to our public stockholders at least $10.00.

Our stockholders may be held liable for claims by third parties against us to the extent of distributions received by them.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that we will continue in existence only until 18 months from the closing of this offering. If we have not completed a business combination by such date, we will (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up, (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter, redeem 100% of the outstanding public shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account, including any interest not previously released to us but net of franchise and income taxes payable, divided by the number of then

 

30


Table of Contents

outstanding public shares, which redemption will completely extinguish public stockholders’ rights as stockholders (including the right to receive further liquidation distributions, if any), subject to applicable law, and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of our remaining stockholders and our board of directors, dissolve and liquidate, subject (in the case of (ii) and (iii) above) to our obligations under Delaware law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law. We cannot assure you that we will properly assess all claims that may be potentially brought against us. As such, our stockholders could potentially be liable for any claims to the extent of distributions received by them (but no more) and any liability of our stockholders may extend well beyond the third anniversary of the date of distribution. Accordingly, we cannot assure you that third parties will not seek to recover from our stockholders’ amounts owed to them by us.

If we are forced to file a bankruptcy case or an involuntary bankruptcy case is filed against us and is not dismissed, any distributions received by stockholders could be viewed under applicable debtor/creditor and/or bankruptcy laws as either a “preferential transfer” or a “fraudulent conveyance.” As a result, a bankruptcy court could seek to recover all amounts received by our stockholders. Furthermore, because we intend to distribute the proceeds held in the trust account to our public stockholders promptly after expiration of the time we have to complete an initial business combination, this may be viewed or interpreted as giving preference to our public stockholders over any potential creditors with respect to access to or distributions from our assets. Furthermore, our board may be viewed as having breached their fiduciary duties to our creditors and/or may have acted in bad faith, and thereby exposing itself and our company to claims of punitive damages, by paying public stockholders from the trust account prior to addressing the claims of creditors. We cannot assure you that claims will not be brought against us for these reasons.

Our directors may decide not to enforce our sponsor’s indemnification obligations, resulting in a reduction in the amount of funds in the trust account available for distribution to our public stockholders.

In the event that the proceeds in the trust account are reduced below $10.00 per public share and our sponsor asserts that it is unable to satisfy its obligations or that it has no indemnification obligations related to a particular claim, our independent directors would determine whether to take legal action against our sponsor to enforce such indemnification obligations. It is possible that our independent directors in exercising their business judgment may choose not to do so in any particular instance. If our independent directors choose not to enforce these indemnification obligations, the amount of funds in the trust account available for distribution to our public stockholders may be reduced below $10.00 per share.

If we do not file and maintain a current and effective prospectus relating to the Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants, holders will only be able to exercise such warrants on a “cashless basis.”

If we do not file and maintain a current and effective prospectus relating to the Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants at the time that holders wish to exercise such warrants, they will only be able to exercise them on a “cashless basis” provided that an exemption from registration is available. As a result, the number of shares of Class A common stock that holders will receive upon exercise of the warrants will be fewer than it would have been had such holder exercised his warrant for cash. Further, if an exemption from registration is not available, holders would not be able to exercise on a cashless basis and would only be able to exercise their warrants for cash if a current and effective prospectus relating to the Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants is available. Under the terms of the warrant agreement, we have agreed to use our best efforts to meet these conditions and to file and maintain a current and effective prospectus relating to the Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants until the expiration of the warrants. However, we cannot assure you that we will be able to do so. If we are unable to do so, the potential “upside” of the holder’s investment in our company may be reduced or the warrants may expire worthless.

 

31


Table of Contents

An investor will only be able to exercise a warrant if the issuance of shares of Class A common stock upon such exercise has been registered or qualified or is deemed exempt under the securities laws of the state of residence of the holder of the warrants.

No warrants will be exercisable and we will not be obligated to issue shares of Class A common stock unless the shares of Class A common stock issuable upon such exercise has been registered or qualified or deemed to be exempt under the securities laws of the state of residence of the holder of the warrants. If the shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants are not qualified or exempt from qualification in the jurisdictions in which the holders of the warrants reside, the warrants may be deprived of any value, the market for the warrants may be limited and they may expire worthless if they cannot be sold.

We may amend the terms of the warrants in a manner that may be adverse to holders with the approval by the holders of at least 50% of the then outstanding warrants.

Our warrants will be issued in registered form under a warrant agreement between Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as warrant agent, and us. The warrant agreement provides that the terms of the warrants may be amended without the consent of any holder to cure any ambiguity or correct any defective provision. The warrant agreement requires the approval by the holders of at least 50% of the then outstanding warrants (including the private warrants) in order to make any change that adversely affects the interests of the registered holders.

Because we are not limited to a particular industry, sector, or target business with which to pursue our initial business combination, you will be unable to currently ascertain the merits or risks of the industry or business in which we may ultimately operate.

Although we intend to focus our search for target businesses on companies in the energy industry with an emphasis on opportunities in the upstream oil and gas industry in North America where our management team’s networks and experience are suited, we are not limited to any particular industry or type of business and may consummate a business combination with a company in any industry we choose. Accordingly, there is no current basis for you to evaluate the possible merits or risks of the particular industry in which we may ultimately operate or the target business which we may ultimately acquire. To the extent we complete a business combination with a financially unstable company or an entity in its development stage, we may be affected by numerous risks inherent in the business operations of those entities. If we complete a business combination with an entity in an industry characterized by a high level of risk, we may be affected by the currently unascertainable risks of that industry. Although our management will endeavor to evaluate the risks inherent in a particular industry or target business, we cannot assure you that we will properly ascertain or assess all of the significant risk factors. We also cannot assure you that an investment in our units will not ultimately prove to be less favorable to investors in this offering than a direct investment, if an opportunity were available, in a target business.

Our ability to successfully effect a business combination and to be successful thereafter will be totally dependent upon the efforts of our key personnel, some of whom may join us following a business combination. While we intend to closely scrutinize any individuals we engage after a business combination, we cannot assure you that our assessment of these individuals will prove to be correct.

Our ability to successfully effect a business combination is dependent upon the efforts of our key personnel. We believe that our success depends on the continued service of our key personnel, at least until we have consummated our initial business combination. We cannot assure you that any of our key personnel will remain with us for the immediate or foreseeable future. In addition, none of our officers are required to commit any specified amount of time to our affairs and, accordingly, our officers will have conflicts of interest in allocating management time among various business activities, including identifying potential business combinations and monitoring the related due diligence. We do not have employment agreements with, or key-man insurance on the life of, any of our officers. The unexpected loss of the services of our key personnel could have a detrimental effect on us.

 

32


Table of Contents

The role of our key personnel after a business combination, however, cannot presently be ascertained. Although some of our key personnel may serve in senior management or advisory positions following a business combination, it is likely that most, if not all, of the management of the target business will remain in place. While we intend to closely scrutinize any individuals we engage after a business combination, we cannot assure you that our assessment of these individuals will prove to be correct. These individuals may be unfamiliar with the requirements of operating a public company which could cause us to have to expend time and resources helping them become familiar with such requirements. This could be expensive and time-consuming and could lead to various regulatory issues which may adversely affect our operations.

Because we intend to seek a business combination with a target business or businesses in the energy industry, we expect our future operations to be subject to risks associated with this industry.

We intend to focus our search for a target business in the energy industry, including the upstream oil and gas industry in North America. Risks inherent in investments in the energy industry include, but are not limited to, the following:

 

    Volatility of oil and natural gas prices;

 

    Price and availability of alternative fuels, such as solar, coal, nuclear and wind energy;

 

    Competitive pressures in the utility industry, primarily in wholesale markets, as a result of consumer demand, technological advances, greater availability of natural gas and other factors;

 

    Significant federal, state and local regulation, taxation and regulatory approval processes as well as changes in applicable laws and regulations;

 

    The speculative nature of and high degree of risk involved in investments in the upstream, midstream and oilfield services sectors, including relying on estimates of oil and gas reserves and the impacts of regulatory and tax changes;

 

    Drilling, exploration and development risks, including encountering unexpected formations or pressures, premature declines of reservoirs, blow-outs, equipment failures and other accidents, cratering, sour gas releases, uncontrollable flows of oil, natural gas or well fluids, adverse weather conditions, pollution, fires, spills and other environmental risks, any of which could lead to environmental damage, injury and loss of life or the destruction of property;

 

    Proximity and capacity of oil, natural gas and other transportation and support infrastructure to production facilities;

 

    Availability of key inputs, such as strategic consumables, raw materials and drilling and processing equipment;

 

    Changes in global supply and demand and prices for commodities;

 

    Impact of energy conservation efforts;

 

    Technological advances affecting energy production and consumption;

 

    Overall domestic and global economic conditions;

 

    Availability of, and potential disputes with, independent contractors;

 

    Natural disasters, terrorist acts and similar dislocations; and

 

    Value of U.S. dollar relative to the currencies of other countries.

We may seek acquisition opportunities in industries or sectors outside of the energy industry (which industries may or may not be outside of our management’s areas of expertise).

Although we intend to focus on identifying business combination candidates in the energy industry, we will consider a business combination outside of the energy industry if a business combination candidate is presented

 

33


Table of Contents

to us and we determine that such candidate offers an attractive acquisition opportunity for our company or we are unable to identify a suitable candidate in the energy industry after having expended a reasonable amount of time and effort in an attempt to do so. Although our management will endeavor to evaluate the risks inherent in any particular business combination candidate, we cannot assure you that we will adequately ascertain or assess all of the significant risk factors. We also cannot assure you that an investment in our units will not ultimately prove to be less favorable to investors in this offering than a direct investment, if an opportunity were available, in a business combination candidate. In the event we elect to pursue an acquisition outside of the energy industry, our management’s expertise may not be directly applicable to its evaluation or operation, and the information contained in this prospectus regarding the energy industry would not be relevant to an understanding of the business that we elect to acquire. As a result, our management may not be able to adequately ascertain or assess all of the significant risk factors.

Past performance by Mr. Hightower, our other officers and their affiliates may not be indicative of future performance of an investment in the Company.

Information regarding performance by, or businesses associated with, Mr. Hightower, our other officers and their affiliates is presented for informational purposes only. Past performance by Mr. Hightower, our other officers and their affiliates is not a guarantee either (i) of success with respect to any business combination we may consummate or (ii) that we will be able to locate a suitable candidate for our initial business combination. You should not rely on the historical record of Mr. Hightower’s performance or the performance of our other officers or any of their affiliates as indicative of our future performance of an investment in the company or the returns the company will, or is likely to, generate going forward. None of our officers or directors have had experience with blank check companies or special purpose acquisition companies in the past.

Our key personnel may negotiate employment or consulting agreements with a target business in connection with a particular business combination. These agreements may provide for them to receive compensation following a business combination and as a result, may cause them to have conflicts of interest in determining whether a particular business combination is the most advantageous.

Our key personnel will be able to remain with the company after the consummation of a business combination only if they are able to negotiate employment or consulting agreements or other appropriate arrangements in connection with the business combination. Such negotiations would take place simultaneously with the negotiation of the business combination and could provide for such individuals to receive compensation in the form of cash payments and/or our securities for services they would render to the company after the consummation of the business combination. The personal and financial interests of such individuals may influence their motivation in identifying and selecting a target business.

Our officers and directors will allocate their time to other businesses thereby causing conflicts of interest in their determination as to how much time to devote to our affairs. This could have a negative impact on our ability to consummate a business combination.

Our officers and directors are officers and/or directors of our sponsor and/or a HighPeak affiliate company and will not commit their full time to our affairs. We presently expect each of our employees to devote such amount of time as they reasonably believe is necessary to our business. We do not intend to have any full-time employees prior to the consummation of our initial business combination. The foregoing could have a negative impact on our ability to consummate our initial business combination.

Our officers and directors may have a conflict of interest in determining whether a particular target business is appropriate for a business combination.

Each of our officers and directors who are not “independent directors” is an officer and/or director of our sponsor and/or of a HighPeak affiliate company.

 

34


Table of Contents

Additionally, our sponsor has waived its right to convert its founders’ shares or any other shares purchased in this offering or thereafter, or to receive distributions from the trust account with respect to its founders’ shares upon our liquidation if we are unable to consummate a business combination. Accordingly, the shares acquired prior to this offering, as well and any warrants purchased by our officers or directors in the aftermarket, will be worthless if we do not consummate a business combination. The personal and financial interests of our directors and officers may influence their motivation in timely identifying and selecting a target business and completing a business combination. Consequently, our directors’ and officers’ discretion in identifying and selecting a suitable target business may result in a conflict of interest when determining whether the terms, conditions and timing of a particular business combination are appropriate and in our stockholders’ best interest.

Nasdaq may delist our securities from quotation on its exchange which could limit investors’ ability to make transactions in our securities and subject us to additional trading restrictions.

We anticipate that our securities will be listed on Nasdaq, a national securities exchange, upon consummation of this offering. Although, after giving effect to this offering, we expect to meet, on a pro forma basis, Nasdaq’s minimum initial listing standards, which generally only requires that we meet certain requirements relating to stockholders’ equity, market capitalization, aggregate market value of publicly held shares and distribution requirements, we cannot assure you that our securities will continue to be listed on Nasdaq in the future prior to an initial business combination. Additionally, in connection with our initial business combination, it is likely that Nasdaq will require us to file a new initial listing application and meet its initial listing requirements as opposed to its more lenient continued listing requirements. We cannot assure you that we will be able to meet those initial listing requirements at that time.

If Nasdaq delists our securities from trading on its exchange, we could face significant material adverse consequences, including:

 

    a limited availability of market quotations for our securities;

 

    reduced liquidity with respect to our securities;

 

    a determination that our shares of Class A common stock are “penny stock” which will require brokers trading in our shares of Class A common stock to adhere to more stringent rules, possibly resulting in a reduced level of trading activity in the secondary trading market for our shares of Class A common stock;

 

    a limited amount of news and analyst coverage for our company; and

 

    a decreased ability to issue additional securities or obtain additional financing in the future.

The National Securities Markets Improvement Act of 1996, which is a federal statute, prevents or preempts the states from regulating the sale of certain securities, which are referred to as “covered securities.” Because we expect that our units and eventually our Class A common stock and warrants will be listed on Nasdaq, our units, Class A common stock and warrants will be covered securities. Although the states are preempted from regulating the sale of our securities, the federal statute does allow the states to investigate companies if there is a suspicion of fraud, and, if there is a finding of fraudulent activity, then the states can regulate or bar the sale of covered securities in a particular case. While we are not aware of a state having used these powers to prohibit or restrict the sale of securities issued by blank check companies, certain state securities regulators view blank check companies unfavorably and might use these powers, or threaten to use these powers, to hinder the sale of securities of blank check companies in their states. Further, if we were no longer listed on Nasdaq, our securities would not be covered securities and we would be subject to regulation in each state in which we offer our securities.

 

35


Table of Contents

We are an “emerging growth company” and we cannot be certain if the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies will make our shares of Class A common stock less attractive to investors.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act. We will remain an “emerging growth company” for up to five years. However, if our non-convertible debt issued within a three-year period or revenues exceeds $1.07 billion, or the market value of our shares of Class A common stock that are held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million on the last day of the second fiscal quarter of any given fiscal year, we would cease to be an emerging growth company as of the following fiscal year. As an emerging growth company, we are not required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, we have reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements and we are exempt from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. Additionally, as an emerging growth company, we have elected to delay the adoption of new or revised accounting standards that have different effective dates for public and private companies until those standards apply to private companies. As such, our financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with public company effective dates. We cannot predict if investors will find our shares of Class A common stock less attractive because we may rely on these provisions. If some investors find our shares of Class A common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our shares and our share price may be more volatile.

We may only be able to complete one business combination with the proceeds of this offering, which will cause us to be solely dependent on a single business which may have a limited number of products or services.

It is likely we will consummate a business combination with a single target business, although we have the ability to simultaneously acquire several target businesses. By consummating a business combination with only a single entity, our lack of diversification may subject us to numerous economic, competitive and regulatory developments. Further, we would not be able to diversify our operations or benefit from the possible spreading of risks or offsetting of losses, unlike other entities which may have the resources to complete several business combinations in different industries or different areas of a single industry. Accordingly, the prospects for our success may be:

 

    solely dependent upon the performance of a single business, or

 

    dependent upon the development or market acceptance of a single or limited number of products, processes or services.

This lack of diversification may subject us to numerous economic, competitive and regulatory developments, any or all of which may have a substantial adverse impact upon the particular industry in which we may operate subsequent to a business combination.

Alternatively, if we determine to simultaneously acquire several businesses and such businesses are owned by different sellers, we will need for each of such sellers to agree our purchase of its business is contingent on the simultaneous closings of the other business combinations, which may make it more difficult for us, and delay our ability, to complete the business combination. With multiple business combinations, we could also face additional risks, including additional burdens and costs with respect to possible multiple negotiations and due diligence investigations (if there are multiple sellers) and the additional risks associated with the subsequent assimilation of the operations and services or products of the acquired companies in a single operating business. If we are unable to adequately address these risks, it could negatively impact our profitability and results of operations.

 

36


Table of Contents

The ability of our stockholders to exercise their conversion rights or sell their shares to us in a tender offer may not allow us to effectuate the most desirable business combination or optimize our capital structure.

If our business combination requires us to use substantially all of our cash to pay the purchase price, because we will not know how many stockholders may exercise conversion rights or seek to sell their shares to us in a tender offer, we may either need to reserve part of the trust account for possible payment upon such conversion, or we may need to arrange third party financing to help fund our business combination. In the event that the acquisition involves the issuance of our stock as consideration, we may be required to issue a higher percentage of our stock to make up for a shortfall in funds. Raising additional funds to cover any shortfall may involve dilutive equity financing or incurring indebtedness at higher than desirable levels. This may limit our ability to effectuate the most attractive business combination available to us.

In connection with any vote to approve a business combination, we will offer each public stockholder the option to vote in favor of a proposed business combination and still seek conversion of his, her or its shares.

In connection with any vote to approve a business combination, we will offer each public stockholder (but not our sponsor, officers or directors) the right to have his, her or its shares of Class A common stock converted to cash (subject to the limitations described elsewhere in this prospectus) regardless of whether such stockholder votes for or against such proposed business combination. This ability to seek conversion while voting in favor of our proposed business combination may make it more likely that we will consummate a business combination.

In connection with any stockholder meeting called to approve a proposed initial business combination, we may require stockholders who wish to convert their shares in connection with a proposed business combination to comply with specific requirements for conversion that may make it more difficult for them to exercise their conversion rights prior to the deadline for exercising their rights.

In connection with any stockholder meeting called to approve a proposed initial business combination, each public stockholder will have the right, regardless of whether he is voting for or against such proposed business combination, to demand that we convert his shares into a pro rata share of the trust account as of two business days prior to the consummation of the initial business combination. We may require public stockholders who wish to convert their shares in connection with a proposed business combination to either (i) tender their certificates to our transfer agent or (ii) deliver their shares to the transfer agent electronically using the Depository Trust Company’s DWAC (Deposit/Withdrawal At Custodian) System, at the holders’ option, in each case prior to a date set forth in the tender offer documents or proxy materials sent in connection with the proposal to approve the business combination. In order to obtain a physical stock certificate, a stockholder’s broker and/or clearing broker, DTC and our transfer agent will need to act to facilitate this request. It is our understanding that stockholders should generally allot at least two weeks to obtain physical certificates from the transfer agent. However, because we do not have any control over this process or over the brokers or DTC, it may take significantly longer than two weeks to obtain a physical stock certificate. While we have been advised that it takes a short time to deliver shares through the DWAC System, we cannot assure you of this fact. Accordingly, if it takes longer than we anticipate for stockholders to deliver their shares, stockholders who wish to convert may be unable to meet the deadline for exercising their conversion rights and thus may be unable to convert their shares.

If, in connection with any stockholder meeting called to approve a proposed business combination, we require public stockholders who wish to convert their shares to comply with specific requirements for conversion, such converting stockholders may be unable to sell their securities when they wish to in the event that the proposed business combination is not approved.

If we require public stockholders who wish to convert their shares to comply with specific requirements for conversion and such proposed business combination is not consummated, we will promptly return such certificates to the tendering public stockholders. Accordingly, investors who attempted to convert their shares in

 

37


Table of Contents

such a circumstance will be unable to sell their securities after the failed acquisition until we have returned their securities to them. The market price for our shares of Class A common stock may decline during this time and you may not be able to sell your securities when you wish to, even while other stockholders that did not seek conversion may be able to sell their securities.

Because of our structure, other companies may have a competitive advantage and we may not be able to consummate an attractive business combination.

We expect to encounter intense competition from entities other than blank check companies having a business objective similar to ours, including venture capital funds, leveraged buyout funds and operating businesses competing for acquisitions. Many of these entities are well established and have extensive experience in identifying and effecting business combinations directly or through affiliates. Many of these competitors possess greater technical, human and other resources than we do and our financial resources will be relatively limited when contrasted with those of many of these competitors. While we believe that there are numerous potential target businesses that we could acquire with the net proceeds of this offering, our ability to compete in acquiring certain sizable target businesses will be limited by our available financial resources. This inherent competitive limitation gives others an advantage in pursuing the acquisition of certain target businesses. Furthermore, seeking stockholder approval or engaging in a tender offer in connection with any proposed business combination may delay the consummation of such a transaction. Additionally, our outstanding warrants, and the future dilution they potentially represent, may not be viewed favorably by certain target businesses. Any of the foregoing may place us at a competitive disadvantage in successfully negotiating a business combination.

We may be unable to obtain additional financing, if required, to complete a business combination or to fund the operations and growth of the target business, which could compel us to restructure or abandon a particular business combination.

Although we believe that the net proceeds of this offering will be sufficient to allow us to consummate a business combination, because we have not yet identified any prospective target business, we cannot ascertain the capital requirements for any particular transaction. If the net proceeds of this offering prove to be insufficient, either because of the size of the business combination, the depletion of the available net proceeds in search of a target business, or the obligation to convert into cash a significant number of shares from dissenting stockholders, we will be required to seek additional financing. Such financing may not be available on acceptable terms, if at all. To the extent that additional financing proves to be unavailable when needed to consummate a particular business combination, we would be compelled to either restructure the transaction or abandon that particular business combination and seek an alternative target business candidate. In addition, if we consummate a business combination, we may require additional financing to fund the operations or growth of the target business. The failure to secure additional financing could have a material adverse effect on the continued development or growth of the target business. None of our sponsor, officers, directors or stockholders is required to provide any financing to us in connection with or after a business combination.

Our sponsor will control a substantial interest in us and thus may influence certain actions requiring a stockholder vote.

Upon consummation of our offering, our sponsor will own 20.0% of our issued and outstanding shares of common stock (assuming it does not purchase any units in this offering). Accordingly, it may exert a substantial influence on actions requiring a stockholder vote, potentially in a manner that you do not support, including amendments to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and approval of major corporate transactions. None of our sponsor, officers, directors or their affiliates has indicated any intention to purchase units in this offering or any units or shares of Class A common stock from persons in the open market or in private transactions. However, our sponsor, officers, directors or their affiliates could determine in the future to make such purchases in the open market or in private transactions, to the extent permitted by law, in order to influence the vote or magnitude of the number of shareholders seeking to tender their shares to us. In connection

 

38


Table of Contents

with any vote for a proposed business combination, our sponsor, as well as all of our officers and directors, have agreed to vote the shares of Class B common stock owned by them immediately before this offering as well as any shares of Class A common stock acquired in this offering or in the aftermarket in favor of such proposed business combination.

Our board of directors is and will be divided into three classes, each of which will generally serve for a term of three years with only one class of directors being elected in each year. It is unlikely that there will be an annual meeting of stockholders to elect new directors prior to the consummation of a business combination, in which case all of the current directors will continue in office until at least the consummation of the business combination. Accordingly, you may not be able to exercise your voting rights under corporate law for up to 18 months. If there is an annual meeting, as a consequence of our “staggered” board of directors, only a minority of the board of directors will be considered for election and our sponsor, because of their ownership position, will have considerable influence regarding the outcome. Accordingly, our sponsor will continue to exert control at least until the consummation of a business combination.

Our sponsor paid an aggregate of $25,000, or approximately $0.002 per share, for the founders’ shares and, accordingly, you will experience immediate and substantial dilution from the purchase of our shares of Class B common stock.

The difference between the public offering price per share and the pro forma net tangible book value per share of common stock after this offering constitutes the dilution to the investors in this offering. Our sponsor acquired the founders’ shares at a nominal price, significantly contributing to this dilution. Upon consummation of this offering, you and the other new investors will incur an immediate and substantial dilution of approximately 93.7% or $9.37 per share (the difference between the pro forma net tangible book value per share $0.63, and the initial offering price of $10.00 per unit). This is because investors in this offering will be contributing approximately 100% of the total amount paid to us for our outstanding securities after this offering but will only own approximately 80% of our outstanding securities and this becomes exacerbated to the extent that public stockholders seek to convert their shares into a pro rata share of the trust proceeds. Accordingly, the per-share purchase price you will be paying substantially exceeds our per share net tangible book value. In addition, because of the anti-dilution rights of the founders’ shares, any equity or equity-linked securities issued in connection with our initial business combination would be disproportionately dilutive to our Class A common stock.

Our outstanding warrants may have an adverse effect on the market price of our common stock and make it more difficult to effect a business combination.

We will be issuing warrants to purchase 15,000,000 shares of Class A common stock as part of the units offered by this prospectus. We have also granted the underwriters a 45-day option to purchase up to an additional 4,500,000 units to cover over-allotments, if any, which if exercised, will result in the issuance of 4,500,000 shares of Class A common stock and warrants to purchase an additional 2,250,000 shares of Class A common stock. We will also be issuing 8,000,000 warrants (or 8,900,000 warrants if the over-allotment option is exercised in full) to purchase Class A common stock to our sponsor in a private placement that will occur simultaneously with the consummation of this offering. We may also issue additional private placement warrants to our sponsor, officers or directors in payment of working capital loans made to us as described in this prospectus. To the extent we issue shares of Class A common stock to effect a business combination, the potential for the issuance of a substantial number of additional shares upon exercise of these warrants could make us a less attractive acquisition vehicle in the eyes of a target business. Such securities, when exercised, will increase the number of issued and outstanding shares of Class A common stock and reduce the value of the shares issued to complete the business combination. Accordingly, our warrants may make it more difficult to effectuate a business combination or increase the cost of acquiring the target business. Additionally, the sale, or even the possibility of sale, of the shares underlying the warrants could have an adverse effect on the market price for our securities or on our ability to obtain future financing. If and to the extent these warrants are

 

39


Table of Contents

exercised, you may experience dilution to your holdings. At or following the completion of the business combination to attract and retain key management personnel, we may implement a long-term incentive plan, pursuant to which we could issue stock options, restricted stock and other equity awards, which could further dilute your holdings.

We may redeem your unexpired warrants prior to their exercise at a time that is disadvantageous to you, thereby making your warrants worthless.

We have the ability to redeem outstanding warrants (excluding the private placement warrants and any warrants issued to our sponsor, officers or directors in payment of working capital loans made to us) at any time after they become exercisable and prior to their expiration, at a price of $0.01 per warrant, provided that the last reported sales price of the Class A common stock equals or exceeds $18.00 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reorganizations and recapitalizations) for any 20 trading days within a 30 trading-day period ending on the third business day prior to proper notice of such redemption provided that on the date we give notice of redemption and during the entire period thereafter until the time we redeem the warrants, we have an effective registration statement under the Securities Act covering the shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants and a current prospectus relating to them is available. If and when the warrants become redeemable by us, we may exercise our redemption right even if we are unable to register or qualify the underlying securities for sale under all applicable state securities laws. Redemption of the outstanding warrants could force you (i) to exercise your warrants and pay the exercise price therefor at a time when it may be disadvantageous for you to do so, (ii) to sell your warrants at the then-current market price when you might otherwise wish to hold your warrants or (iii) to accept the nominal redemption price which, at the time the outstanding warrants are called for redemption, is likely to be substantially less than the market value of your warrants. None of the private warrants will be redeemable by us so long as they are held by our sponsor or its permitted transferees.

Our management’s ability to require holders of our warrants to exercise such warrants on a cashless basis will cause holders to receive fewer shares of Class A common stock upon their exercise of the warrants than they would have received had they been able to exercise their warrants for cash.

If we call our public warrants for redemption after the redemption criteria described elsewhere in this prospectus have been satisfied, our management will have the option to require any holder that wishes to exercise his warrant (including any warrants held by our sponsor, officers or directors or their permitted transferees) to do so on a “cashless basis.” If our management chooses to require holders to exercise their warrants on a cashless basis, the number of shares of Class A common stock received by a holder upon exercise will be fewer than it would have been had such holder exercised his warrant for cash. This will have the effect of reducing the potential “upside” of the holder’s investment in our company.

If our security holders exercise their registration rights, it may have an adverse effect on the market price of our shares of Class A common stock and the existence of these rights may make it more difficult to effect a business combination.

Our sponsor is entitled to make a demand that we register the resale of the founders’ shares at any time commencing three months prior to the date on which their shares may be released from escrow. The holders of our private placement warrants and their permitted transferees can demand that we register the private placement warrants and the shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of the private placement warrants and holders of warrants that may be issued upon conversion of working capital loans may demand that we register such warrants or the Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of such warrants. Pursuant to the forward purchase agreement, we will agree that we will use our commercially reasonable efforts to file within 30 days after the closing of the initial business combination a registration statement with the SEC for a secondary offering of the forward purchase shares and the forward purchase warrants (and the underlying Class A common stock) and to cause such registration statement to be declared effective as soon as practicable after it is filed.

 

40


Table of Contents

Assuming the founders’ shares convert on a one-for-one basis and no warrants are issued upon conversion of working capital loans, an aggregate of up to 38,000,000 shares of Class A common stock and up to 15,500,000 warrants (or up to 40,025,000 shares of Class A common stock and up to 16,400,000 warrants if the over-allotment option is exercised in full) are subject to registration under these agreements. We will bear the cost of registering these securities. The registration and availability of such a significant number of securities for trading in the public market may have an adverse effect on the market price of our Class A common stock. The presence of these additional shares of Class A common stock trading in the public market may have an adverse effect on the market price of our securities. In addition, the existence of these rights may make it more difficult to effectuate a business combination or increase the cost of acquiring the target business, as the stockholders of the target business may be discouraged from entering into a business combination with us or will request a higher price for their securities because of the potential effect the exercise of such rights may have on the trading market for our shares of Class A common stock.

Oppenheimer & Co. Inc. and EarlyBirdCapital may have conflicts of interest in rendering services to us in connection with our initial business combination.

We have engaged Oppenheimer & Co. Inc. and EarlyBirdCapital to assist us in connection with our initial business combination. We will pay Oppenheimer & Co. Inc. and EarlyBirdCapital a cash fee for such services upon the consummation of our initial business combination in an amount equal to 3.5% of the total gross proceeds raised in the offering. This financial interest may result in Oppenheimer & Co. Inc. and EarlyBirdCapital having conflicts of interest when providing the services to us in connection with an initial business combination.

If we are deemed to be an investment company, we may be required to institute burdensome compliance requirements and our activities may be restricted, which may make it difficult for us to complete a business combination.

A company that, among other things, is or holds itself out as being engaged primarily, or proposes to engage primarily, in the business of investing, reinvesting, owning, trading or holding certain types of securities would be deemed an investment company under the Investment Company Act, as amended, or the Investment Company Act. Since we will invest the proceeds held in the trust account, it is possible that we could be deemed an investment company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, we do not believe that our anticipated principal activities will subject us to the Investment Company Act. To this end, the proceeds held in trust may be invested by the trustee only in United States “government securities” within the meaning of Section 2(a)(16) of the Investment Company Act having a maturity of 180 days or less or in money market funds meeting certain conditions under Rule 2a-7 promulgated under the Investment Company Act which invest only in direct U.S. government treasury obligations. By restricting the investment of the proceeds to these instruments, we intend to meet the requirements for the exemption provided in Rule 3a-1 promulgated under the Investment Company Act.

If we are nevertheless deemed to be an investment company under the Investment Company Act, we may be subject to certain restrictions that may make it more difficult for us to complete a business combination, including:

 

    restrictions on the nature of our investments; and

 

    restrictions on the issuance of securities.

In addition, we may have imposed upon us certain burdensome requirements, including:

 

    registration as an investment company;

 

    adoption of a specific form of corporate structure; and

 

    reporting, record keeping, voting, proxy, compliance policies and procedures and disclosure requirements and other rules and regulations.

 

41


Table of Contents

Compliance with these additional regulatory burdens would require additional expense for which we have not allotted.

The determination for the offering price of our units is more arbitrary than the pricing of securities for an operating company in a particular industry.

Prior to this offering there has been no public market for any of our securities. The public offering price of the units and the terms of the warrants were negotiated between us and Oppenheimer & Co. Inc. and EarlyBirdCapital, Inc. Factors considered in determining the prices and terms of the units, including the shares of Class A common stock and warrants underlying the units, include:

 

    the history and prospects of companies whose principal business is the acquisition of other companies;

 

    prior offerings of those companies;

 

    our prospects for acquiring an operating business at attractive values;

 

    our capital structure;

 

    an assessment of our management and their experience in identifying operating companies; and

 

    general conditions of the securities markets at the time of the offering.

However, although these factors were considered, the determination of our offering price is more arbitrary than the pricing of securities for an operating company in a particular industry since we have no historical operations or financial results to compare them to.

If we do not conduct an adequate due diligence investigation of a target business, we may be required to subsequently take write-downs or write-offs, restructuring, and impairment or other charges that could have a significant negative effect on our financial condition, results of operations and our stock price, which could cause you to lose some or all of your investment.

We must conduct a due diligence investigation of the target businesses we intend to acquire. Intensive due diligence is time consuming and expensive due to the operations, accounting, finance and legal professionals who must be involved in the due diligence process. Even if we conduct extensive due diligence on a target business, this diligence may not reveal all material issues that may affect a particular target business, and factors outside the control of the target business and outside of our control may later arise. If our diligence fails to identify issues specific to a target business, industry or the environment in which the target business operates, we may be forced to later write-down or write-off assets, restructure our operations, or incur impairment or other charges that could result in our reporting losses. Even though these charges may be non-cash items and not have an immediate impact on our liquidity, the fact that we report charges of this nature could contribute to negative market perceptions about us or our Class A common stock. In addition, charges of this nature may cause us to violate net worth or other covenants to which we may be subject as a result of assuming pre-existing debt held by a target business or by virtue of our obtaining post-combination debt financing.

The requirement that we complete an initial business combination within 18 months from the closing of this offering may give potential target businesses leverage over us in negotiating a business combination.

We have 18 months from the closing of this offering to complete an initial business combination. Any potential target business with which we enter into negotiations concerning a business combination will be aware of this requirement. Consequently, such target business may obtain leverage over us in negotiating a business combination, knowing that if we do not complete a business combination with that particular target business, we may be unable to complete a business combination with any other target business. This risk will increase as we get closer to the time limit referenced above.

 

42


Table of Contents

We may not obtain a fairness opinion with respect to the target business that we seek to acquire and therefore you may be relying solely on the judgment of our board of directors in approving a proposed business combination.

We may obtain a fairness opinion with respect to the target business that we seek to acquire if it is an entity that is affiliated with any of our officers, directors or sponsor; however, we will have no obligation to obtain an opinion. Accordingly, investors will be relying solely on the judgment of our board of directors in approving a proposed business combination.

Resources could be spent researching acquisitions that are not consummated, which could materially adversely affect subsequent attempts to locate and acquire or merge with another business.

It is anticipated that the investigation of each specific target business and the negotiation, drafting, and execution of relevant agreements, disclosure documents, and other instruments will require substantial management time and attention and substantial costs for accountants, attorneys and others. If a decision is made not to complete a specific business combination, the costs incurred up to that point for the proposed transaction likely would not be recoverable. Furthermore, even if an agreement is reached relating to a specific target business, we may fail to consummate the business combination for any number of reasons including those beyond our control. Any such event will result in a loss to us of the related costs incurred which could materially adversely affect subsequent attempts to locate and acquire or merge with another business.

Compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 will require substantial financial and management resources and may increase the time and costs of completing an acquisition.

Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 requires that we evaluate and report on our system of internal controls and may require that we have such system of internal controls audited beginning with our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ending December 31, 2019. If we fail to maintain the adequacy of our internal controls, we could be subject to regulatory scrutiny, civil or criminal penalties and/or stockholder litigation. Any inability to provide reliable financial reports could harm our business. Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act also requires that our independent registered public accounting firm report on management’s evaluation of our system of internal controls. A target company may not be in compliance with the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act regarding adequacy of their internal controls. The development of the internal controls of any such entity to achieve compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act may increase the time and costs necessary to complete any such acquisition. Furthermore, any failure to implement required new or improved controls, or difficulties encountered in the implementation of adequate controls over our financial processes and reporting in the future, could harm our operating results or cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations. Inferior internal controls could also cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information, which could have a negative effect on the trading price of our stock.

If we effect a business combination with a company located outside of the United States, we would be subject to a variety of additional risks that may negatively impact our operations.

We may effect a business combination with a company located outside of the United States. If we did, we would be subject to any special considerations or risks associated with companies operating in the target business’ home jurisdiction, including any of the following:

 

    rules and regulations or currency conversion or corporate withholding taxes on individuals;

 

    tariffs and trade barriers;

 

    regulations related to customs and import/export matters;

 

    longer payment cycles;

 

    tax issues, such as tax law changes and variations in tax laws as compared to the United States;

 

43


Table of Contents
    currency fluctuations and exchange controls;

 

    challenges in collecting accounts receivable;

 

    cultural and language differences;

 

    employment regulations;

 

    crime, strikes, riots, civil disturbances, terrorist attacks and wars; and

 

    deterioration of political relations with the United States.

We cannot assure you that we would be able to adequately address these additional risks. If we were unable to do so, our operations might suffer.

If we effect a business combination with a company located outside of the United States, the laws applicable to such company will likely govern all of our material agreements and we may not be able to enforce our legal rights.

If we effect a business combination with a company located outside of the United States, the laws of the country in which such company operates will govern almost all of the material agreements relating to its operations. We cannot assure you that the target business will be able to enforce any of its material agreements or that remedies will be available in this new jurisdiction. The system of laws and the enforcement of existing laws in such jurisdiction may not be as certain in implementation and interpretation as in the United States. The inability to enforce or obtain a remedy under any of our future agreements could result in a significant loss of business, business opportunities or capital. Additionally, if we acquire a company located outside of the United States, it is likely that substantially all of our assets would be located outside of the United States and some of our officers and directors might reside outside of the United States. As a result, it may not be possible for investors in the United States to enforce their legal rights, to effect service of process upon our directors or officers or to enforce judgments of United States courts predicated upon civil liabilities and criminal penalties of our directors and officers under federal securities laws.

Provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws and Delaware law may inhibit a takeover of us, which could limit the price investors might be willing to pay in the future for our Class A common stock and could entrench management.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws contain provisions that may discourage unsolicited takeover proposals that stockholders may consider to be in their best interests. Our board of directors is divided into three classes, each of which will generally serve for a term of three years with only one class of directors being elected in each year. As a result, at a given annual meeting only a minority of the board of directors may be considered for election. Since our “staggered board” may prevent our stockholders from replacing a majority of our board of directors at any given annual meeting, it may entrench management and discourage unsolicited stockholder proposals that may be in the best interests of stockholders. Moreover, our board of directors has the ability to designate the terms of and issue new series of preferred stock.

We are also subject to anti-takeover provisions under Delaware law, which could delay or prevent a change of control. Together these provisions may make more difficult the removal of management and may discourage transactions that otherwise could involve payment of a premium over prevailing market prices for our securities.

We do not have a specified maximum redemption threshold. The absence of such a redemption threshold may make it possible for us to complete a business combination with which a substantial majority of our stockholders do not agree.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will not provide a specified maximum redemption threshold, except that in no event will we redeem our public shares in an amount that would cause our net

 

44


Table of Contents

tangible assets to be less than $5,000,001 (such that we are not subject to the SEC’s “penny stock” rules). As a result, we may be able to complete our business combination even though a substantial majority of our public stockholders do not agree with the transaction and have redeemed their shares or, if we seek stockholder approval of our initial business combination and do not conduct redemptions in connection with our business combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, have entered into privately negotiated agreements to sell their shares to our sponsor, officers, directors, advisors or any of their affiliates. In the event the aggregate cash consideration we would be required to pay for all shares of Class A common stock that are validly submitted for redemption plus any amount required to satisfy cash conditions pursuant to the terms of the proposed business combination exceed the aggregate amount of cash available to us, we will not complete the business combination or redeem any shares, all shares of Class A common stock submitted for redemption will be returned to the holders thereof, and we instead may search for an alternate business combination.

In order to effectuate our initial business combination, we may seek to amend our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or other governing instruments, including our warrant agreement, in a manner that will make it easier for us to complete our initial business combination but that our stockholders or warrant holders may not support.

In order to effectuate a business combination, blank check companies have, in the recent past, amended various provisions of their charters and governing instruments, including their warrant agreements. For example, blank check companies have amended the definition of business combination, increased redemption thresholds, changed industry focus and, with respect to their warrants, amended their warrant agreements to require the warrants to be exchanged for cash and/or other securities. We cannot assure you that we will not seek to amend our charter or other governing instruments or change our industry focus in order to effectuate our initial business combination.

Because we must furnish our stockholders with target business financial statements prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles or international financial reporting standards, we will not be able to complete a business combination with prospective target businesses unless their financial statements are prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

The federal proxy rules require that a proxy statement with respect to a vote on a business combination meeting certain financial significance tests include historical and/or pro forma financial statement disclosure in periodic reports. These financial statements may be required to be prepared in accordance with, or be reconciled to, accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, or GAAP, or international financial reporting standards, or IFRS, depending on the circumstances, and the historical financial statements may be required to be audited in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), or PCAOB. We will include the same financial statement disclosure in connection with any tender offer documents we use, whether or not they are required under the tender offer rules. Additionally, to the extent we furnish our stockholders with financial statements prepared in accordance with IFRS, such financial statements will need to be audited in accordance with U.S. GAAP at the time of the consummation of the business combination. These financial statement requirements may limit the pool of potential target businesses we may acquire.

Cyber incidents or attacks directed at us could result in information theft, data corruption, operational disruption and/or financial loss.

We depend on digital technologies, including information systems, infrastructure and cloud applications and services, including those of third parties with which we may deal. Sophisticated and deliberate attacks on, or security breaches in, our systems or infrastructure, or the systems or infrastructure of third parties or the cloud, could lead to corruption or misappropriation of our assets, proprietary information and sensitive or confidential data. As an early stage company without significant investments in data security protection, we may not be sufficiently protected against such occurrences. We may not have sufficient resources to adequately protect

 

45


Table of Contents

against, or to investigate and remediate any vulnerability to, cyber incidents. It is possible that any of these occurrences, or a combination of them, could have adverse consequences on our business and lead to financial loss.

There is currently no market for our securities and a market for our securities may not develop, which would adversely affect the liquidity and price of our securities.

There is currently no market for our securities. Stockholders therefore have no access to information about prior market history on which to base their investment decision. Following this offering, the price of our securities may vary significantly due to one or more potential business combinations and general market or economic conditions. Furthermore, an active trading market for our securities may never develop or, if developed, it may not be sustained. You may be unable to sell your securities unless a market can be established and sustained.

Changes in laws or regulations, or a failure to comply with any laws and regulations, may adversely affect our business, investments and results of operations.

We are subject to laws and regulations enacted by national, regional and local governments. In particular, we will be required to comply with certain SEC and other legal requirements. Compliance with, and monitoring of, applicable laws and regulations may be difficult, time consuming and costly. Those laws and regulations and their interpretation and application may also change from time to time and those changes could have a material adverse effect on our business, investments and results of operations. In addition, a failure to comply with applicable laws or regulations, as interpreted and applied, could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

There may be tax consequences to our business combinations that may adversely affect us.

While we expect to undertake any merger or acquisition so as to minimize taxes both to the acquired business and/or assets and us, such business combination might not meet the statutory requirements of a tax-free reorganization, or the parties might not obtain the intended tax-free treatment upon a transfer of shares or assets. A non-qualifying reorganization could result in the imposition of substantial taxes.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide, subject to limited exceptions, that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the sole and exclusive forum for certain stockholder litigation matters, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers, employees or stockholders.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation requires, to the fullest extent permitted by law, that derivative actions brought in our name, actions against directors, officers and employees for breach of fiduciary duty and other similar actions may be brought only in the Court of Chancery in the State of Delaware and, if brought outside of Delaware, the stockholder bringing the suit will be deemed to have consented to service of process on such stockholder’s counsel. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of our capital stock shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the forum provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation.

This choice of forum provision may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or any of our directors, officers, other employees or stockholders, which may discourage lawsuits with respect to such claims. Alternatively, if a court were to find the choice of forum provision contained in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be inapplicable or unenforceable in an action, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such action in other jurisdictions, which could harm our business, operating results and financial condition.

 

46


Table of Contents

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

The statements contained in this prospectus that are not purely historical are forward-looking statements. Our forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements regarding our or our management’s expectations, hopes, beliefs, intentions or strategies regarding the future. In addition, any statements that refer to projections, forecasts or other characterizations of future events or circumstances, including any underlying assumptions, are forward-looking statements. The words “anticipates,” “believe,” “continue,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intends,” “may,” “might,” “plan,” “possible,” “potential,” “predicts,” “project,” “should,” “would” and similar expressions may identify forward-looking statements, but the absence of these words does not mean that a statement is not forward-looking. Forward-looking statements in this prospectus may include, for example, statements about our:

 

    ability to complete our initial business combination;

 

    success in retaining or recruiting, or changes required in, our officers, key employees or directors following our initial business combination;

 

    officers and directors allocating their time to other businesses and potentially having conflicts of interest with our business or in approving our initial business combination, as a result of which they would then receive expense reimbursements;

 

    potential ability to obtain additional financing to complete a business combination;

 

    pool of prospective target businesses;

 

    ability of our officers and directors to generate a number of potential investment opportunities;

 

    potential change in control if we acquire one or more target businesses for stock;

 

    public securities’ potential liquidity and trading;

 

    the lack of a market for our securities;

 

    expectations regarding the time during which we will be an “emerging growth company” under the JOBS Act;

 

    use of proceeds not held in the trust account or available to us from interest income on the trust account balance; or

 

    financial performance following this offering.

The forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus are based on our current expectations and beliefs concerning future developments and their potential effects on us. There can be no assurance that future developments affecting us will be those we have anticipated. These forward-looking statements involve a number of risks, uncertainties (some of which are beyond our control) or other assumptions that may cause actual results or performance to be materially different from those expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. These risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to, those factors described under the heading “Risk Factors.” Should one or more of these risks or uncertainties materialize, or should any of our assumptions prove incorrect, actual results may vary in material respects from those projected in these forward-looking statements. We undertake no obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as may be required under applicable securities laws.

 

47


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that the net proceeds of this offering, in addition to the funds we will receive from the sale of the private units (all of which will be deposited into the trust account), will be as set forth in the following table:

 

    Without Over-
Allotment Option
    Over-Allotment Option
Exercised
 

Gross proceeds

   

From units offered to the public

  $ 300,000,000     $ 345,000,000  

From private placement warrants

    8,000,000       8,900,000  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total gross proceeds

    308,000,000       353,900,000  

Offering expenses(1)

   

Underwriting discount (2.0% of gross proceeds from units offered to public)

    6,000,000       6,900,000  

Legal fees and expenses

    300,000       300,000  

Nasdaq Listing Fees

    75,000       75,000  

Printing and engraving expenses

    50,000       50,000  

Accounting fees and expenses

    45,000       45,000  

SEC/FINRA expenses

    103,828       103,828  

Director and Officer liability insurance premiums

    183,500       183,500  

Travel and road show

    55,000       55,000  

Miscellaneous expenses

    187,672       187,672  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total offering expenses (excluding underwriting discounts and commissions)

    1,000,000       1,000,000  

Net proceeds

   

Held in trust

    300,000,000       345,000,000  

Percent of public offering size

    100     100

Not held in trust

    1,000,000       1,000,000  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net proceeds after offering expenses

  $ 301,000,000     $ 346,000,000  

Use of net proceeds not held in trust(2)

   

Legal, accounting and other third-party expenses attendant to the search for target businesses and to the due diligence investigation, structuring and negotiation of a business combination

  $ 200,000       20

Consulting, travel and miscellaneous expenses incurred during the search for an initial business combination target

    100,000       10

Due diligence of prospective target businesses by officers, directors and sponsor

    150,000       15

Legal and accounting fees relating to SEC reporting obligations

    100,000       10

Working capital to cover miscellaneous expenses, and general corporate purposes(3)

    450,000       45
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 1,000,000       100.0

 

(1)

A portion of the offering expenses, including the SEC registration fee, the FINRA filing fee, the non-refundable portion of the Nasdaq listing fee and a portion of the legal and audit fees, have been paid

 

48


Table of Contents
  from the funds we received from our sponsor described below. These funds will be repaid out of the proceeds that have been allocated for the payment of offering expenses (other than underwriting commissions) and proceeds not to be held in the trust account. In the event the offering expenses are less than set forth in this table, any such amounts will be used for post-closing working capital expenses. In the event the offering expenses are more than set forth in this table, we may fund such excess with funds not held in the trust account.

 

(2) These are estimates only. Our actual expenditures for some or all of these items may differ from the estimates set forth herein. For example, we may incur greater legal and accounting expenses than our current estimates in connection with negotiating and structuring our initial business combination based upon the level of complexity of that business combination. We do not anticipate any change in our intended use of proceeds, other than fluctuations among the current categories of allocated expenses, which fluctuations, to the extent they exceed current estimates for any specific category of expenses, would be deducted from our excess working capital.

 

(3) Includes estimated amounts that may also be used in connection with our business combination to fund a “no shop” provision and commitment fees for financing.

$300,000,000, or $345.0 million if the over-allotment option is exercised in full, of net proceeds of this offering will be placed in a U.S. based trust account at  J.P. Morgan Chase Bank, N.A., maintained by Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, New York, New York, as trustee. The funds held in trust will be invested only in United States “government securities” within the meaning of Section 2(a)(16) of the Investment Company Act having a maturity of 180 days or less, or in money market funds meeting certain conditions under Rule 2a-7 promulgated under the Investment Company Act which invest only in direct U.S. government treasury obligations, so that we are not deemed to be an investment company under the Investment Company Act. Except with respect to (i) interest earned on the funds held in the trust account released to us to pay our income or other tax obligations, (ii) any remaining interest earned on the funds held in the trust account released to us for payment of $10,000 per month to our sponsor or one of its affiliates for up to 18 months for office space, utilities and secretarial and administrative support and (iii) up to $50,000 earned on the funds in the trust account we may need to pay for our liquidation expenses if we are unable to consummate an initial business combination within the required time period, the proceeds will not be released from the trust account until the earlier of the completion of a business combination or our redemption of 100% of the outstanding public shares if we have not completed a business combination in the required time period. The proceeds held in the trust account may be used as consideration to pay the sellers of a target business with which we complete a business combination. Any amounts not paid as consideration to the sellers of the target business may be used to finance operations of the target business.

The payment of $10,000 per month to our sponsor or one of its affiliates, for up to 18 months, is for office space, utilities and secretarial and administrative support. This arrangement is being agreed to by our sponsor for our benefit and is not intended to provide our sponsor or affiliated officers and directors with compensation in lieu of a salary. This arrangement will terminate upon completion of our initial business combination or our liquidation. Other than the payment of $10,000 per month to our sponsor or one of its affiliates, for up to 18 months, for office space, utilities and secretarial and administrative support (which payments may be made from the interest on the proceeds of this offering held in the trust account prior to the completion of our initial business combination), and the repayment of a loan in an aggregate amount of up to $200,000 from our sponsor (which repayment will not be made from the proceeds of this offering held in the trust account prior to the completion of our initial business combination), no compensation of any kind will be paid to our sponsor, officers, directors or any of their respective affiliates, for services rendered to us prior to or in connection with the consummation of our initial business combination (regardless of the type of transaction that it is). However, such entity and individuals will receive reimbursement for any out-of-pocket expenses incurred by them in connection with activities on our behalf, such as identifying potential target businesses, performing business due diligence on suitable target businesses and business combinations as well as traveling to and from the offices, plants or similar locations of prospective target businesses to examine their operations. Our audit committee will review and

 

49


Table of Contents

approve all reimbursements and payments made to our sponsor, officers, directors or our or their respective affiliates, with any interested director abstaining from such review and approval. There is no limit on the amount of such expenses reimbursable by us; provided, however, to the extent such expenses exceed the available proceeds not deposited in the trust account, such expenses would not be reimbursed by us unless we consummate an initial business combination. Since the role of present management after a business combination is uncertain, we have no ability to determine what remuneration, if any, will be paid to those persons after a business combination.

Regardless of whether the over-allotment option is exercised in full, the net proceeds from this offering available to us out of trust for our working capital requirements in searching for a business combination will be approximately $1,000,000. We intend to use the proceeds for miscellaneous expenses such as paying fees to consultants to assist us with our search for a target business and legal, accounting and similar public company costs, with the balance being held in reserve in the event due diligence, legal, accounting and other expenses of structuring and negotiating business combinations exceed our estimates, as well as for reimbursement of any out-of-pocket expenses incurred by our sponsor, officers and directors in connection with activities on our behalf as described below.

The allocation of the net proceeds available to us outside of the trust account represents our best estimate of the intended uses of these funds. In the event our assumptions prove to be inaccurate, we may reallocate some of such proceeds within the above described categories. If our estimate of the costs of undertaking in-depth due diligence and negotiating a business combination is less than the actual amount necessary to do so, we may be required to raise additional capital, the amount, availability and cost of which is currently unascertainable. In this event, we could seek such additional capital through loans or additional investments from members of our management team, but such members of our management team are not under any obligation to advance funds to, or invest in, us.

We may use substantially all of the net proceeds of this offering, including the funds held in the trust account, to acquire a target business and to pay our expenses relating thereto, including a fee payable to Oppenheimer & Co. Inc. and EarlyBirdCapital equal to 3.5% of the gross proceeds raised in this offering (exclusive of any applicable finders’ fees which might become payable) upon consummation of our initial business combination for assisting us in connection with our initial business combination, as described under the section titled “Underwriting — Business Combination Marketing Agreement.” To the extent our capital stock is used in whole or in part as consideration to effect a business combination, the proceeds held in the trust account which are not used to consummate a business combination will be disbursed to the combined company and will, along with any other net proceeds not expended, be used as working capital to finance the operations of the target business. Such working capital funds could be used in a variety of ways including continuing or expanding the target business’ operations, for strategic acquisitions and for marketing, research and development of existing or new products.

To the extent we are unable to consummate a business combination, we will pay the costs of liquidation from the up to $50,000 of interest that may be released to us from the trust account to pay for our liquidation and dissolution expenses. If such interest is insufficient, our sponsor has agreed to advance us the funds necessary to complete such liquidation and has agreed not to seek repayment of such expenses.

As of the date of this prospectus, our sponsor has agreed to loan us up to an aggregate of $200,000 which was used to pay a portion of the expenses of this offering referenced in the line items above for the SEC registration fee, the FINRA filing fee, the non-refundable portion of the Nasdaq listing fee and a portion of the legal and audit fees and expenses. The loan will be payable without interest on the consummation of this offering. The loan will be repaid out of the proceeds of this offering available to us for payment of offering expenses.

We believe that, upon consummation of this offering, we will have sufficient available funds (which includes amounts that may be released to us from the trust account) to operate for the next 18 months, assuming a business combination is not consummated during that time. However, if necessary, to meet our working capital

 

50


Table of Contents

needs following the consummation of this offering, our sponsor, officers and directors may, but are not obligated to, loan us funds, from time to time or at any time, in whatever amount they deem reasonable in their sole discretion. Each loan would be evidenced by a promissory note. The notes would either be paid upon consummation of our initial business combination, without interest, or, at holder’s discretion, up to $1,500,000 of the notes may be converted into warrants at a price of $1.00 per warrant. In the event the initial business combination does not close, we may use a portion of the working capital held outside the trust account to repay such loaned amounts, but no proceeds from our trust account would be used for such repayment.

A public stockholder will be entitled to receive funds from the trust account (including interest earned on his, her or its portion of the trust account to the extent not previously released to us) only in the event of (i) our redemption of 100% of the outstanding public shares if we have not completed a business combination in the required time period, (ii) if that public stockholder converts such shares, or sells such shares to us in a tender offer, in connection with a business combination which we consummate or (iii) we seek to amend any provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that would affect our public stockholders’ ability to convert or sell their shares to us in connection with a business combination as described herein or affect the substance or timing of our obligation to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete a business combination within 18 months from the closing of this offering. This redemption right shall apply in the event of the approval of any such amendment to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, whether proposed by our sponsor, any executive officer, director or director nominee, or any other person. In no other circumstances will a public stockholder have any right or interest of any kind to or in the trust account.

DIVIDEND POLICY

We have not paid any cash dividends on our common stock to date and do not intend to pay cash dividends prior to the completion of an initial business combination. The payment of cash dividends in the future will be dependent upon our revenues and earnings, if any, capital requirements and general financial condition subsequent to completion of a business combination. The payment of any dividends subsequent to a business combination will be within the discretion of our board of directors at such time. It is the present intention of our board of directors to retain all earnings, if any, for use in our business operations and, accordingly, our board of directors does not anticipate declaring any dividends in the foreseeable future. In addition, our board of directors is not currently contemplating and does not anticipate declaring any stock dividends in the foreseeable future, except if we increase the size of the offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, in which case we will effect a stock dividend immediately prior to the consummation of the offering in such amount as to maintain the ownership of our sponsor at 20.0% of our issued and outstanding shares of our Class A common stock upon the consummation of this offering. Further, if we incur any indebtedness, our ability to declare dividends may be limited by restrictive covenants we may agree to in connection therewith.

DILUTION

The difference between the public offering price per share, assuming no value is attributed to the warrants included in the units we are offering by this prospectus and the private warrants, and the pro forma net tangible book value per share after this offering constitutes the dilution to investors in this offering. Such calculation does not reflect any dilution associated with the sale and exercise of warrants, including the private placement warrants. Net tangible book value per share is determined by dividing our net tangible book value, which is our total tangible assets less total liabilities (including the value of shares of common stock which may be redeemed for cash or sold in a tender offer), by the number of outstanding shares of common stock. In addition, because of the anti-dilution rights of the founders’ shares, any equity or equity-linked securities issued in connection with our initial business combination would be disproportionately dilutive to our Class A common stock.

At December 31, 2017, our net tangible book deficit was $(187,241), or approximately $(0.02) per share of common stock. After giving effect to the sale of 30,000,000 shares of common stock included in the units we are

 

51


Table of Contents

offering by this prospectus and the deduction of underwriting commissions and estimated expenses of this offering, our pro forma net tangible book value at December 31, 2017 would have been $5,000,009 or $0.63 per share, representing an immediate increase in net tangible book value (as decreased by the value of the approximately 29,601,911 shares of common stock that may be redeemed for cash and assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option) of $9.39 per share to our sponsor and an immediate dilution of $10.00 per share or 100% to our public stockholders not exercising their redemption rights. The decrease attributable to public shares subject to redemption is included in the calculation below at $10.00 per share, as all public stockholders have the right to be redeemed. The dilution to new investors if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full would be an immediate dilution of $9.45 per share or 94.5%.

The following table illustrates the dilution to the new investors on a per-share basis, assuming no value is attributed to the warrants included in the units and the private warrants:

 

Public offering price

      $ 10.00  

Net tangible book value before this offering

   $ (0.02   

Increase attributable to public stockholders and private sales

     9.39     

Decrease attributable to public share subject to redemption

     (10.00   
  

 

 

    

Pro forma net tangible book value after this offering and sale of private placement warrants

        0.63  
     

 

 

 

Dilution to public stockholders

      $ 9.37  
     

 

 

 

Percentage of dilution to public stockholders

        93.7

The following table sets forth information with respect to our existing stockholders and the public stockholders:

 

     Shares           Total Consideration     Average Price  
Number    Purchased     Percentage     Amount      Percentage     per Share  

Sponsor – founders’ shares

     7,500,000 (1)      20.0   $ 25,000        0.0   $ 0.003  

Public stockholders

     30,000,000       80.0   $ 300,000,000        100.0   $ 10.00  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total

     37,500,000       100.0   $ 300,025,000        100.0  

 

(1) Assumes the over-allotment option has not been exercised and an aggregate of 1,125,000 founders’ shares have been forfeited as a result thereof.

 

52


Table of Contents

The pro forma net tangible book value after the offering is calculated as follows:

 

Numerator:

  

Net tangible book value before the offering

     (187,241

Net proceeds from this offering and private placement warrants, net of expenses

     301,000,000  

Plus: Offering costs accrued for and paid in advance, excluded from tangible book value before this offering

     206,360  

Less: Amount of Class A common stock subject to redemption to maintain net tangible assets of $5,000,001

     (296,019,110
  

 

 

 
   $ 5,000,009  

Denominator:

  

Shares of Class B common stock outstanding prior to this offering

     7,500,000 (1) 

Shares of Class A common stock included in the units offered

     30,000,000  

Less: Shares subject to redemption

     (29,601,911
  

 

 

 
     7,898,089  

 

(1) Assumes the over-allotment option has not been exercised and an aggregate of 1,125,000 founders’ shares have been forfeited as a result thereof.

 

53


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our capitalization at December 31, 2017 and as adjusted to give effect to the sale of our units and the private units and the application of the estimated net proceeds derived from the sale of such securities:

 

     December 31, 2017  
     Actual      As Adjusted(1)  

Promissory note payable to related party(2)

     —          —    

Class A Common stock, -0- and 29,601,911 shares subject to redemption(3)

     —          296,019,110  

Stockholders’ equity:

     

Preferred stock, $.0001 par value, 1,000,000 shares authorized; none issued or outstanding

     —          —    

Common stock

     

Class A common stock, $0.0001 par value, 1,000 shares authorized (actual) and 200,000,000 (as adjusted); no shares issued and outstanding (actual); 398,089 shares issued (excluding 29,601,911 shares subject to redemption) (as adjusted)

     —          40  

Class B Common stock, $.0001 par value, 12,000,000 shares authorized (actual); 10,350,000 shares authorized (as adjusted); 8,625,000 shares issued and outstanding (actual)(4); 7,500,000 shares issued and outstanding (as adjusted)

     863        750  

Additional paid-in capital

     24,137        5,005,100  

Accumulated deficit

     (5,881      (5,881

Total stockholders’ equity:

     19,119        5,000,009  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total capitalization

   $ 19,119      $ 301,019,119  

 

(1) Assumes the over-allotment option has not been exercised and an aggregate of 1,125,000 founders’ shares have been forfeited by our sponsor as a result thereof. Excludes gross proceeds of up to $150,000,000 from the sale of the forward purchase agreement securities that is expected to close simultaneously with the closing of our initial business combination.

 

(2) Our sponsor has agreed to loan us up to $200,000 in the aggregate to be used for a portion of the expenses of this offering. The note is non-interest bearing and is payable on the earlier to occur of July 31, 2018 or the consummation of this offering. The Company executed the promissory note with our Sponsor on December 16, 2017, but no amount had been drawn on the note as of December 31, 2017.

 

(3) Upon the consummation of our initial business combination, we will provide our stockholders (but not our sponsor, officers or directors) with the opportunity to convert or sell their public shares for cash equal to their pro rata share of the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account as of two business days prior to the consummation of the initial business combination, including interest not previously released to us (less taxes payable), subject to the limitations described herein whereby our net tangible assets will be maintained at a minimum of $5,000,001.

 

(4) Shares and amounts have been retroactively restated to reflect the forfeiture of 1,437,500 shares in March 2018.

 

54


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

We were formed on November 13, 2017 for the purpose of effecting a merger, share exchange, asset acquisition, stock purchase, recapitalization, reorganization or other similar business combination with one or more target businesses. We intend to focus our search for target businesses in the energy industry with an emphasis on opportunities in the upstream oil and gas industry in North America where our management team’s networks and experience are suited. We intend to utilize cash derived from the proceeds of this offering, our securities, debt or a combination of cash, securities and debt, in effecting a business combination. The issuance of additional shares of Class A common stock or preferred stock:

 

    may significantly dilute the equity interest of our stockholders in this offering, which dilution would increase if the anti-dilution provisions of the founders’ shares resulted in the issuance of Class A common shares on a greater than a one-to-one basis upon the conversion of the founders’ shares;

 

    may subordinate the rights of holders of shares of Class A common stock if we issue shares of preferred stock with rights senior to those afforded to our shares of Class A common stock;

 

    could cause a change in control if a substantial number of our shares of Class A common stock are issued, which may affect, among other things, our ability to use our net operating loss carry forwards, if any, and most likely will also result in the resignation or removal of our present officers and directors;

 

    may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control of us by diluting the stock ownership or voting rights of a person seeking to obtain control of us; and

 

    may adversely affect prevailing market prices for our securities.

Similarly, if we issue debt securities, it could result in:

 

    default and foreclosure on our assets if our operating revenues after a business combination are insufficient to pay our debt obligations;

 

    acceleration of our obligations to repay the indebtedness even if we have made all principal and interest payments when due if the debt security contains covenants that required the maintenance of certain financial ratios or reserves and we breach any such covenant without a waiver or renegotiation of that covenant;

 

    our immediate payment of all principal and accrued interest, if any, if the debt security is payable on demand; and

 

    our inability to obtain additional financing, if necessary, if the debt security contains covenants restricting our ability to obtain additional financing while such security is outstanding.

We have neither engaged in any operations nor generated any revenues to date. Our entire activity since inception has been to prepare for our proposed fundraising through an offering of our equity securities. Following this offering, we will not generate any operating revenues until after completion of our initial business combination. We will generate non-operating income in the form of interest income on cash and cash equivalents after this offering. There has been no significant change in our financial or trading position and no material adverse change has occurred since the date of our audited financial statements. After this offering, we expect to incur increased expenses as a result of being a public company (for legal, financial reporting, accounting and auditing compliance), as well as for due diligence expenses. We expect our expenses to increase substantially after the closing of this offering.

We are an emerging growth company as defined in the JOBS Act. As an emerging growth company, we have elected to delay the adoption of new or revised accounting standards that have different effective dates for public and private companies until those standards apply to private companies. As such, our financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with public company effective dates.

 

55


Table of Contents

Liquidity and Capital Resources

As indicated in the accompanying financial statements, at December 31, 2017, we had $25,000 in cash and a working capital deficiency of $(187,241). Further, we have incurred and expect to continue to incur significant costs in pursuit of our financing and acquisition plans. Management’s plans to address this uncertainty through this offering are discussed above. We cannot assure you our plans to raise capital or to consummate an initial business combination will be successful.

Our liquidity needs have been satisfied to date through receipt of $25,000 from the sale of the founders’ shares, and a loan from our sponsor in an aggregate amount of up to $200,000 that is more fully described below. We estimate the net proceeds from (i) the sale of the units in this offering, after deducting offering expenses of approximately $1,000,000 and underwriting discounts and commissions of $6.0 million (or $6.9 million if the over-allotment option is exercised in full) and (ii) the sale of the private placement warrants for a purchase price of $8.0 million (or $8.9 million if the over-allotment option is exercised in full) will be $301.0 million (or $346.0 million if the over-allotment option is exercised in full). Of this amount, $300.0 million (or $345.0 million if the over-allotment option is exercised in full) will be held in the trust account. The remaining $1.0 million will not be held in trust.

We may use substantially all of the net proceeds of this offering, including the funds held in the trust account, to acquire a target business and to pay our expenses relating thereto, including a fee payable to Oppenheimer & Co. Inc. and EarlyBirdCapital equal to 3.5% of the gross proceeds raised in this offering (exclusive of any applicable finders’ fees which might become payable) upon consummation of our initial business combination for assisting us in connection with our initial business combination, as described under the section titled “Underwriting — Business Combination Marketing Agreement.” To the extent our capital stock is used in whole or in part as consideration to effect a business combination, the remaining proceeds held in the trust account as well as any other net proceeds not expended will be used as working capital to finance the operations of the target business. Such working capital funds could be used in a variety of ways including continuing or expanding the target business’ operations, debt reduction, for strategic acquisitions and for marketing, research and development of existing or new products. Such funds could also be used to repay any operating expenses or finders’ fees which we had incurred prior to the completion of our business combination if the funds available to us outside of the trust account were insufficient to cover such expenses.

We believe, upon consummation of this offering, the approximate $1.0 million of net proceeds not held in the trust account, will be sufficient to allow us to operate for at least the next 18 months, assuming a business combination is not consummated during that time. Over this time period, we will be using these funds for identifying and evaluating prospective acquisition candidates, performing business due diligence on prospective target businesses, traveling to and from the offices, plants or similar locations of prospective target businesses, reviewing corporate documents and material agreements of prospective target businesses, selecting the target business to acquire and structuring, negotiating and consummating the business combination. We anticipate we will incur approximately:

 

    $200,000 of expenses for the search for target businesses and for the legal, accounting and other third-party expenses attendant to the due diligence investigations, structuring and negotiating of a business combination;  

 

    $150,000 of expenses for the due diligence and investigation of a target business by our officers, directors and sponsor;

 

    $100,000 for consulting, travel and other expenses incurred during the search for a business combination target;

 

    $180,000 for the payment of the administrative fee of $10,000 per month to our sponsor or one of its affiliates, for up to 18 months, for office space, utilities, and secretarial and administrative support (which payment may be made from the interest on the proceeds of this offering held in the trust account prior to the completion of the initial business combination);

 

56


Table of Contents
    $100,000 of expenses in legal and accounting fees relating to our SEC reporting obligations; and

 

    $450,000 for general working capital that will be used for miscellaneous expenses and reserves, including general corporate purposes.

If our estimates of the costs of undertaking in-depth due diligence and negotiating an initial business combination is less than the actual amount necessary to do so, or we earn less interest on the funds held in the trust account than anticipated, we may have insufficient funds available to operate our business prior to our initial business combination. Moreover, we may need to obtain additional financing either to consummate our initial business combination or because we become obligated to redeem a significant number of our public shares upon consummation of our initial business combination, in which case we may issue additional securities or incur debt in connection with such business combination. We do not have a maximum debt leverage ratio or a policy with respect to how much debt we may incur. The amount of debt we will be willing to incur will depend on the facts and circumstances of the proposed business combination and market conditions at the time of the potential business combination. At this time, other than the forward purchase agreement we intend to enter into, we are not party to any arrangement or understanding with any third party with respect to raising additional funds through the sale of our securities or the incurrence of debt. Subject to compliance with applicable securities laws, we would only consummate such financing simultaneously with the consummation of our initial business combination. In the current economic environment, it has become especially difficult to obtain acquisition financing. Following our initial business combination, if cash on hand is insufficient, we may need to obtain additional financing in order to meet our obligations.

Related Party Transactions

As of the date of this prospectus, our sponsor has agreed to loan us up to an aggregate of $200,000, on a non-interest-bearing basis, for payment of offering expenses on our behalf. The loan will be payable without interest on the earlier to occur of July 31, 2018 or the consummation of this offering. If the offering is consummated, the loan will be repaid out of the proceeds of this offering not being placed in trust.

We are obligated, commencing on the date our securities are first listed on the NASDAQ, to pay our sponsor or one of its affiliates a payment of $10,000 per month, for up to 18 months, for office space, utilities and secretarial and administrative support.

Our sponsor, officers and directors, or any of their respective affiliates, will be reimbursed for any out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with activities on our behalf such as identifying potential target businesses and performing due diligence on suitable business combinations. Our audit committee will review on a quarterly basis all payments made to our sponsor, officers, directors or our or their affiliates and will determine which expenses and the amount of expenses that will be reimbursed. There is no cap or ceiling on the reimbursement of out-of-pocket expenses incurred by such persons in connection with activities on our behalf.

Our sponsor has committed it will purchase an aggregate of 8,000,000 private placement warrants at $1.00 per warrant (for a total purchase price of $8,000,000) from us. This purchase will take place on a private placement basis simultaneously with the consummation of this offering. Our sponsor has also agreed if the over-allotment option is exercised by the underwriters in full or in part, it will purchase from us an additional number of private placement warrants (up to a maximum of 900,000 private placement warrants) at a price of $1.00 per private placement warrant necessary to fund projected offering expenses and working capital requirements. We do not believe we will need to raise additional funds following this offering to meet the expenditures required for operating our business. However, to finance transaction costs in connection with an intended initial business combination, our sponsor, officers, directors or their affiliates may, but are not obligated to, loan us funds as may be required. If we consummate an initial business combination, we would repay such loaned amounts. In the event the initial business combination does not close, we may use a portion of the working capital held outside the trust account to repay such loaned amounts, but no proceeds from our trust account would be used for such repayment. Up to $1,500,000 of such loans may be convertible into private placement warrants at a price of $1.00 per warrant at the option of the lender.

 

57


Table of Contents

Our sponsor has committed to offer or cause an affiliate to offer to purchase, at $1.00 per public warrant (exclusive of commissions), the outstanding public warrants in a tender offer that would commence after our announcement of an initial business combination and occur in connection with such business combination. The warrant tender offer would not be conditioned upon any minimum number of warrants being tendered.

Our sponsor has also committed to offer or cause an affiliate to offer to purchase, at $1.00 per public warrant (exclusive of commissions), the outstanding public warrants in a tender offer that would commence after our filing of a proxy statement or information statement with respect to a proposed amendment to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that would affect the substance of timing of our obligation to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete a business combination within 18 months from the closing of this offering. Any such purchases would occur in connection with the effectiveness of such amendment.

On the date of this prospectus, our sponsor or an affiliate will either deposit cash funds or a letter of credit from a financially capable bank in good standing in an amount equal to $15,000,000 (or $17,250,000 if the over-allotment is exercised in full) with Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company. The funds held in the escrow account may be used (or the letter of credit may be drawn upon) to pay $1.00 per warrant to holders of public warrants (excluding private placement warrants or forward purchase warrants) that tender in the tender offer for the public warrants. At any time, our sponsor or its affiliate may substitute a letter of credit from a financially capable bank in good standing in lieu of cash or cash in lieu of a letter of credit. Neither funds in the escrow account nor the letter of credit shall be held in trust nor comprise any portion of any pro-rata distribution of our trust account. In the event a business combination is announced and a tender offer for the warrants is made, but the business combination is later abandoned, the tender offer will not be closed, and the warrants will be returned to the holders.

In the event that we are unable to close a business combination within the allotted time, the escrow agent will be authorized to transfer $1.00 per whole public warrant, to holders of public warrants other than our sponsor and its affiliates, at the same time as we redeem our public shares, and all public warrants will expire worthless.

Following the tender offer or payment to holders of public warrants described above, any amounts remaining in the escrow account will be returned to our sponsor or its affiliate.

Controls and Procedures

We are not currently required to maintain an effective system of internal controls as defined by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. We will be required to comply with the internal control requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2019. As of the date of this prospectus, we have not completed an assessment, nor have our auditors tested our systems, of internal controls. We expect to assess the internal controls of our target business or businesses prior to the completion of our initial business combination and, if necessary, to implement and test additional controls as we may determine are necessary to state that we maintain an effective system of internal controls. A target business may not be in compliance with the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act regarding the adequacy of internal controls. Target businesses we may consider for a business combination may have internal controls that need improvement in areas such as:

 

    staffing for financial, accounting and external reporting areas, including segregation of duties;

 

    reconciliation of accounts;

 

    proper recording of expenses and liabilities in the period to which they relate;

 

    evidence of internal review and approval of accounting transactions;

 

    documentation of processes, assumptions and conclusions underlying significant estimates; and

 

    documentation of accounting policies and procedures.

 

58


Table of Contents

Because it will take time, management involvement and perhaps outside resources to determine what internal control improvements are necessary for us to meet regulatory requirements and market expectations for our operation of a target business, we may incur significant expense in meeting our public reporting responsibilities, particularly in the areas of designing, enhancing, or remediating internal and disclosure controls. Doing so effectively may also take longer than we expect, thus increasing our exposure to financial fraud or erroneous financing reporting.

Once our management’s report on internal controls is complete, we will retain our independent auditors to audit and render an opinion on such report when required by Section 404. The independent auditors may identify additional issues concerning a target business’s internal controls while performing their audit of internal control over financial reporting.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

The net proceeds of this offering, including amounts in the trust account, will be invested in United States “government securities” within the meaning of Section 2(a)(16) of the Investment Company Act having a maturity of 180 days or less, or in money market funds meeting certain conditions under Rule 2a-7 promulgated under the Investment Company Act which invest only in direct U.S. government treasury obligations. Due to the short-term nature of these investments, we believe there will be no associated material exposure to interest rate risk.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements; Commitments and Contractual Obligations; Quarterly Results

As of the date of this prospectus, we did not have any off-balance sheet arrangements as defined in Item 303(a)(4)(ii) of Regulation S-K and did not have any commitments or contractual obligations. No unaudited quarterly operating data is included in this prospectus as we have conducted no operations to date.

 

59


Table of Contents

PROPOSED BUSINESS

Introduction

We are a Delaware blank check company incorporated on November 13, 2017 formed for the purpose of effecting a merger, share exchange, asset acquisition, stock purchase, recapitalization, reorganization or other similar business combination with one or more target businesses.

We intend to focus our search on businesses in the energy industry with an emphasis on opportunities in the upstream oil and gas industry in North America where our management team’s networks and experience are suited although our efforts to identify a prospective target business will not be limited to a particular industry or geographic region. Although we anticipate an initial business combination with an operating business, we are not obligated to do so and may determine to facilitate a transaction with a company with no operating history if we determine that the terms of the transaction are favorable to our public stockholders and the target business has a fair market value of at least 80% of the assets held in the trust account (excluding taxes payable on the income earned on the trust account) at the time of the agreement to enter into the initial business combination.

In particular, we will seek to capitalize on the operating and investing experience and network of relationships of Jack D. Hightower, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer and our other officers and directors in consummating an initial business combination. During his career, Mr. Hightower has been involved in merger and acquisition transactions valued at billions of dollars in the aggregate in the energy, banking and real estate industries. Mr. Hightower has over 47 years of operational and financial experience in the oil and gas industry having managed many oil and gas companies as Chairman, President and CEO. He has consistently generated favorable returns throughout industry cycles by applying a disciplined, risk-adjusted investment approach, designed to balance capital preservation with value creation. In each of his last four startup companies, Mr. Hightower has completed initial acquisitions in less than nine months. Since 1995, Mr. Hightower has created and led five oil and gas exploration and production companies through acquisition, growth and value creation strategies, including the following:

 

    In March 1995, Mr. Hightower assembled a highly experienced and multi-skilled management team to form Titan. Mr. Hightower served as Chairman, President and CEO of the company, and was responsible for all day-to-day operating, risk management and acquisition decisions. Titan secured its founding equity investment from NGP and management. In December 1996, Mr. Hightower led an initial public offering of Titan Resources, creating Titan Exploration, Inc. (NASDAQ: TEXP), which had a peak market capitalization of $429 million. While at Titan, Mr. Hightower completed several acquisition transactions to acquire proved oil and gas reserves and millions of net acres of mineral rights. In January 2000, Mr. Hightower led efforts to combine TEXP’s assets with Unocal’s Permian Basin and Rocky Mountain assets, thereby creating Pure (NYSE: PRS), which had a peak market capitalization of $1.77 billion. In October 2002, Unocal tendered for the outstanding shares of Pure.

 

    In January 2004, Mr. Hightower and his team formed Celero with founding equity commitments primarily from Quantum Energy Partners II & III, L.P., Wachovia Capital Investments Inc., and from management. As Chairman, President and CEO, Mr. Hightower was responsible for overseeing all day-to-day operating, risk management and acquisition decisions.

 

    In October 2006, Mr. Hightower and his team formed Celero II with founding equity commitments from Natural Gas Partners VIII, L.P., management, pension funds, university endowments, financial institutions, private foundations and high net worth individuals. While Mr. Hightower elected to pursue other business opportunities in October 2009, Mr. Rodney L. Woodard, Pure’s chief operating officer, continued to lead the Celero II team and develop the properties.

 

    In June 2011, Mr. Hightower formed Bluestem Energy, an energy-focused, private-equity backed partnership with founding equity commitments from Quantum Energy Partners, L.P. and from management. In August 2013, Bluestem Energy entered into a joint venture with Rio Oil and Gas, another Quantum Energy Partners portfolio company, and the joint venture’s assets were ultimately sold in August 2014.

 

60


Table of Contents

We intend to identify and seek to consummate a business combination with a business that could benefit from a hands-on owner with extensive experience in the upstream oil and gas industry in North America and presents potential for an attractive risk-adjusted return profile under our stewardship. Even fundamentally sound companies can often under-perform their potential due to underinvestment, temporary periods of dislocation in the markets in which they operate, over-levered capital structures, excessive cost structures, incomplete management teams and/or inappropriate business strategies. Our management team has extensive experience in identifying and executing acquisitions and managing assets to performance at potential across the energy industries. In addition, our team has significant hands-on experience working with private companies in preparing for and executing an initial public offering and serving as active owners and directors by working closely with these companies to continue their transformations and help create value in the public markets.

Prior to a business combination, the management team of our sponsor and its affiliates will provide various administrative and technical services for us including, but not limited to, corporate financial and accounting services; business target identification; and due diligence; and proved reserve evaluation including geological, engineering, operational, land, and environmental assessments. Our post business combination management and technical team may include members of our sponsor and its affiliates, members of the seller’s management team, and other technical people with skill-sets specific to the attributes of the target.

We believe our management team is well positioned to identify attractive risk-adjusted returns in the marketplace, and its contacts and transaction sources, ranging from industry executives, private owners, private equity funds, and investment bankers will enable us to pursue a broad range of business combination alternatives. Our management believes its ability to identify and implement value creation initiatives will remain central to its differentiated acquisition strategy.

Our management team’s objective is to generate attractive financial returns and create significant value for our stockholders by using its relationships with major integrated oil and gas companies, large-cap independents, energy private equity funds and other industry players to source primarily negotiated transactions to acquire and operate quality assets with significant reserve, production and cash flow upside. We believe our management team has significant operating experience in all areas of oil and gas evaluation and operations, including horizontal drilling and advanced completion techniques, seismic acquisition and interpretation, financial structuring, and value creation methods to maximize production and proved reserves. Moreover, our team has experience investing across a variety of commodity price cycles to deliver strong full-cycle economics and in identifying high-quality assets and businesses with significant resources, capital and optimization potential. Our management team has consummated a significant number of successful acquisitions and divestitures, and has experience in both taking companies public and financing them in the equity and debt capital markets.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the past performance of Mr. Hightower, our other officers and directors, and their respective affiliates is not a guarantee that we will be able to identify a suitable candidate for our initial business combination or realize success with respect to any business combination we may consummate. You should not rely on the historical record of our management’s performance as indicative of our future performance. None of our officers or directors have had experience with blank check companies or special purpose acquisition companies in the past.

Investment Thesis

Our management team’s differentiated approach to creating value in the oil and gas sector combines the elements of a lower-risk and capital preservation approach, balanced with higher return, exploration upside. The fundamental underpinnings of this approach include:

 

    Leverage Intellectual Capital. We strive at all times to utilize the wide range of the team’s and, where relevant, third-party skill-sets, backgrounds, experiences, and other intellectual capital to identify and realize unexploited value.

 

61


Table of Contents
    Conservative Assumptions. We believe in a conservative approach to reserve evaluation and valuation. As such, our management team typically runs a range of sensitivity analyses, including setting a valuation cap based primarily on already-established value (i.e., proved developed producing reserves) under worst-case scenario assumptions for large acquisitions.

 

    Pursuit of Hidden Value. We aggressively and thoroughly investigate the potential upside in the prospective properties we review, including evaluating the viability of overlooked enhanced exploitation opportunities, newly discovered or under-appreciated exploration opportunities, or other creative ways of monetizing value (e.g., by selling exploration rights to third-party entities or immediately disposing of non-core assets).

By taking this differentiated, multi-faceted, and comprehensive approach to evaluating prospective investments,

Our management team believes it is able to significantly mitigate risk, while maximizing the embedded

option value of every investment in terms of its upside potential.

Our management team’s approach to risk mitigation includes identifying, evaluating, and managing risk. Specific elements of our approach to risk mitigation may include:

 

    Thorough field-by-field property evaluation, including an engineering analysis, a geological and geophysical analysis, and a land, lease title and material contracts review, performed internally and in some cases by third-party technical experts;

 

    Evaluation of the production history of the assets;

 

    Environmental liability assessment;

 

    Portfolio balancing analysis to ensure an appropriate mix of long-lived/short-lived reserves and exploitation/exploration opportunities;

 

    Identification of opportunities to improve asset efficiency;

 

    In most cases, implementation and maintenance of relevant hedging programs designed to mitigate possible downturns in commodity price cycles; and

 

    Marketing hydrocarbons and negotiating long-term physical sales transactions and pipeline capacity agreements.

By employing this approach to property evaluation and risk mitigation, we seek to acquire significant upside potential.

Our management team members have experience acquiring and unlocking the value of attractive, but less-than-fully exploited, oil and gas assets. Often the value of these assets has not been maximized to date either because the property was not a priority focus for the seller, or because other market participants simply did not recognize the same value creation potential. Due to our team members’ experience, and understanding of the applicability and viability of relevant value creation strategies we believe we are well-positioned to seek upside potential. Equally important, with their network of contacts with oil field services providers, our management team believes they are well positioned themselves to execute these strategies by identifying and assembling (often scarce) resources, such as qualified teams and appropriate equipment.

Acquisition Criteria

We have identified the following general criteria and guidelines we believe are important in evaluating prospective targets. We intend to use these criteria and guidelines in evaluating acquisition opportunities, but we may decide to enter into our initial business combination with a target that does not meet these criteria and guidelines. We intend to acquire target businesses we believe:

 

    are fundamentally sound but we believe can achieve better results by leveraging the operating and financial experience of our management team and their affiliates;

 

62


Table of Contents
    can utilize the extensive networks and insights our management team has built in the energy industry;

 

    are at an inflection point, such as requiring additional management expertise, are able to innovate through new operational techniques, or where we believe we can drive improved financial performance;

 

    exhibit unrecognized value or other characteristics, desirable returns on capital, and a need for capital to achieve the company’s growth strategy, that we believe have been misevaluated by the marketplace based on our analysis and due diligence review; and

 

    will offer an attractive risk-adjusted return for our stockholders.

We will seek to acquire the target on terms and in a manner that leverages our management team’s experience investing within the energy industry. Potential upside from growth in the target business and an improved capital structure will be weighed against any identified downside risks designed to balance value creation with capital preservation.

We believe our management team’s broad industry contacts and experience will yield robust deal flow. Specifically, the primary strategies our management team will use to identify a potential business combination to generate favorable returns include:

 

    Acquire and operate quality, producing assets with a large oil and gas reserve base with substantial production, proved reserve and cash flow upside.

 

    Provide development capital and expertise to partner with companies (including majors and large-cap independents) with high quality assets and core acreage positions at attractive economics.

 

    Leverage proved developed reserves while targeting multiple productive pay zones to increase upside potential.

These criteria are not intended to be exhaustive. Any evaluation relating to the merits of a particular initial business combination may be based, to the extent relevant, on these general guidelines as well as other considerations, factors and criteria our management may deem relevant. In the event we decide to enter into our initial business combination with a target business that does not meet the above criteria and guidelines, we will disclose the target business does not meet the above criteria in our stockholder communications related to our initial business combination, which, as discussed in this prospectus, would be in the form of proxy solicitation or tender offer materials we would file with the SEC.

Competitive Strengths

We believe we have the following competitive strengths:

Management team

We believe our management, technical and operations team will be a preferred acquirer and/or preferred partner due to our competitive strengths that differentiate us from other potential acquirers or partners. We believe our management team’s extensive relationships throughout the industry will enable us to identify potential business combination opportunities with potential upside. We believe our key differentiators include:

 

    Our management team has a combined 116 years of operating and technical experience in horizontal drilling and completion techniques, seismic interpretation, acquisition evaluation, financial structuring, operational efficiencies, full-cycle economics and the value creation methods to maximize production, proved oil and gas reserves, and cash flow.

 

    We believe our management team is differentiated in its ability to economically, efficiently and consistently obtain the needed services to its properties (or projects) in varying market environments.

 

63


Table of Contents
    Our management team has expertise in the safe and environmentally-sound drilling practices and production operations, the marketing of hydrocarbons and the implementation of hedging programs.

 

    Cumulatively, our team has managed tens of thousands of producing wells, drilled and completed thousands of horizontal wells and is, we believe, regarded in the industry as prudent operators and partners.

Status as a public company

We believe our structure will make us an attractive business combination partner to target businesses. As an existing public company, we offer a target business an alternative to the traditional initial public offering through a merger or other business combination. In this situation, the owners of the target business would exchange their shares of stock in the target business for shares of our stock or for a combination of shares of our stock and cash, allowing us to tailor the consideration to the specific needs of the sellers. We believe target businesses might find this method a more certain and cost-effective method to becoming a public company than the typical initial public offering. In a typical initial public offering, there are additional expenses incurred in marketing, roadshow and public reporting efforts that will likely not be present to the same extent in connection with a business combination with us. Furthermore, once the business combination is consummated, the target business will have effectively become public, whereas an initial public offering is always subject to the underwriters’ ability to complete the offering, as well as general market conditions, that could prevent the offering from occurring. Once public, we believe the target business would then have greater access to capital and an additional means of providing management incentives consistent with stockholders’ interests than it would have as a privately-held company. It can offer further benefits by augmenting a company’s profile among potential new customers and vendors and aid in attracting talented employees.

While we believe that our status as a public company will make us an attractive business partner, some potential target businesses may view the inherent limitations in our status as a blank check company as a deterrent and may prefer to effect a business combination with a more established entity or with a private company. These inherent limitations include limitations on our available financial resources, which may be inferior to those of other entities pursuing the acquisition of similar target businesses; the requirement that we seek shareholder approval of a business combination or conduct a tender offer in relation thereto, which may delay the consummation of a transaction; and the existence of our outstanding warrants, which may represent a source of future dilution.

Financial position

With funds in the trust account of approximately $300.0 million (or $345.0 million if the over-allotment option is exercised in full) available to use for a business combination (assuming no stockholder seeks conversion of their shares or seeks to sell their shares to us in any tender offer in relation to such business combination), we offer a target business a variety of options such as providing the owners of a target business with shares in a public company and a public means to sell such shares, providing capital for the potential growth and expansion of its operations or strengthening its balance sheet by reducing its debt ratio. Because we are able to consummate our initial business combination using our cash, debt or equity securities, or a combination of the foregoing, we have the flexibility to use the most efficient combination that will allow us to tailor the consideration to be paid to the target business to fit its needs and desires. However, since we have no specific business combination under consideration, we have not taken any steps to secure third party financing, other than the forward purchase agreement we intend to enter into, and there can be no assurance that it will be available to us.

Effecting a Business Combination

General

We are not presently engaged in, and we will not engage in, any substantive commercial business for an indefinite period of time following this offering. We intend to utilize cash derived from the proceeds of this

 

64


Table of Contents

offering and our capital stock, debt or a combination of these in effecting a business combination which has not yet been identified. Accordingly, investors in this offering are investing without first having an opportunity to evaluate the specific merits or risks of any one or more business combinations. A business combination may involve the acquisition of, or merger with, a company which does not need substantial additional capital but which desires to establish a public trading market for its shares, while avoiding what it may deem to be adverse consequences of undertaking a public offering itself. These include time delays, significant expense, loss of voting control and compliance with various federal and state securities laws. In the alternative, we may seek to consummate a business combination with a company that may be financially unstable or in its early stages of development or growth. While we may seek to effect simultaneous business combinations with more than one target business, we will probably have the ability, as a result of our limited resources, to effect only a single business combination.

We may pursue an acquisition opportunity jointly with HighPeak LP or one or more other entities affiliated with HighPeak LP which we refer to as an “Affiliated Joint Acquisition.” Any such parties may co-invest with us in the target business at the time of our initial business combination, or we could raise additional proceeds to complete the acquisition by issuing to such parties a class of equity or equity-linked securities. We refer to this potential future issuance, or a similar issuance to other specified purchasers, as a “specified future issuance” throughout this prospectus. Any such Affiliated Joint Acquisition or specified future issuance would be in addition to, and would not include, the securities issued pursuant to the forward purchase agreement. The amount and other terms and conditions of any such specified future issuance would be determined at the time thereof. We are not obligated to make any specified future issuance and may determine not to do so. This is not an offer for any specified future issuance. Pursuant to the anti-dilution provisions of our founders’ shares, any such specified future issuance would result in an adjustment to the conversion ratio such that our initial stockholders and their permitted transferees, if any, would retain their aggregate percentage ownership at 20% of the sum of the total number of all shares of Class A common stock outstanding upon completion of this offering plus all shares issued in the specified future issuance, unless the holders of a majority of the then-outstanding shares of founders’ shares agreed to waive such adjustment with respect to the specified future issuance at the time thereof. We cannot determine at this time whether a majority of the holders of our founders’ shares at the time of any such specified future issuance would agree to waive such adjustment to the conversion ratio. If such adjustment is not waived, the specified future issuance would not reduce the percentage ownership of holders of our founders’ shares, but would reduce the percentage ownership of the holders of Class A common stock, other than founders’ Shares, issued pursuant to this offering. If such adjustment is waived, the specified future issuance would reduce the percentage ownership of holders of Class A common stock issued pursuant to this offering and of the holders of the founders’ shares. The issuance of the securities issued pursuant to the forward purchase agreement will not result in such an adjustment to the conversion ratio of our founders’ shares.

We Have Not Identified a Target Business

To date, we have not selected any target business on which to concentrate our search for a business combination. None of our sponsor, officers, directors, promoters and other affiliates has engaged in any substantive discussions on our behalf with representatives of other companies regarding the possibility of a potential merger, capital stock exchange, asset acquisition or other similar business combination with us. Additionally, we have not engaged or retained any agent or other representative to identify or locate such companies. As a result, we cannot assure you that we will be able to locate a target business or we will be able to engage in a business combination with a target business on favorable terms or at all.

We will have virtually unrestricted flexibility in identifying and selecting a prospective acquisition candidate. We have not established any other specific attributes or criteria (financial or otherwise) for prospective target businesses. Accordingly, there is no basis for investors in this offering to evaluate the possible merits or risks of the target business with which we may ultimately complete a business combination. To the extent we effect a business combination with a financially unstable company or an entity in its early stage of development or growth, including entities without established records of sales or earnings, we may be affected by numerous risks

 

65


Table of Contents

inherent in the business and operations of financially unstable and early stage or potential emerging growth companies. Although our management will endeavor to evaluate the risks inherent in a particular target business, we cannot assure you that we will properly ascertain or assess all significant risk factors.

Sources of Target Businesses

While we have not yet identified any acquisition candidates, we believe based on our management’s business knowledge and past experience there are numerous acquisition candidates. We expect our principal means of identifying potential target businesses will be through the extensive contacts and relationships of our sponsor, officers and directors. While our officers and directors are not required to commit any specific amount of time in identifying or performing due diligence on potential target businesses, our officers and directors believe the relationships they have developed over their careers and their access to our sponsor’s contacts and resources will generate a number of potential business combination opportunities that will warrant further investigation. We also anticipate target business candidates will be brought to our attention from various unaffiliated sources, including investment bankers, venture capital funds, private equity funds, leveraged buyout funds, management buyout funds and other members of the financial community. Target businesses may be brought to our attention by such unaffiliated sources as a result of being solicited by us through calls or mailings. These sources may also introduce us to target businesses they think we may be interested in on an unsolicited basis, since many of these sources will have read this prospectus and know what types of businesses we are targeting. Our sponsor, officers and directors, as well as their affiliates, may also bring to our attention target business candidates they become aware of through their business contacts as a result of formal or informal inquiries or discussions they may have, as well as attending trade shows or conventions. They must present to us all target business opportunities that have a fair market value of at least 80% of the assets held in the trust account (excluding taxes payable on the income accrued in the trust account) at the time of the agreement to enter into the initial business combination, subject to any pre-existing fiduciary or contractual obligations. While we do not presently anticipate engaging the services of professional firms or other individuals that specialize in business acquisitions on any formal basis (other than Oppenheimer & Co. Inc. and EarlyBirdCapital as described elsewhere in this prospectus), we may engage these firms or other individuals in the future, in which event we may pay a finder’s fee, consulting fee or other compensation to be determined in an arm’s length negotiation based on the terms of the transaction. In no event, however, will our sponsor, officers, directors or their respective affiliates be paid any finder’s fee, consulting fee or other compensation prior to, or for any services they render to effectuate, the consummation of an initial business combination (regardless of the type of transaction it is) other than the payment of $10,000 per month to our sponsor or one of its affiliates, for up to 18 months, for office space, utilities and secretarial and administrative support, the repayment of the loan in the aggregate amount of up to $200,000 from sponsor and reimbursement of any out-of-pocket expenses. Our audit committee will review and approve all reimbursements and payments made to our sponsor, officers, directors or our or their respective affiliates, with any interested director abstaining from such review and approval. We have no present intention to enter into a business combination with a target business affiliated with any of our officers, directors or sponsor. However, we are not restricted from entering into any such transactions and may do so if such transaction is approved by a majority of our disinterested independent directors. We may obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm, or another independent entity that commonly renders valuation opinions on the type of target business we are seeking to acquire, that the business combination is fair to our unaffiliated stockholders from a financial point of view.

Selection of a Target Business and Structuring of a Business Combination

Subject to the limitations a target business have a fair market value of at least 80% of the balance in the trust account (excluding taxes payable on the income earned on the trust account) at the time of the execution of a definitive agreement for our initial business combination, as described below in more detail, and that we must acquire a controlling interest in the target business, our management will have virtually unrestricted flexibility in identifying and selecting a prospective target business. Except for the general criteria and guidelines set forth above under the caption “Acquisition Criteria,” we have not established any specific attributes or criteria

 

66


Table of Contents

(financial or otherwise) for prospective target businesses. In evaluating a prospective target business, our management may consider a variety of factors, including one or more of the following:

 

    financial condition and results of operation;

 

    growth potential;

 

    brand recognition and potential;

 

    experience and skill of management and availability of additional personnel;

 

    capital requirements;

 

    competitive position;

 

    barriers to entry;

 

    stage of development of the products, processes or services;

 

    existing distribution and potential for expansion;

 

    degree of current or potential market acceptance of the products, processes or services;

 

    proprietary aspects of products and the extent of intellectual property or other protection for products or formulas;

 

    impact of regulation on the business;

 

    regulatory environment of the industry;

 

    costs associated with effecting the business combination;

 

    industry leadership, sustainability of market share and attractiveness of market industries in which a target business participates; and

 

    macro competitive dynamics in the industry within which the company competes.

These criteria are not intended to be exhaustive. Any evaluation relating to the merits of a particular business combination will be based, to the extent relevant, on the above factors as well as other considerations deemed relevant by our management in effecting a business combination consistent with our business objective. In evaluating a prospective target business, we will conduct an extensive due diligence review which will encompass, among other things, meetings with incumbent management and inspection of facilities, as well as review of financial and other information which is made available to us. This due diligence review will be conducted either by our management or by unaffiliated third parties we may engage.

The time and costs required to select and evaluate a target business and to structure and complete the business combination cannot presently be ascertained with any degree of certainty. Any costs incurred with respect to the identification and evaluation of a prospective target business with which a business combination is not ultimately completed will result in a loss to us and reduce the amount of capital available to otherwise complete a business combination.

Fair Market Value of Target Business

The target business or businesses we acquire must collectively have a fair market value equal to at least 80% of the balance of the funds in the trust account (excluding taxes payable on the income earned on the trust account) at the time of the execution of a definitive agreement for our initial business combination, although we may acquire a target business whose fair market value significantly exceeds 80% of the trust account balance.

We currently anticipate structuring a business combination to acquire 100% of the equity interests or assets of the target business or businesses. We may, however, structure our initial business combination where we merge

 

67


Table of Contents

directly with the target business or where we acquire less than 100% of such interests or assets of the target business to meet certain objectives of the target management team or shareholders or for other reasons, including an Affiliated Joint Acquisition, but we will only complete such business combination if the post-transaction company owns or acquires 50% or more of the outstanding voting securities of the target or otherwise acquires a controlling interest in the target sufficient for it not to be required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act. Even if the post-transaction company owns or acquires 50% or more of the voting securities of the target, our stockholders prior to the business combination may collectively own a minority interest in the post-transaction company, depending on valuations ascribed to the target and us in the business combination transaction. For example, we could pursue a transaction in which we issue a substantial number of new shares in exchange for all of the outstanding capital stock of a target. In this case, we could acquire a 100% controlling interest in the target; however, as a result of the issuance of a substantial number of new shares, our stockholders immediately prior to our initial business combination could own less than a majority of our outstanding shares subsequent to our initial business combination. If less than 100% of the equity interests or assets of a target business or businesses are owned or acquired by the post-transaction company, the portion of such business or businesses owned or acquired is what will be valued for purposes of the 80% of trust account balance test. To consummate such an acquisition, we may issue a significant amount of our debt or equity securities to the sellers of such businesses and/or seek to raise additional funds through a private offering of debt or equity securities. Since we have no specific business combination under consideration, we have not entered into any such fundraising arrangement, other than the forward purchase agreement we intend to enter into, and have no current intention of doing so. The fair market value of the target will be determined by our board of directors based upon one or more standards generally accepted by the financial community (such as actual and potential sales, earnings, cash flow, oil and gas production, proved oil and gas reserves, acreage position and/or book value). The proxy solicitation materials or tender offer documents used by us in connection with any proposed transaction will provide public stockholders with our analysis of the fair market value of the target business, as well as the basis for our determinations. If our board is not able to independently determine the target business has a sufficient fair market value, we may obtain an opinion from an unaffiliated, independent investment banking firm, or another independent entity that commonly renders valuation opinions on the type of target business we are seeking to acquire, with respect to the satisfaction of such criteria.

We will not be required to obtain an opinion from an investment banking firm as to the fair market value if our board of directors independently determines the target business complies with the 80% threshold.

Lack of Business Diversification

We may seek to effect a business combination with more than one target business, and there is no required minimum valuation standard for any single target at the time of such acquisition. We expect to complete only a single business combination, although this process may entail the simultaneous acquisitions of several operating businesses. Therefore, at least initially, the prospects for our success may be entirely dependent upon the future performance of a single business operation. Unlike other entities which may have the resources to complete several business combinations of entities operating in multiple industries or multiple areas of a single industry, it is probable we will not have the resources to diversify our operations or benefit from the possible spreading of risks or offsetting of losses. By consummating a business combination with only a single entity, our lack of diversification may:

 

    subject us to numerous economic, competitive and regulatory developments, any or all of which may have a substantial adverse impact upon the particular industry in which we may operate subsequent to a business combination, and

 

    result in our dependency upon the performance of a single operating business or the development or market acceptance of a single or limited number of products, processes or services.

If we determine to simultaneously acquire several businesses and such businesses are owned by different sellers, we will need for each of such sellers to agree our purchase of its business is contingent on the simultaneous

 

68


Table of Contents

closings of the other acquisitions, which may make it more difficult for us, and delay our ability, to complete the business combination. With multiple acquisitions, we could also face additional risks, including additional burdens and costs with respect to possible multiple negotiations and due diligence investigations (if there are multiple sellers) and the additional risks associated with the subsequent assimilation of the operations and services or products of the acquired companies in a single operating business.

Limited Ability to Evaluate the Target Business’ Management

Although we intend to scrutinize the management of a prospective target business when evaluating the desirability of effecting a business combination, we cannot assure you that our assessment of the target business’ management will prove to be correct. In addition, we cannot assure you the future management will have the necessary skills, qualifications or abilities to manage a public company. Furthermore, the future role of our officers and directors, if any, in the target business following a business combination cannot presently be stated with any certainty. While it is possible some of our key personnel will remain associated in senior management or advisory positions with us following a business combination, it is unlikely they will devote their full-time efforts to our affairs subsequent to a business combination. Moreover, they would only be able to remain with the company after the consummation of a business combination if they are able to negotiate employment or consulting agreements in connection with the business combination. Such negotiations would take place simultaneously with the negotiation of the business combination and could provide for them to receive compensation in the form of cash payments and/or our securities for services they would render to the company after the consummation of the business combination. While the personal and financial interests of our key personnel may influence their motivation in identifying and selecting a target business, their ability to remain with the company after the consummation of a business combination will not be the determining factor in our decision as to whether or not we will proceed with any potential business combination. Additionally, we cannot assure you our officers and directors will have significant experience or knowledge relating to the operations of the particular target business.

Following a business combination, we may seek to recruit additional managers to supplement the incumbent management of the target business. We cannot assure you we will have the ability to recruit additional managers, or any such additional managers we do recruit will have the requisite skills, knowledge or experience necessary to enhance the incumbent management.

Stockholders May Not Have the Ability to Approve an Initial Business Combination

In connection with any proposed business combination, we will either (1) seek stockholder approval of our initial business combination at a meeting called for such purpose at which stockholders may seek to convert their shares, regardless of whether they vote for or against the proposed business combination, into their pro rata share of the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account (net of taxes payable), or (2) provide our stockholders with the opportunity to sell their shares to us by means of a tender offer (and thereby avoid the need for a stockholder vote) for an amount equal to their pro rata share of the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account (net of taxes payable), in each case subject to the limitations described herein. If we determine to engage in a tender offer, such tender offer will be structured so that each stockholder may tender all of his, her or its shares rather than some pro rata portion of his, her or its shares. The decision as to whether we will seek stockholder approval of a proposed business combination or will allow stockholders to sell their shares to us in a tender offer will be made by us, solely in our discretion, and will be based on a variety of factors such as the timing of the transaction and whether the terms of the transaction would otherwise require us to seek stockholder approval. We will consummate our initial business combination only if we have net tangible assets of at least $5,000,001 upon such consummation and, if we seek stockholder approval, a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock voted are voted in favor of the business combination.

We chose our net tangible asset threshold of $5,000,001 to ensure that we would avoid being subject to Rule 419 promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. However, if we seek to consummate an initial

 

69


Table of Contents

business combination with a target business that imposes any type of working capital closing condition or requires us to have a minimum amount of funds available from the trust account upon consummation of such initial business combination, we may need to have more than $5,000,001 in net tangible assets upon consummation and this may force us to seek third party financing which may not be available on terms acceptable to us or at all. As a result, we may not be able to consummate such initial business combination and we may not be able to locate another suitable target within the applicable time period, if at all. Public stockholders may therefore have to wait 18 months from the closing of this offering in order to be able to receive a pro rata share of the trust account.

Our sponsor and our officers and directors have agreed (1) to vote any shares of common stock owned by them in favor of any proposed business combination, (2) not to convert any shares of common stock in connection with a stockholder vote to approve a proposed initial business combination and (3) not sell any shares of common stock in any tender in connection with a proposed initial business combination.

None of our officers, directors, sponsor or their affiliates has indicated any intention to purchase units or shares of Class A common stock in this offering or from persons in the open market or in private transactions. However, if we hold a meeting to approve a proposed business combination and a significant number of stockholders’ vote, or indicate an intention to vote, against such proposed business combination, our officers, directors, sponsor or their affiliates could make such purchases in the open market or in private transactions to influence the vote. Notwithstanding the foregoing, our officers, directors, sponsor and their affiliates will not make purchases of shares of Class A common stock if the purchases would violate Section 9(a)(2) or Rule 10b-5 of the Exchange Act, which are rules designed to stop potential manipulation of a company’s stock.

Conversion Rights

At any meeting called to approve an initial business combination, public stockholders may seek to convert their shares, regardless of whether they vote for or against the proposed business combination, into their pro rata share of the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account as of two business days prior to the consummation of the initial business combination, less any taxes then due but not yet paid. Alternatively, we may provide our public stockholders with the opportunity to sell their shares of our Class A common stock to us through a tender offer (and thereby avoid the need for a stockholder vote) for an amount equal to their pro rata share of the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account, less any taxes then due but not yet paid.

Our sponsor and our officers and directors will not have conversion rights with respect to any founders’ shares or Class A common stock owned by them, directly or indirectly, whether acquired prior to this offering or purchased by them in this offering or in the aftermarket.

We may require public stockholders, whether they are a record holder or hold their shares in “street name,” to either (i) tender their certificates to our transfer agent or (ii) deliver their shares to the transfer agent electronically using Depository Trust Company’s DWAC (Deposit/Withdrawal At Custodian) System, at the holder’s option, in each case prior to a date set forth in the proxy materials sent in connection with the proposal to approve the business combination.

There is a nominal cost associated with the above-referenced delivery process and the act of certificating the shares or delivering them through the DWAC System. The transfer agent will typically charge the tendering broker $45.00 and it would be up to the broker whether or not to pass this cost on to the holder. However, this fee would be incurred regardless of whether or not we require holders seeking to exercise conversion rights. The need to deliver shares is a requirement of exercising conversion rights regardless of the timing of when such delivery must be effectuated. However, in the event we require stockholders seeking to exercise conversion rights prior to the consummation of the proposed business combination and the proposed business combination is not consummated this may result in an increased cost to stockholders.

 

70


Table of Contents

Any proxy solicitation materials we furnish to stockholders in connection with a vote for any proposed business combination will indicate whether we are requiring stockholders to satisfy such certification and delivery requirements. Accordingly, a stockholder would have from the time the stockholder received our proxy statement up until the vote on the proposal to approve the business combination to deliver his shares if he wishes to seek to exercise his conversion rights. This time period varies depending on the specific facts of each transaction. However, as the delivery process can be accomplished by the stockholder, whether or not he is a record holder or his shares are held in “street name,” in a matter of hours by simply contacting the transfer agent or his broker and requesting delivery of his shares through the DWAC System, we believe this time period is sufficient for an average investor. However, we cannot assure you of this fact. Please see the risk factor titled “In connection with any stockholder meeting called to approve a proposed initial business combination, we may require stockholders who wish to convert their shares in connection with a proposed business combination to comply with specific requirements for conversion that may make it more difficult for them to exercise their conversion rights prior to the deadline for exercising their rights” for further information on the risks of failing to comply with these requirements.

The foregoing is different from the procedures historically used by some blank check companies. Traditionally, to perfect conversion rights in connection with a blank check company’s business combination, the company would distribute proxy materials for the stockholders’ vote on an initial business combination, and a holder could simply vote against a proposed business combination and check a box on the proxy card indicating such holder was seeking to exercise his conversion rights. After the business combination was approved, the company would contact such stockholder to arrange for him to deliver his certificate to verify ownership. As a result, the stockholder then had an “option window” after the consummation of the business combination during which he could monitor the price of the company’s stock in the market. If the price rose above the conversion price, he could sell his shares in the open market before actually delivering his shares to the company for cancellation. As a result, the conversion rights, to which stockholders were aware they needed to commit before the stockholder meeting, would become a “continuing” right surviving past the consummation of the business combination until the holder delivered its certificate. The requirement for physical or electronic delivery prior to the meeting ensures that a holder’s election to convert his shares is irrevocable once the business combination is approved.

Any request to convert such shares once made, may be withdrawn at any time up to the vote on the proposed business combination or the expiration of the tender offer. Furthermore, if a holder of a public share of Class A common stock delivered his certificate in connection with an election of their conversion and subsequently decides prior to the applicable date not to elect to exercise such rights, he may simply request that the transfer agent return the certificate (physically or electronically).

If the initial business combination is not approved or completed for any reason, then our public stockholders who elected to exercise their conversion rights would not be entitled to convert their shares for the applicable pro rata share of the trust account as of two business days prior to the consummation of the initial business combination. In such case, we will promptly return any shares delivered by public holders.

Tender Offer for Public Warrants by our Sponsor or an Affiliate

Our sponsor has committed to offer or cause an affiliate to offer to purchase, at $1.00 per public warrant (exclusive of commissions), the outstanding public warrants in a tender offer that would commence after our announcement of an initial business combination and occur in connection with such business combination. The warrant tender offer would not be conditioned upon any minimum number of warrants being tendered.

Our sponsor has also committed to offer or cause an affiliate to offer to purchase, at $1.00 per public warrant (exclusive of commissions), the outstanding public warrants in a tender offer that would commence after our filing of a proxy statement or information statement with respect to a proposed amendment to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that would affect the substance of timing of our obligation to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete a business combination within 18 months from the closing of this offering. Any such purchases would occur in connection with the effectiveness of such amendment.

 

71


Table of Contents

On the date of this prospectus, our sponsor or an affiliate will either deposit cash funds or a letter of credit from a financially capable bank in good standing in an amount equal to $15,000,000 (or $17,250,000 if the over-allotment is exercised in full) with Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company. The funds held in the escrow account may be used (or the letter of credit may be drawn upon) to pay $1.00 per warrant to holders of public warrants (excluding private placement warrants or forward purchase warrants) that tender in the tender offer for the public warrants. At any time, our sponsor or its affiliate may substitute a letter of credit from a financially capable bank in good standing in lieu of cash or cash in lieu of a letter of credit. Neither funds in the escrow account nor the letter of credit shall be held in trust nor comprise any portion of any pro-rata distribution of our trust account. In the event a business combination is announced and a tender offer for the warrants is made, but the business combination is later abandoned, the tender offer will not be closed, and the warrants will be returned to the holders.

In the event that we are unable to close a business combination within the allotted time, the escrow agent will be authorized to transfer $1.00 per whole public warrant, to holders of public warrants other than our sponsor and its affiliates, at the same time as we redeem our public shares, and all public warrants will expire worthless.

Following the tender offer or payment to holders of public warrants described above, any amounts remaining in the escrow account will be returned to our sponsor or its affiliate.

Liquidation if No Business Combination

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides we will have only 18 months from the closing of this offering to complete an initial business combination. If we have not completed an initial business combination by such date, we will (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up, (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter, redeem 100% of the outstanding public shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account, including any interest not previously released to us but net of taxes payable and up to $50,000 for dissolution expenses, divided by the number of then outstanding public shares, which redemption will completely extinguish public stockholders’ rights as stockholders (including the right to receive further liquidation distributions, if any), subject to applicable law, and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of our remaining stockholders and our board of directors, dissolve and liquidate, subject (in the case of (ii) and (iii) above) to our obligations under Delaware law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law.

Our sponsor, officers and directors have agreed that they will not propose any amendment to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that would affect our public stockholders’ ability to convert or sell their shares to us in connection with a business combination as described herein or affect the substance or timing of our obligation to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete a business combination within 18 months from the closing of this offering unless (i) we provide our public stockholders with the opportunity to convert their shares of Class A common stock upon such approval at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account, including interest not previously released to us but net of franchise and income taxes payable and up to $50,000 for dissolution expenses, divided by the number of then outstanding public shares and (ii) our sponsor or an affiliate offers to purchase, at $1.00 per public warrant (exclusive of commissions), the outstanding public warrants in a tender offer, as described elsewhere in this prospectus. These rights shall apply in the event of the approval of any such amendment, whether proposed by our sponsor, any executive officer, director or director nominee, or any other person.

Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, stockholders may be held liable for claims by third parties against a corporation to the extent of distributions received by them in a dissolution. The pro rata portion of our trust account distributed to our public stockholders upon the redemption of 100% of our outstanding public shares in the event we do not complete our initial business combination within the required time period may be considered a liquidation distribution under Delaware law. If the corporation complies with certain procedures set forth in Section 280 of the Delaware General Corporation Law intended to ensure that it makes reasonable provision for

 

72


Table of Contents

all claims against it, including a 60-day notice period during which any third-party claims can be brought against the corporation, a 90-day period during which the corporation may reject any claims brought, and an additional 150-day waiting period before any liquidating distributions are made to stockholders, any liability of stockholders with respect to a liquidating distribution is limited to the lesser of such stockholder’s pro rata share of the claim or the amount distributed to the stockholder, and any liability of the stockholder would be barred after the third anniversary of the dissolution.

Furthermore, if the pro rata portion of our trust account distributed to our public stockholders upon the redemption of 100% of our public shares in the event we do not complete our initial business combination within the required time period is not considered a liquidation distribution under Delaware law and such redemption distribution is deemed to be unlawful, then pursuant to Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, the statute of limitations for claims of creditors could then be six years after the unlawful redemption distribution, instead of three years, as in the case of a liquidation distribution. If we are unable to complete a business combination within the prescribed time frame, we will (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up, (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter, redeem 100% of the outstanding public shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account, including any interest but net of franchise and income taxes payable and up to $50,000 for dissolution expenses, divided by the number of then outstanding public shares, which redemption will completely extinguish public stockholders’ rights as stockholders (including the right to receive further liquidation distributions, if any), subject to applicable law and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of our remaining stockholders and our board of directors, dissolve and liquidate, subject (in the case of (ii) and (iii) above) to our obligations under Delaware law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law. Accordingly, it is our intention to redeem our public shares as soon as reasonably possible following our 18th month, and, therefore, we do not intend to comply with those procedures. As such, our stockholders could potentially be liable for any claims to the extent of distributions received by them (but no more) and any liability of our stockholders may extend well beyond the third anniversary of such date.

Because we will not be complying with Section 280 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, Section 281(b) of the Delaware General Corporation Law requires us to adopt a plan, based on facts known to us at such time that will provide for our payment of all existing and pending claims or claims that may be potentially brought against us within the subsequent ten years. However, because we are a blank check company, rather than an operating company, and our operations will be limited to searching for prospective target businesses to acquire, the only likely claims to arise would be from our vendors (such as lawyers, investment bankers, etc.) or prospective target businesses.

We are required to use our reasonable best efforts to have all third parties (including any vendors or other entities we engage after this offering) and any prospective target businesses enter into agreements with us waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind they may have in or to any monies held in the trust account. As a result, the claims that could be made against us will be limited, thereby lessening the likelihood any claim would result in any liability extending to the trust. We therefore believe any necessary provision for creditors will be reduced and should not have a significant impact on our ability to distribute the funds in the trust account to our public stockholders. Nevertheless, we cannot assure you of this fact as there is no guarantee vendors, service providers and prospective target businesses will execute such agreements. Nor is there any guarantee, even if they execute such agreements with us, they will not seek recourse against the trust account. As a result, if we liquidate, the per-share distribution from the trust account could be less than $10.00 due to claims or potential claims of creditors. We will distribute to all of our public stockholders, in proportion to their respective equity interests, an aggregate sum equal to the amount in the trust account, inclusive of any interest, plus any remaining net assets (subject to our obligations under Delaware law to provide for claims of creditors as described below).

Our sponsor has agreed that it will be liable to us if and to the extent any claims by a third party for services rendered or products sold to us, or by a prospective target business with which we have discussed entering into a

 

73


Table of Contents

transaction agreement, reduce the amount of funds in the trust account to below (i) $10.00 per public share or (ii) such lesser amount per public share held in the trust account as of the date of the liquidation of the trust account due to reductions in the value of the trust assets, in each case net of the interest which may be withdrawn to pay taxes. This liability will not apply with respect to any claims by a third party who executed a waiver of any and all rights to seek access to the trust account and except as to any claims under our indemnity of the underwriters of this offering against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. Moreover, in the event that an executed waiver is deemed to be unenforceable against a third party, then our sponsor will not be responsible to the extent of any liability for such third party claims. We have not independently verified whether our sponsor has sufficient funds to satisfy its indemnity obligations and believe our sponsor’s only assets are securities of our company. We have not asked our sponsor to reserve for such indemnification obligations. None of our officers will indemnify us for claims by third parties including, without limitation, claims by vendors and prospective target businesses.

We anticipate notifying the trustee of the trust account to begin liquidating such assets promptly after such date and anticipate it will take no more than 10 business days to effectuate such distribution. The holders of the founders’ shares have waived their rights to participate in any liquidation distribution with respect to such founders’ shares. There will be no distribution from the trust account with respect to our warrants, which will expire worthless. We will pay any additional liquidation costs from our remaining assets outside of the trust account. If we are unable to complete an initial business combination and expend all of the net proceeds of this offering, other than the proceeds deposited in the trust account, and without taking into account interest, if any, earned on the trust account, the initial per-share redemption price would be $10.00. The proceeds deposited in the trust account could, however, become subject to claims of our creditors that are in preference to the claims of public stockholders.

Our public stockholders shall be entitled to receive funds from the trust account only in the event of our failure to complete a business combination within the required time period, if the stockholders seek to have us convert or purchase their respective shares upon a business combination which is actually completed by us or upon certain amendments to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation prior to consummating an initial business combination. In no other circumstances shall a stockholder have any right or interest of any kind to or in the trust account.

If we are forced to file a bankruptcy case or an involuntary bankruptcy case is filed against us and is not dismissed, the proceeds held in the trust account could be subject to applicable bankruptcy law, and may be included in our bankruptcy estate and subject to the claims of third parties with priority over the claims of our stockholders. To the extent any bankruptcy claims deplete the trust account, we cannot assure you we will be able to return to our public stockholders at least $10.00 per share.

If we are forced to file a bankruptcy case or an involuntary bankruptcy case is filed against us and is not dismissed, any distributions received by stockholders could be viewed under applicable debtor/creditor and/or bankruptcy laws as either a “preferential transfer” or a “fraudulent conveyance.” As a result, a bankruptcy court could seek to recover all amounts received by our stockholders. Furthermore, because we intend to distribute the proceeds held in the trust account to our public stockholders promptly after twenty-four months from the date of this prospectus, this may be viewed or interpreted as giving preference to our public stockholders over any potential creditors with respect to access to or distributions from our assets. Furthermore, our board may be viewed as having breached their fiduciary duties to our creditors and/or may have acted in bad faith, and thereby exposing itself and our company to claims of punitive damages, by paying public stockholders from the trust account prior to addressing the claims of creditors. We cannot assure you claims will not be brought against us for these reasons.

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation contains certain requirements and restrictions relating to this offering that will apply to us until the consummation of our initial business combination. These provisions

 

74


Table of Contents

cannot be amended without the approval of a majority of our stockholders. If we seek to amend any provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that would affect our public stockholders’ ability to convert or sell their shares to us in connection with a business combination as described herein or affect the substance or timing of our obligation to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete a business combination within 18 months from the closing of this offering, we will provide dissenting public stockholders with the opportunity to convert their public shares in connection with any such vote. This conversion right shall apply in the event of the approval of any such amendment, whether proposed by our sponsor, any executive officer, director or director nominee, or any other person. Our sponsor, officers and directors have agreed to waive any conversion rights with respect to any founders’ shares and any public shares they may hold in connection with any vote to amend our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. Specifically, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides, among other things, that:

 

    we shall either (1) seek stockholder approval of our initial business combination at a meeting called for such purpose at which stockholders may seek to convert their shares, regardless of whether they vote for or against the proposed business combination, into their pro rata share of the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account (net of taxes payable), or (2) provide our stockholders with the opportunity to sell their shares to us by means of a tender offer (and thereby avoid the need for a stockholder vote) for an amount equal to their pro rata share of the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account (net of taxes payable), in each case subject to the limitations described herein;

 

    we will consummate our initial business combination only if we have net tangible assets of at least $5,000,001 upon such consummation and, if we seek stockholder approval, a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock voted are voted in favor of the business combination;

 

    if our initial business combination is not consummated within 18 months from the closing of this offering, then we will redeem all of the outstanding public shares and thereafter liquidate and dissolve our company;

 

    upon the consummation of this offering, $300.0 million, or $345.0 million if the over-allotment option is exercised in full, shall be placed into the trust account;

 

    we may not consummate any other business combination, merger, capital stock exchange, asset acquisition, stock purchase, reorganization or similar transaction prior to our initial business combination; and

 

    prior to our initial business combination, we may not issue additional stock that participates in any manner in the proceeds of the trust account, or that votes as a class with the common stock sold in this offering on an initial business combination.

Competition

In identifying, evaluating and selecting a target business, we may encounter intense competition from other entities having a business objective similar to ours. Many of these entities are well established and have extensive experience identifying and effecting business combinations directly or through affiliates. Many of these competitors possess greater technical, human and other resources than us and our financial resources will be relatively limited when contrasted with those of many of these competitors. While we believe there may be numerous potential target businesses we could acquire with the net proceeds of this offering, our ability to compete in acquiring certain sizable target businesses may be limited by our available financial resources.

The following also may not be viewed favorably by certain target businesses:

 

    our obligation to seek stockholder approval of a business combination or engage in a tender offer may delay the completion of a transaction;

 

    our obligation to convert or repurchase shares of Class A common stock held by our public stockholders may reduce the resources available to us for a business combination;

 

75


Table of Contents
    the anti-dilution rights the founders’ shares have upon the issuance of Class A common stock or equity-linked securities in connection with a business combination

 

    our obligation to pay Oppenheimer & Co. Inc. and EarlyBirdCapital a fee of 3.5% of the gross proceeds of this offering upon consummation of our initial business combination; and

 

    our outstanding warrants, and the potential future dilution they represent.

Any of these factors may place us at a competitive disadvantage in successfully negotiating a business combination. Our management believes, however, our status as a public entity and potential access to the United States public equity markets may give us a competitive advantage over privately-held entities having a similar business objective as ours in acquiring a target business with significant growth potential on favorable terms.

If we succeed in effecting a business combination, there will be, in all likelihood, intense competition from competitors of the target business. We cannot assure you, subsequent to a business combination, we will have the resources or ability to compete effectively.

Facilities

We currently maintain our principal executive offices at 421 W. 3rd Street, Suite 1000, Fort Worth, Texas 76102. We consider our current office space, combined with the other office space otherwise available to our executive officers, adequate for our current operations.

Employees

We have three executive officers. These individuals are not obligated to devote any specific number of hours to our matters and intend to devote only as much time as they deem necessary to our affairs. The amount of time they will devote in any time period will vary based on whether a target business has been selected for the business combination and the stage of the business combination process the company is in. Accordingly, once a suitable target business to acquire has been located, management will spend more time investigating such target business and negotiating and processing the business combination (and consequently spend more time on our affairs) than had been spent prior to locating a suitable target business. We presently expect our executive officers to devote such amount of time as they reasonably believe is necessary to our business. We do not intend to have any full-time employees prior to the consummation of a business combination.

Periodic Reporting and Audited Financial Statements

We have registered our units, Class A common stock and warrants under the Exchange Act and have reporting obligations, including the requirement that we file annual, quarterly and current reports with the SEC. In accordance with the requirements of the Exchange Act, our annual report will contain financial statements audited and reported on by our independent registered public accountants.

We will provide stockholders with audited financial statements of the prospective target business as part of any proxy solicitation materials or tender offer documents sent to stockholders to assist them in assessing the target business. These financial statements will need to be prepared in accordance with or reconciled to United States generally accepted accounting principles or international financial reporting standards. We cannot assure you any particular target business identified by us as a potential acquisition candidate will have the necessary financial statements. To the extent this requirement cannot be met, we may not be able to acquire the proposed target business.

We may be required to have our internal control procedures audited for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2019 as required by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. A target company may not be in compliance with the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act regarding adequacy of their internal controls. The development of the internal controls of any such entity to achieve compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act may increase the time and costs necessary to complete any such acquisition.

 

76


Table of Contents

Legal Proceedings

There is no material litigation, arbitration or governmental proceeding currently pending against us or any members of our management team in their capacity as such, and we and the members of our management team have not been subject to any such proceeding in the 12 months preceding the date of this prospectus.

Comparison to Offerings of Blank Check Companies Subject to Rule 419

The following table compares and contrasts the terms of our offering and the terms of an offering of blank check companies under Rule 419 promulgated by the SEC assuming the gross proceeds, underwriting discounts and underwriting expenses for the Rule 419 offering are the same as this offering and that the underwriters will not exercise their over-allotment option. None of the terms of a Rule 419 offering will apply to this offering because we will have net tangible assets in excess of $5,000,000 upon the successful consummation of this offering and will file a Current Report on Form 8-K, including an audited balance sheet demonstrating this fact

 

    

Terms of the Offering

  

Terms Under a Rule 419 Offering

Escrow of offering proceeds

   $300,000,000 of the net proceeds from the public offering and the sale of the private placement warrants will be deposited into a U.S.-based trust account at J.P. Morgan Chase Bank, N.A. and maintained by Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, acting as trustee    $264,600,000 of the offering proceeds would be required to be deposited into either an escrow account with an insured depositary institution or in a separate bank account established by a broker-dealer in which the broker-dealer acts as trustee for persons having the beneficial interests in the account.  

Investment of net proceeds

   The $300,000,000 of net proceeds from the public offering and the sale of the private placement warrants held in trust will only be invested in United States “government securities” within the meaning of Section 2(a)(16) of the Investment Company Act with a maturity of 180 days or less or in money market funds meeting certain conditions under Rule 2a-7 promulgated under the Investment Company Act which invest only in direct U.S. government treasury obligations.    Proceeds could be invested only in specified securities such as a money market fund meeting conditions of the Investment Company Act or in securities that are direct obligations of, or obligations guaranteed as to principal or interest by, the United States.

Limitation on fair value or net assets of target business

   Our initial business combination must occur with one or more target businesses that together have a fair market value of at least 80% of the assets held in the trust account (excluding taxes payable on the income earned on the trust account) at the time of the agreement to enter into the initial business combination.    We would be restricted from acquiring a target business unless the fair value of such business or net assets to be acquired represent at least 80% of the maximum offering proceeds.

 

77


Table of Contents
    

Terms of the Offering

  

Terms Under a Rule 419 Offering

Trading of securities issued

   The units may commence trading on or promptly after the date of this prospectus. The shares of Class A common stock and warrants comprising the units will begin to trade separately on the 52nd day after the date of this prospectus unless Oppenheimer & Co. Inc. and EarlyBirdCapital, Inc. inform us of their decision to allow earlier separate trading, provided we have filed with the SEC a Current Report on Form 8-K, which includes an audited balance sheet reflecting our receipt of the proceeds of this offering, including any proceeds we receive from the exercise of the over-allotment option, if such option is exercised prior to the initial filing of such Current Report on Form 8-K. If the over-allotment option is exercised after the initial filing of such Current Report on Form 8-K, we will file an amendment to the Form 8-K to provide updated financial information to reflect the exercise and consummation of the over-allotment option. We will also include in this Form 8-K, an amendment thereto, or in a subsequent Form 8-K, information indicating if Oppenheimer & Co. Inc. and EarlyBirdCapital, Inc. have allowed separate trading of the shares of Class A common stock and warrants prior to the 52nd day after the date of this prospectus.    No trading of the units or the underlying shares of Class A common stock and warrants would be permitted until the completion of a business combination. During this period, the securities would be held in the escrow or trust account.

Exercise of the warrants

   The warrants cannot be exercised until the later of 30 days after the completion of a business combination or 12 months from the closing of this offering and, accordingly, will be exercised only after the trust account has been terminated and distributed    The warrants could be exercised prior to the completion of a business combination, but securities received and cash paid in connection with the exercise would be deposited in the escrow or trust account.

 

78


Table of Contents
    

Terms of the Offering

  

Terms Under a Rule 419 Offering

Election to remain an investor

   We will either (1) give our stockholders the opportunity to vote on the business combination or (2) provide our public stockholders with the opportunity to sell their shares of our Class A common stock to us in a tender offer for cash equal to their pro rata share of the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account, less taxes. If we hold a meeting to approve a proposed business combination, we will send each stockholder a proxy statement containing information required by the SEC. Alternatively, if we do not hold a meeting and instead conduct a tender offer, we will conduct such tender offer in accordance with the tender offer rules of the SEC and file tender offer documents with the SEC which will contain substantially the same financial and other information about the initial business combination as we would have included in a proxy statement.    A prospectus containing information required by the SEC would be sent to each investor. Each investor would be given the opportunity to notify the company, in writing, within a period of no less than 20 business days and no more than 45 business days from the effective date of the post-effective amendment, to decide whether he or she elects to remain a stockholder of the company or require the return of his or her investment. If the company has not received the notification by the end of the 45th business day, funds and interest or dividends, if any, held in the trust or escrow account would automatically be returned to the stockholder. Unless a sufficient number of investors elect to remain investors, all of the deposited funds in the escrow account must be returned to all investors and none of the securities will be issued.

Business combination deadline

   Pursuant to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, if we are unable to complete our initial business combination within 18 months from the closing of this offering, we will (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up, (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter, redeem 100% of the outstanding public shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account, including any interest not released to us but net of franchise and income taxes payable and up to $50,000 for liquidation and dissolution expenses, divided by the number of then outstanding public shares,    If an acquisition has not been consummated within 18 months after the effective date of the initial registration statement, funds held in the trust or escrow account would be returned to investors.

 

79


Table of Contents
    

Terms of the Offering

  

Terms Under a Rule 419 Offering

   which redemption will completely extinguish public stockholders’ rights as stockholders (including the right to receive further liquidation distributions, if any), subject to applicable law, and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of our remaining stockholders and our board of directors, dissolve and liquidate, subject (in the case of (ii) and (iii) above) to our obligations under Delaware law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law.   

Interest earned on the funds in the trust account

   There can be released to us, from time to time, (i) any interest earned on the funds in the trust account we may need to pay our tax obligations, (ii) up to $10,000 per month we need for office space, utilities, and secretarial and administrative support, and (iii) up to $50,000 earned on the funds in the trust account we may need to pay for our liquidation expenses if we are unable to consummate an initial business combination within the required time period. The remaining interest earned on the funds in the trust account will not be released until the earlier of the completion of a business combination and our liquidation upon failure to effect a business combination within the allotted time.    All interest earned on the funds in the trust account will be held in trust for the benefit of public stockholders until the earlier of the completion of a business combination and our liquidation upon failure to effect a business combination within the allotted time.

Release of funds

   Except for (i) any interest earned on the funds in the trust account that we may need to pay our tax obligations, (ii) up to $10,000 per month we need for office space, utilities, and secretarial and administrative support, and (iii) up to $50,000 earned on the funds in the trust account that we may need    The proceeds held in the escrow account would not be released to the company until the earlier of the completion of a business combination or the failure to effect a business combination within the allotted time.

 

80


Table of Contents
    

Terms of the Offering

  

Terms Under a Rule 419 Offering

   to pay for our liquidation expenses if we are unable to consummate an initial business combination within the required time period, the proceeds held in the trust account will not be released to us until the earlier of the completion of a business combination and our liquidation upon failure to effect a business combination within the allotted time.   

 

81


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Directors and Executive Officers

Our current directors and executive officers are as follows:

 

Name

   Age     

Position

Jack D. Hightower

     69      Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer and President

Rodney L. Woodard

     62      Chief Operating Officer and Director

Steven W. Tholen

     67      Chief Financial Officer

Sylvia K. Barnes

     61      Independent Director Nominee

M. Gregory Colvin

     58      Independent Director Nominee

Jared S. Sturdivant

     39      Independent Director Nominee

Jack D. Hightower has served as our Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer and President since our inception in November 2017. Mr. Hightower has over 47 years of experience in the oil and gas industry managing multiple exploration & production (“E&P”) platforms. Mr. Hightower currently serves as the Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of the general partner of HighPeak LP. Mr. Hightower served as Chairman, President and CEO of Bluestem Energy Partners, LP (“Bluestem”) from 2011 to 2013. Prior to forming Bluestem, Mr. Hightower served as Chairman, President, and CEO of Celero II from 2006 to 2009 and as Chairman, President and CEO of Celero from 2004 to 2005. Prior to forming Celero, Mr. Hightower served as Chairman, President and CEO of Pure (NYSE: PRS), which became the 11th largest publicly traded independent E&P company in North America. In October 2002, Unocal tendered for the Pure shares it did not already own. In March 1995, Mr. Hightower founded Titan (Nasdaq: TEXP), the predecessor to Pure, and served as Chairman, President and CEO. Prior to founding Titan, Mr. Hightower served as Chairman, President and CEO of Enertex Inc. (“Enertex”), the general partner and operator of record for several oil and gas partnerships from 1991 to 1994. Mr. Hightower graduated from Texas Tech University in 1970 with Bachelor of Business Administration degrees in Administrative Finance and Money, Banking & Investments.

We believe Jack D. Hightower is well-qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors due to his executive leadership and industry experience.

Rodney L. Woodard has served as our Chief Operating Officer and a director since our inception in November 2017. Mr. Woodard has over 39 years of experience in the oil and gas industry as a CEO, COO, and leader of Engineering and Operations of numerous E&P companies. Most recently Mr. Woodard served as the President and COO of Atlantic Resources from 2015 to 2016. Prior to Atlantic, Mr. Woodard served as CEO and COO of Celero II, a Natural Gas Partners portfolio company, with operations principally in the Permian Basin from 2006 to 2015. Prior to Celero II, Mr. Woodard served as Executive Vice President and COO of Celero, a Quantum Energy Partners portfolio company from 2004 to 2006. From 2002 to 2004, Mr. Woodard was Vice President of Reserves and Evaluations with Pure Resources (NYSE: PRS) and was a co-founder of its predecessor, Titan Exploration (Nasdaq: TEXP). From 1986 to 1995, Mr. Woodard held various positions of increasing responsibility at Selma International Investments Ltd. (“Selma”). Mr. Woodard graduated from The Pennsylvania State University in 1977 with a Bachelor of Science degree in Mechanical Engineering.

We believe Rodney L. Woodard is well-qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors due to his executive leadership and industry and financing experience.

Steven W. Tholen has served as our Chief Financial Officer since our inception in November 2017. Mr. Tholen is a Corporate Finance Executive with over 30 years of experience in building, leading and advising corporations through complex restructurings, purchase and sales transactions, and capital market transactions. Most recently, Mr. Tholen served as Executive Vice President – Finance of Fieldco Construction Services, Inc., a startup company which provides oilfield construction services to clients throughout East Texas & Western Louisiana,

 

82


Table of Contents

from 2011 to 2013. From 2009 to 2013, Mr. Tholen served as President of SDL&T Energy Partners, a source of equity & debt financing to fund energy companies and energy projects worldwide. From 2001 to 2008, Mr. Tholen was Senior Vice President & CFO of Harvest Natural Resources, Inc., an exploration and production company with properties in the United States, Venezuela, Indonesia, Gabon, and Russia. From 1995 to 2000, Mr. Tholen served as Vice President and CFO of Penn Virginia Corporation, an independent natural gas and oil company. From 1990 to 1995, Mr. Tholen was Treasurer/Manager of Business Administration of Cabot Oil & Gas Corporation, a North American independent natural gas producer. Mr. Tholen graduated from St. John’s University with a Bachelor of Science degree in Physics and earned his MBA-Finance from The University of Denver, Daniels School of Business.

Sylvia K. Barnes will serve as a director following the completion of this offering. Ms. Barnes is a Principal and owner of Tanda Resources LLC, a privately-held oil & gas investment and consulting company. From 2011 to March 2015, Ms. Barnes served as Managing Director and Group Head for KeyBanc Capital Markets Oil & Gas Investment and Corporate Banking Group and was a member of the firm’s Executive Committee. Prior to joining KeyBanc, Ms. Barnes was Head of Energy Investment Banking at Madison Williams, and Managing Director at Merrill Lynch’s energy investment banking practice. She joined Merrill Lynch as part of the firm’s acquisition of Petrie Parkman & Co. From 1994 to 2000, Ms. Barnes worked as Managing Director and SVP for Nesbitt Burns, including serving as head of the firm’s U.S. energy investment banking group. Prior to that she worked in various capacities at Nesbitt Burns and its parent company, Bank of Montreal. As a banker Ms. Barnes devoted her career to serving companies in the upstream oil and gas sector and she successfully executed a variety of mergers, acquisitions and divestiture transactions, and advised on public and private equity offerings and private debt and equity placements. Ms. Barnes is a member of the Board of Directors of SandRidge Energy, Inc. (NYSE:SD) and serves on its Audit and Compensation Committees. Ms. Barnes previously served on the Board of Directors of Halcón Resources Corporation (NYSE:HK) and as a member of its Audit and Reserves Committees. Ms. Barnes began her career as a reservoir engineer for Esso Resources. Ms. Barnes graduated from the University of Manitoba with a Bachelor of Science in Engineering (Dean’s List), was a licensed professional engineer in Alberta and earned a Masters of Business Administration in Finance from York University.

We believe Ms. Barnes is well-qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors due to her insights into corporate strategy, capital allocation, equity and debt financing and the assessment and management of risks faced by energy companies as well as her extensive financial analysis and transaction experience and knowledge of the oil & gas industry and public company corporate board experience.

M. Gregory Colvin will serve as a director following the completion of this offering. Mr. Colvin currently serves on the Board of Directors of Sanchez Energy Corporation, a position he has held since 2012. While at Sanchez, Mr. Colvin chaired the compensation committee, served on the pricing committee for all securities offerings, and was a member of the audit, nominating, and governance committees. From December 2011 to 2014, Mr. Colvin was the Managing Partner and Chief Operating Officer of Sankofa Capital, an investment management firm which he co-founded. Mr. Colvin currently holds a series 24, 7, and 63 securities license. From 2007 to 2012, Mr. Colvin was a licensed broker affiliated with Bluffview Capital, LP, where his focus was on private equity and hedge fund clients. From 1997 to 2006, Mr. Colvin was a Managing Director of the Private Funds Group at Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities Corp and Credit Suisse LLC. In 1986 Mr. Colvin started his professional career with Stephens Inc. specializing in placing primary and secondary fixed income products to institutional investors. Mr. Colvin received his Bachelor of Science degree in Business Administration from the University of Arkansas. Mr. Colvin currently serves on the advisory board of the Sam M. Walton College of Business at the University of Arkansas.

We believe M. Gregory Colvin is well-qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors due to his extensive experience in leadership positions at large financial institutions, and substantive understanding of capital markets and the upstream oil and gas industry and his public company corporate board experience.

Jared S. Sturdivant will serve as a director following the completion of this offering. Mr. Sturdivant has served as the Managing Partner of Platform Group, LP, a partnership focused on private equity investments since

 

83


Table of Contents

July 2015 and Source Energy Partners, LLC, a partnership focused on acquiring oil and gas mineral interests since April 2017. Mr. Sturdivant also invests in oil and gas minerals serving as Managing Partner of Alta Mesa Mineral Acquisitions, LLC since December 2013. Previously, Mr. Sturdivant spent over a decade in the hedge fund industry with multi-billion dollar institutions focused on distressed debt investments, deep value equity, debt origination and private equity investments. Prior to that, Mr. Sturdivant served as a restructuring advisor to companies going through chapter 11 reorganizations. Mr. Sturdivant has previously served as a strategic advisor to Mr. Harold C. Simmons. Mr. Sturdivant graduated magna cum laude with a BBA in Finance from the McCombs School of Business at The University of Texas.

We believe Jared S. Sturdivant is well-qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors due to his more than 18 years of experience as an investor and management of partnerships focused on minerals, exploration & production assets and private equity platforms and his substantive understanding of the upstream oil and gas industry.

Our board of directors is divided into three classes with only one class of directors being elected in each year and each class serving a three-year term. The term of office of the first class of directors, consisting of Jared S. Sturdivant, will expire at our first annual meeting of stockholders. The term of office of the second class of directors, consisting of M. Gregory Colvin and Rodney L. Woodard, will expire at the second annual meeting. The term of office of the third class of directors, consisting of Sylvia K. Barnes and Jack D. Hightower, will expire at the third annual meeting.

Assistance from HighPeak LP

In addition to the members of our management team, our investment team will include the HighPeak LP employees noted below. None of these individuals are required to commit any specified amount of time to our affairs; however, we expect certain of these individuals will dedicate a portion of their professional time to our affairs.

Alan R. Huffman is Executive Vice President & Chief Technical Officer of HighPeak LP with experience in exploration risking, evaluation and portfolio management, large project design and management, well design and drilling operations. From 2011 to 2017, Dr. Huffman served as the Chief Technology Officer and Consulting Partner of SIGMA3 Integrated Reservoir Solutions Inc.. From 2003 to 2011, Dr. Huffman served as the President and later Chairman & CEO of Fusion Petroleum Technologies Inc. and its subsidiaries. From 1997-2002, Huffman was Manager of The Seismic Imaging Technology Center (SITC) with Conoco. From 1990 to 1997, Huffman was employed by Exxon Corporation, where he worked as a technical specialist on exploration and production projects in The United States, West Africa and The Far East, and was also involved in technology and software development. Dr. Huffman has also been an advisor and expert witness for the United States Department of Justice in the Federal Civil Litigation resulting from the BP Deepwater Horizon Blowout in the Gulf of Mexico from 2011 to 2015.

David F. DeLaO is Vice President – Drilling of HighPeak LP with over 30 years of experience in drilling, completions and production operations. Mr. DeLaO has experience in the Permian Basin, Fort Worth Basin, Gulf Coast, South Texas, Texas and Oklahoma Panhandles, Rockies, East Texas, Louisiana, Mid-Continent, Marcellus and Utica regions. Mr. DeLaO most recently worked for Chesapeake Energy from 2004 through 2015. He served as Vice President: Drilling, Northern Division in 2015. From 2013 to 2015, Mr. DeLaO served as Vice President: Operations & Technical Services and from 2012 to 2013, Mr. DeLaO held the position of Vice President Drilling, Engineering & Development. Mr. DeLaO began his career with Chesapeake in 2004 as a Senior Drilling Engineer. Prior to Chesapeake, Mr. DeLaO worked as a Senior Drilling Engineer for Pure Resources from 2001 to 2004 with field assignments in the Permian Basin, Rockies and South Texas. Mr. DeLaO worked as a Staff Drilling Engineer for Conoco in 2000 and 2001 supervising drilling operations in the Val Verde Basin and Southeast New Mexico. Mr. DeLaO began his career with Mobil Oil in 1985 where he held various positions in drilling, completions and production engineering.

 

84


Table of Contents

Bruce Woodard is Vice President – Operations of HighPeak LP with over 30 years of experience across various spectrums of oil and gas operations. From 2006 through 2014, Mr. Woodard was the VP Operations of Celero Energy II, LP where his primary focus was the implementation of a Phase I Tertiary project in Caprock, NM. Prior to Celero II, he served as District Operations Manager with Saga Petroleum/Latigo Petroleum where he managed the development of assets in the Permian Basin and southeast New Mexico. From 1996 through 2002, Mr. Woodard, worked at Titan Exploration/Pure Resources as the Operations Manager. Prior to Titan, Mr. Woodard worked at Selma International Investments, Ltd.

John Anderson is Vice President – Reservoir and Evaluation Engineering of HighPeak LP with 37 years of oil and gas industry experience in various reservoir development, evaluation, acquisition, and operations functions, including waterfloods and CO2 tertiary evaluation and implementation projects, conventional and unconventional resource play analysis, modeling, and evaluations. From 2013 to 2016, Mr. Anderson served as Vice President of Reservoir Engineering for Aethon Energy, an oil and gas company in Dallas, Texas where his focus was on evaluating, acquiring, and developing unconventional oil and gas assets. From 2000 – 2013, Mr. Anderson worked in reservoir engineering roles, with Bluestem Energy, Celero Energy II, Celero Energy I (Whiting Oil and Gas Corp. for two years as a result of the sale of Celero Energy I), and Pure Resources (UNOCAL). From 1981 to 1998 Mr. Anderson worked at Exxon Company, USA.

James C. Gresham, Jr. is Vice President – Land of HighPeak LP with over 40 years in the oil and gas industry. From 2011 through 2013, Mr. Gresham was VP of Land for Bluestem Energy Partners, LP, a Quantum Energy Partners portfolio company. From 2009 through 2011, Mr. Gresham was Land Director at Celero Fund. From 2004 through 2008, Mr. Gresham was Vice President of Land for LMP Exploration Holdings, LP. From 2002 through 2003, Mr. Gresham was Manager of Land and Business Development with BNP Petroleum Corporation. From 1999 through 2002, Mr. Gresham was Land Director at Pure Resources Corporation in the Corpus Christi office. From 1980 through 1992, Mr. Gresham was with the Dallas-based Edwin L. Cox organization in the Corpus Christi office, and from 1988 to 1992 served as its Land Manager. From 1978 through 1980, Mr. Gresham a Landman with Getty Oil Company in New Orleans, Louisiana.

Michael Metza is Vice President – Engineering of HighPeak LP with 36 years of experience in the oil and gas industry having served in various operations engineering assignments emphasizing reserve development and exploitation in numerous types of oil and gas reservoirs. From 2015 through 2016, Mr. Metza served as Senior Engineer for Atlantic Resources where his primary responsibility was evaluation of well, reserve, and development potential in the Wolfcamp, Spraberry & Cline formations of the Delaware and Midland Basins. Mr. Metza joined Celero Energy II, LP as Senior Production Engineer in 2008 where his principal responsibility was the redevelopment of the Caprock Queen Field CO2 Project. In 2014, Legacy Reserves, LP acquired the Caprock Queen Field from Celero Energy II, LP, and Mr. Metza joined Legacy Reserves as a Senior Engineer to continue working on the Caprock CO2 Project. While at Legacy he was responsible for workover, drilling, design and regulatory activities associated with the operation and expansion of the Caprock Queen Field Project. From 2005 through 2008, Mr. Metza served as Senior Engineer for Whiting Petroleum after Whiting’s acquisition of Celero Energy, LP. In 2004, Mr. Metza joined Celero Energy, LP as Senior Engineer where he was responsible for evaluating a previous 6-section CO2 project and developing a plan for implementing a full-field miscible CO2 project for the N. Ward Estes Field. From 1997 through 2004, Mr. Metza served as a Senior Engineer for Titan Resources and Pure Resources. In 1981, Mr. Metza began a 16-year career with Exxon Company.

Daniel Silver is Vice President – Finance of HighPeak LP with over 13 years of experience in the finance industry. Mr. Silver started with HighPeak LP in 2014. From 2011 through 2013, Mr. Silver was the Financial Analyst for Bluestem Energy Partners, LP, a Quantum Energy Partners portfolio company. From 2005 through 2011, Mr. Silver worked for Whitley Penn LLP as Manager in the Forensic, Litigation, and Valuation Services Department.

Ryan Hightower is Vice President – Business Development of HighPeak LP with over twelve years of industry experience in various land and business development type capacities. Prior to joining HighPeak, Ryan Hightower has worked independently buying oil and gas leases, mineral and royalty interests, and non-operated working

 

85


Table of Contents

interests in several areas including the Haynesville Shale, Eagle Ford Shale, Delaware Basin, Midland Basin and the Eastern Shelf for his own account. In 2007, Mr. Hightower co-founded and was a managing partner of TEMA Fund, LP, a mineral and royalty acquisition fund focused on acquiring oil and gas interests in the East Texas Embayment area. From 2006 through 2007, Mr. Hightower served as a Portfolio Operations Analyst for Highland Capital Management, LP.

Rhett Heartsill is a Geologist for HighPeak LP with over ten years of industry experience in geological and geophysical analysis, geological software, prospecting in conventional and unconventional plays, evaluating reserves, and leasehold acquisitions. From 2010 through 2017, Mr. Heartsill, started and served as CEO and President of DiamondEdge Energy, LLC, an exploration company targeting conventional trends from the Eastern Shelf of the Permian Basin to the re-development of historical fields in urban environments on the Texas Gulf Coast. In 2006, Mr. Heartsill started DiamondEdge Royalty, LLC, a mineral and royalty acquisition company. From 2007 through 2008, Mr. Heartsill was a geologist with Range Resources.

Keith Forbes is the Controller of HighPeak LP with over 26 years of experience in various field and corporate accounting functions and business optimization functions for large, geographically diverse public companies. From 2008 through 2016, Mr. Forbes served in various capacities at Quicksilver Resources Incorporated and most recently as the Director of Business Optimization. From 1987 through 2007, Mr. Forbes served in various accounting capacities with Burlington Resources.

HighPeak LP has a highly experienced management team with expertise across all aspects of sourcing, structuring and operating oil and gas assets.

 

LOGO

Executive Compensation

No executive officer has received any cash compensation for services rendered to us. Commencing on the date of listing of our securities on the NASDAQ through the acquisition of a target business, we will pay $10,000 per month to our sponsor or one of its affiliates, for up to 18 months, for office space, utilities and secretarial and administrative support. However, this arrangement is solely for our benefit and is not intended to provide our executive officers or directors compensation in lieu of a salary.

Other than the repayment of the loan in the aggregate amount of up to $200,000 made by our sponsor to us, no compensation or fees of any kind, including finder’s, consulting fees and other similar fees, will be paid to our

 

86


Table of Contents

sponsor, members of our management team or their respective affiliates, for services rendered prior to or in connection with the consummation of our initial business combination (regardless of the type of transaction that it is). However, they will receive reimbursement for any out-of-pocket expenses incurred by them in connection with activities on our behalf, such as identifying potential target businesses, performing business due diligence on suitable target businesses and business combinations as well as traveling to and from the offices, plants or similar locations of prospective target businesses to examine their operations. There is no limit on the amount of out-of-pocket expenses reimbursable by us.

After our initial business combination, members of our management team who remain with us, if any, may be paid consulting, management or other fees from the combined company with any and all amounts being fully disclosed to stockholders, to the extent then known, in the proxy solicitation materials furnished to our stockholders. It is unlikely the amount of such compensation will be known at the time of a stockholder meeting held to consider an initial business combination, as it will be up to the directors of the post-combination business to determine executive and director compensation. In this event, such compensation will be publicly disclosed at the time of its determination in a Current Report on Form 8-K, as required by the SEC.

Director Independence

Currently Ms. Barnes, Mr. Colvin and Mr. Sturdivant would each be considered an “independent director” under the Nasdaq listing rules, which is defined generally as a person other than an officer or employee of the company or its subsidiaries or any other individual having a relationship, which, in the opinion of the company’s board of directors would interfere with the director’s exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director.

Our independent directors will have regularly scheduled meetings at which only independent directors are present.

Any affiliated transactions will be on terms no less favorable to us than could be obtained from independent parties. Our board of directors will review and approve all affiliated transactions with any interested director abstaining from such review and approval.

Audit Committee

Effective upon the date of this prospectus, we will establish an audit committee of the board of directors, which will consist of Ms. Barnes, Mr. Colvin and Mr. Sturdivant, each of whom is an independent director under Nasdaq’s listing standards. The audit committee’s duties, which are specified in our Audit Committee Charter, include, but are not limited to:

 

    reviewing and discussing with management and the independent auditor the annual audited financial statements, and recommending to the board whether the audited financial statements should be included in our Form 10-K;

 

    discussing with management and the independent auditor significant financial reporting issues and judgments made in connection with the preparation of our financial statements;

 

    discussing with management major risk assessment and risk management policies;

 

    monitoring the independence of the independent auditor;

 

    verifying the rotation of the lead (or coordinating) audit partner having primary responsibility for the audit and the audit partner responsible for reviewing the audit as required by law;

 

    reviewing and approving all related-party transactions;

 

    inquiring and discussing with management our compliance with applicable laws and regulations;

 

87


Table of Contents
    pre-approving all audit services and permitted non-audit services to be performed by our independent auditor, including the fees and terms of the services to be performed;

 

    appointing or replacing the independent auditor;

 

    determining the compensation and oversight of the work of the independent auditor (including resolution of disagreements between management and the independent auditor regarding financial reporting) for the purpose of preparing or issuing an audit report or related work;

 

    establishing procedures for the receipt, retention and treatment of complaints received by us regarding accounting, internal accounting controls or reports which raise material issues regarding our financial statements or accounting policies; and

 

    approving reimbursement of expenses incurred by our management team in identifying potential target businesses.

Financial Experts on Audit Committee

The audit committee will at all times be composed exclusively of “independent directors” who are “financially literate” as defined under Nasdaq’s listing standards. Nasdaq’s standards define “financially literate” as being able to read and understand fundamental financial statements, including a company’s balance sheet, income statement and cash flow statement.

In addition, we must certify to Nasdaq the committee has, and will continue to have, at least one member who has past employment experience in finance or accounting, requisite professional certification in accounting, or other comparable experience or background that results in the individual’s financial sophistication. The board of directors has determined Ms. Barnes qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert,” as defined under rules and regulations of the SEC.

Nominating Committee

Effective upon the date of this prospectus, we will establish a nominating committee of the board of directors, which will consist of Mr. Colvin, Ms. Barnes and Mr. Sturdivant, each of whom is an independent director under Nasdaq’s listing standards. The nominating committee is responsible for overseeing the selection of persons to be nominated to serve on our board of directors. The nominating committee considers persons identified by its members, management, stockholders, investment bankers and others.

Guidelines for Selecting Director Nominees

The guidelines for selecting nominees, which are specified in the Nominating Committee Charter, generally provide persons to be nominated:

 

    should have demonstrated notable or significant achievements in business, education or public service;

 

    should possess the requisite intelligence, education and experience to make a significant contribution to the board of directors and bring a range of skills, diverse perspectives and backgrounds to its deliberations; and

 

    should have the highest ethical standards, a strong sense of professionalism and intense dedication to serving the interests of the stockholders.

The Nominating Committee will consider a number of qualifications relating to management and leadership experience, background and integrity and professionalism in evaluating a person’s candidacy for membership on the board of directors. The nominating committee may require certain skills or attributes, such as financial or accounting experience, to meet specific board needs that arise from time to time and will also consider the overall experience and makeup of its members to obtain a broad and diverse mix of board members. The nominating committee does not distinguish among nominees recommended by stockholders and other persons.

 

88


Table of Contents

Compensation Committee

Effective upon the date of this prospectus, we will establish a compensation committee of the board of directors, which will consist of Mr. Sturdivant, Ms. Barnes and Mr. Colvin, each of whom is an independent director under Nasdaq’s listing standards. The compensation committee’s duties, which are specified in our Compensation Committee Charter, include, but are not limited to:

 

    reviewing and approving on an annual basis the corporate goals and objectives relevant to our Chief Executive Officer’s compensation, evaluating our Chief Executive Officer’s performance in light of such goals and objectives and determining and approving the remuneration (if any) of our Chief Executive Officer based on such evaluation;

 

    reviewing and approving the compensation of all of our other executive officers;

 

    reviewing our executive compensation policies and plans;

 

    implementing and administering our incentive compensation equity-based remuneration plans;

 

    assisting management in complying with our proxy statement and annual report disclosure requirements;

 

    approving all special perquisites, special cash payments and other special compensation and benefit arrangements for our executive officers and employees;

 

    if required, producing a report on executive compensation to be included in our annual proxy statement; and

 

    reviewing, evaluating and recommending changes, if appropriate, to the remuneration for directors.

Code of Ethics

Effective upon consummation of this offering, we will adopt a code of ethics that applies to all of our executive officers, directors and employees. The code of ethics codifies the business and ethical principles that govern all aspects of our business.

Conflicts of Interest

In general, officers and directors of a corporation incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware are required to present business opportunities to a corporation if:

 

    the corporation could financially undertake the opportunity;

 

    the opportunity is within the corporation’s line of business; and

 

    it would not be fair to the corporation and its stockholders for the opportunity not to be brought to the attention of the corporation.

Each of our officers and directors is an officer and/or director of our sponsor and/or of a HighPeak affiliate company. As described elsewhere in this prospectus, HighPeak affiliate companies are oil and gas companies which pursue asset and company acquisitions in the energy industry, the same industry within which we intend to focus our search for a target business. As a result, it is possible that a potential opportunity could be suitable for us as well for a HighPeak affiliate company.

In relation to the foregoing, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that:

 

    we renounce any interest or expectancy in, or being offered an opportunity to participate in, any business opportunities presented to our sponsor and its affiliates or our non-employee directors and their affiliates (except in the case of a non-employee director, such opportunity is presented solely in his capacity as an officer or director of our company); and

 

89


Table of Contents
    our officers and directors will not be liable to our company or our stockholders for monetary damages for breach of any fiduciary duty by reason of any of our activities or any of our sponsor or its affiliates to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law.

In addition to our sponsor, our officers and directors are, and may in the future become, affiliated with other companies or have additional, fiduciary or contractual obligations to other entities pursuant to which such officer or director is or will be required to present business combination opportunities to such entity. Accordingly, in the future, if any of our officers or directors becomes aware of a business combination opportunity which is suitable for an entity to which he or she has then-current fiduciary or contractual obligations, he or she will honor his or her fiduciary or contractual obligations to present such opportunity to such entity. We do not believe, however, any fiduciary duties or contractual obligations of our officers arising in the future would materially undermine our ability to complete our business combination.

The following table summarizes the relevant pre-existing fiduciary or contractual obligations of our officers and directors besides obligations owed to our sponsor.

 

Individual

 

Entity

 

Entity’s Business

 

Affiliation

Sylvia K. Barnes   Tanda Resources LLC   Oil and gas investment and consulting   Principal and owner
  SandRidge Energy, Inc.   Oil and gas exploration and production   Director
M. Gregory Colvin  

Sanchez Energy

Corporation

 

Vetsource

 

Oil and gas exploration and production

 

Pet pharmaceuticals

 

Director

 

 

 

Director

Jared S. Sturdivant  

Source Energy Partners, LLC

Platform Group, LP

 

Acquisition of oil and gas mineral interests

Private equity

investments

 

Managing Partner

 

Managing Partner

 

Source Energy Operating, LP

Mikada Holdings LLC

 

Acquisition of oil and

gas mineral interests Manufacturing

 

Director

 

Managing Partner

 

Alta Mesa Mineral Acquisitions, LLC

ZTX Drilling, LLC

 

Oil and gas minerals

 

Oil and gas working interests

 

Managing Partner

 

Managing Partner

  Cascata Platform Holdings, LP  

Private equity

investments

  Managing Partner

Investors should also be aware of the following potential conflicts of interest:

 

    None of our officers and directors is required to commit their full time to our affairs and, accordingly, they may have conflicts of interest in allocating their time among various business activities.

 

    Unless we consummate our initial business combination, our officers, directors and sponsor will not receive reimbursement or repayment for any out-of-pocket expenses incurred by them, or loans made to us, to the extent that such expenses exceed the amount of available proceeds not deposited in the trust account.

 

   

The founders’ shares beneficially owned by our sponsor will be released from escrow only if a business combination is successfully completed, and the private placement warrants purchased by our sponsor,

 

90


Table of Contents
 

and any warrants which our officers or directors may purchase in the aftermarket will expire worthless if a business combination is not consummated. Additionally, our officers and directors will not receive liquidation distributions with respect to any of their founders’ shares. For the foregoing reasons, our board may have a conflict of interest in determining whether a particular target business is appropriate to effect a business combination with.

We are not prohibited from pursuing an initial business combination with or from a company affiliated with, or involving properties operated by, our sponsor or its affiliates or its officers or directors; nor are we prohibited from entering into an agreement with our sponsor or its affiliates or a company affiliated with our officers or directors with respect to the operation of any properties we acquire in connection with the initial business combination. In the event we seek to complete our initial business combination with a company affiliated with our sponsor, officers or directors, we, or a committee of independent directors, may obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm which is a member of FINRA or an independent accounting firm that our initial business combination is fair to our company from a financial point of view. Through their direct or indirect interest in a HighPeak affiliated company, members of our management team currently own an indirect interest in us. Each member of our management team may have a conflict of interest in determining whether a particular target business is an appropriate business with which to effectuate our initial business combination. Further, each of our officers and directors may have a conflict of interest with respect to evaluating a particular business combination if the retention or resignation of any such officers and directors was included by a target business as a condition to any agreement with respect to our initial business combination.

We currently do not have any specific business combination under consideration. Our officers and directors have neither individually selected nor considered a target business for our initial business combination nor have they had any discussions regarding possible target businesses among themselves or with our underwriters or other advisors. All of the members of our management team are employed by a HighPeak affiliate and are direct investors in a HighPeak affiliate. HighPeak is continuously made aware of potential business opportunities, one or more of which we may desire to pursue for a business combination, but we have not (nor has anyone on our behalf) contacted any prospective target business or had any discussions, formal or otherwise, with respect to a business combination transaction. We have not (nor have any of our agents or affiliates) been approached by any candidates (or representatives of any candidates) with respect to a possible acquisition transaction with us and we will not consider a business combination with any company that has already been identified to HighPeak as a suitable acquisition candidate for it. Additionally, we have not, nor has anyone on our behalf, taken any measure, directly or indirectly, to identify or locate any suitable acquisition candidate for us, nor have we engaged or retained any agent or other representative to identify or locate any such acquisition candidate.

Our sponsor, officers and directors have agreed, pursuant to a written letter agreement, not to participate in the formation of, or become an officer or director of, any other blank check company until we have entered into a definitive agreement regarding our initial business combination or we have failed to complete our initial business combination within 18 months after the closing of this offering.

 

91


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth information regarding the beneficial ownership of our shares of Class B common stock as of the date of this prospectus and as adjusted to reflect the sale of our shares of Class A common stock included in the units offered by this prospectus (assuming none of the individuals listed purchase units in this offering), by:

 

    each person known by us to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of our outstanding shares of Class B common stock;

 

    each of our officers and directors; and

 

    all of our officers and directors as a group.

Unless otherwise indicated, we believe that all persons named in the table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of Class B common stock beneficially owned by them. The following table does not reflect record of beneficial ownership of the warrants included in the units offered by this prospectus or the private warrants as these warrants are not exercisable within 60 days of the date of this prospectus. The following table also does not reflect any units that our directors, director nominees and officers may purchase in this offering pursuant to our directed unit program described under “Underwriting—Directed Unit Program.”

 

     Prior to Offering     After Offering(2)  
Name and Address of Beneficial
Owner(1)
   Amount
and
Nature of
Beneficial
Ownership
     Approximate
Percentage of
Outstanding
Shares of Common
Stock
    Amount and
Nature of
Beneficial
Ownership
     Approximate
Percentage of
Outstanding Shares of
Common Stock
 

Jack D. Hightower(3)

     8,505,000        98.6     7,380,000        19.68

Rodney L. Woodard

     0        0.0        0.0

Steven W. Tholen

     0        0.0        0.0

Sylvia K. Barnes

     40,000                 40,000            

M. Gregory Colvin

     40,000                 40,000            

Jared S. Sturdivant

     40,000                 40,000            

HighPeak Pure Acquisition, LLC

     8,505,000        98.6     7,380,000        19.68

All directors and executive officers as a group (six individuals)

     8,625,000        100.0     7,500,000        20.00

 

* Less than 1%.
(1) Unless otherwise indicated, the business address of each of the individuals is 421 W. 3rd Street, Suite 1000, Fort Worth, Texas 76102.
(2) Assumes no exercise of the over-allotment option and, therefore, the forfeiture of an aggregate of 1,125,000 shares of Class B common stock held by our sponsor.
(3) Represents shares held by HighPeak Pure Acquisition, LLC, of which this individual, as a manager, may be deemed to have or share voting and dispositive power over such shares. Mr. Hightower disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares except to the extent of his ultimate pecuniary interest.

Immediately after this offering, our sponsor will beneficially own approximately 20.0% of the then issued and outstanding shares of common stock (assuming they do not purchase any units offered by this prospectus). None of our sponsor, officers and directors has indicated to us it or they intend to purchase our securities in the offering. Because of the ownership block held by our sponsor, officers and directors, such individuals may be able to effectively exercise influence over all matters requiring approval by our stockholders, including the election of directors and approval of significant corporate transactions other than approval of our initial business combination.

 

92


Table of Contents

If the underwriters do not exercise all or a portion of the over-allotment option, an aggregate of up to 1,125,000 founders’ shares will be forfeited. Only a number of shares necessary to maintain the 20% ownership interest in our shares of common stock after giving effect to the offering and the exercise, if any, of the underwriters’ over-allotment option (and assuming our sponsor does not purchase any units in this offering) will be necessary.

All of the founders’ shares outstanding prior to the date of this prospectus will be placed in escrow with Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as escrow agent, until (1) with respect to 50% of the founders’ shares, the earlier of one year after the date of the consummation of our initial business combination and the date on which the closing price of our Class A common stock equals or exceeds $12.00 per share (as adjusted for share splits, share dividends, reorganizations and recapitalizations) for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period commencing after our initial business combination and (2) with respect to the remaining 50% of the founders’ shares, one year after the date of the consummation of our initial business combination, or earlier, in either case, if, subsequent to our initial business combination, we consummate a liquidation, merger, stock exchange or other similar transaction which results in all of our stockholders having the right to exchange their founders’ shares for cash, securities or other property. Up to 1,125,000 of the founders’ shares may also be released from escrow earlier than this date for cancellation if the over-allotment option is not exercised in full as described above.

During the escrow period, the holders of these shares will not be able to sell or transfer their securities except for transfers, assignments or sales (i) to our or our sponsor’s officers, directors, consultants or their affiliates, (ii) to an entity’s members upon its liquidation, (iii) to relatives and trusts for estate planning purposes, (iv) by virtue of the laws of descent and distribution upon death, (v) pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order, (vi) to us for no value for cancellation in connection with the consummation of our initial business combination, or (vii) in connection with the consummation of a business combination at prices no greater than the price at which the shares were originally purchased, in each case (except for clause (vi) or with our prior consent) where the transferee agrees to the terms of the escrow agreement and to be bound by these transfer restrictions, but will retain all other rights as our stockholders, including, without limitation, the right to vote their founders’ shares and the right to receive cash dividends, if declared. If dividends are declared and payable in shares of Class B common stock, such dividends will also be placed in escrow. If we are unable to effect a business combination and liquidate, there will be no liquidation distribution with respect to the founders’ shares.

Our sponsor has committed to purchase the private placement warrants (for a total purchase price of $8,000,000) from us. These purchases will take place on a private placement basis simultaneously with the consummation of this offering. Our sponsor has also agreed if the over-allotment option is exercised by the underwriters in full or in part, it will purchase from us an additional number of private placement warrants (up to a maximum of 900,000 private placement warrants) at a price of $1.00 per private placement warrant necessary to fund projected offering expenses and working capital requirements. These additional private placement warrants will be purchased in a private placement that will occur simultaneously with the purchase of units resulting from the exercise of the over-allotment option. Our sponsor has agreed not to transfer, assign or sell any of the private placement warrants (except in connection with the same limited exceptions that the founders’ shares may be transferred as described above) until after the completion of our initial business combination.

To meet our working capital needs following the consummation of this offering, our sponsor, officers and directors may, but are not obligated to, loan us funds, from time to time or at any time, in whatever amount they deem reasonable in their sole discretion. Each loan would be evidenced by a promissory note. The notes would either be paid upon consummation of our initial business combination, without interest, or, at holder’s discretion, up to $1,500,000 of the notes may be converted into warrants at a price of $1.00 per warrant. In the event the initial business combination does not close, we may use a portion of the working capital held outside the trust account to repay such loaned amounts, but no proceeds from our trust account would be used for such repayment.

Our sponsor and our officers and directors are deemed to be our “promoters,” as that term is defined under the federal securities laws.

 

93


Table of Contents

CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS

In December 2017, we issued 10,062,500 shares of Class B common stock to our sponsor, HighPeak Pure Acquisition, LLC, for $25,000 in cash, at a purchase price of approximately $0.002 per share, in connection with our organization. In March 2018, our sponsor returned to us, at no cost, an aggregate of 1,437,500 founder shares, which we cancelled, leaving an aggregate of 8,625,000 founder shares outstanding. In March 2018, our sponsor transferred 40,000 founders’ shares to each of our independent director nominees.

If the underwriters do not exercise all or a portion of their over-allotment option, our sponsor will forfeit up to an aggregate of 1,125,000 shares of Class B common stock in proportion to the portion of the over-allotment option that was not exercised.

If the underwriters determine the size of the offering should be increased (including pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act) or decreased, a share dividend or a contribution back to capital, as applicable, would be effectuated in order to maintain our sponsor’s ownership at a percentage of the number of shares to be sold in this offering.

Our sponsor has committed to purchase, pursuant to a written subscription agreement with us, the 8,000,000 private placement warrants (for a total purchase price of $8,000,000) from us. This purchase will take place on a private placement basis simultaneously with the consummation of this offering. Our sponsor has also agreed if the over-allotment option is exercised by the underwriters in full or in part, it will purchase from us at a price of $1.00 per private placement warrant an additional number of private placement warrants (up to a maximum of 900,000 warrants) necessary to fund our projected offering expenses and working capital requirements. These additional private placement warrants will be purchased in a private placement that will occur simultaneously with the purchase of units resulting from the exercise of the over-allotment option. The private placement warrants are identical to the warrants attached to the units sold in this offering except the private placement warrants: (i) will not be redeemable by us and (ii) may be exercised for cash or on a cashless basis, as described in this prospectus, so long as they are held our sponsor or any of its permitted transferees. Our sponsor has agreed not to transfer, assign or sell any of the private placement warrants (except to certain permitted transferees) until after the completion of our initial business combination.

We will enter into a forward purchase agreement with HighPeak LP pursuant to which HighPeak LP will agree to purchase an aggregate of up to 15,000,000 shares of Class A common stock and 7,500,000 warrants to purchase one share of Class A common stock, for $10.00 per forward purchase unit, or an aggregate maximum amount of $150,000,000, in a private placement that will close simultaneously with the closing of our initial business combination. HighPeak LP is affiliated with our sponsor and our management team and has or may acquire and operate oil and gas assets including oil and gas reserves; leasehold, working, net profits, mineral and royalty interests; tertiary recovery reserves; and gas processing plants and pipelines located primarily in North America. HighPeak LP’s obligation to purchase forward purchase units is conditioned on, among other things, our completing an initial business combination with a company engaged in a business that is within the investment objectives of HighPeak LP. HighPeak LP’s commitment is limited to gross proceeds to us necessary to enable us to consummate our initial business combination and pay related fees and expenses, after first applying amounts available to us from the trust account (after giving effect to any redemptions of public shares) and any other equity financing source obtained by us for such purpose at or prior to the consummation of our initial business combination, less the total purchase price paid by our sponsor for public warrants purchased pursuant to tender offers, as described herein, plus any additional amounts mutually agreed by us and HighPeak LP to be retained by the post-business combination company for working capital or other purposes. The proceeds from the forward purchase units may be used as part of the consideration to the sellers in our initial business combination, expenses in connection with our initial business combination, debt reduction, purchases of our securities or for working capital in the post-transaction company.

The shares of Class A common stock received as part of the units acquired pursuant to the forward purchase agreement will be identical to the Class A common stock shares included in the units being sold in this offering,

 

94


Table of Contents

except the shares acquired pursuant to the forward purchase agreement will be subject to transfer restrictions and certain registration rights, as described in this prospectus. The warrants received as part of the units purchased pursuant to the forward purchase agreement will have the same terms as the private placement warrants so long as they are held by HighPeak LP or its Permitted Transferees. Any warrant received pursuant to the forward purchase agreement and held by a holder other than HighPeak LP or its permitted transferees will have the same terms as the warrants included in the units being sold in this offering.

HighPeak LP will have the right to transfer all or a portion of its rights and obligations under the forward purchase agreement to Permitted Transferees, subject to our consent and compliance with applicable securities laws.

Our sponsor has committed to offer or cause an affiliate to offer to purchase, at $1.00 per public warrant (exclusive of commissions), the outstanding public warrants in a tender offer that would commence after our announcement of an initial business combination and occur in connection with such business combination. The warrant tender offer would not be conditioned upon any minimum number of warrants being tendered.

Our sponsor has also committed to offer or cause an affiliate to offer to purchase, at $1.00 per public warrant (exclusive of commissions), the outstanding public warrants in a tender offer that would commence after our filing of a proxy statement or information statement with respect to a proposed amendment to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that would affect the substance of timing of our obligation to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete a business combination within 18 months from the closing of this offering. Any such purchases would occur in connection with the effectiveness of such amendment.

On the date of this prospectus, our sponsor or an affiliate will either deposit cash funds or a letter of credit from a financially capable bank in good standing in an amount equal to $15,000,000 (or $17,250,000 if the over-allotment is exercised in full) with Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company. The funds held in the escrow account may be used (or the letter of credit may be drawn upon) to pay $1.00 per warrant to holders of public warrants (excluding private placement warrants or forward purchase warrants) that tender in the tender offer for the public warrants. At any time, our sponsor or its affiliate may substitute a letter of credit from a financially capable bank in good standing in lieu of cash or cash in lieu of a letter of credit. Neither funds in the escrow account nor the letter of credit shall be held in trust nor comprise any portion of any pro-rata distribution of our trust account. In the event a business combination is announced and a tender offer for the warrants is made, but the business combination is later abandoned, the tender offer will not be closed, and the warrants will be returned to the holders.

In the event that we are unable to close a business combination within the allotted time, the escrow agent will be authorized to transfer $1.00 per whole public warrant, to holders of public warrants other than our sponsor and its affiliates, at the same time as we redeem our public shares, and all public warrants will expire worthless.

Following the tender offer or payment to holders of public warrants described above, any amounts remaining in the escrow account will be returned to our sponsor or its affiliate.

To meet our working capital needs following the consummation of this offering, our sponsor, officers and directors may, but are not obligated to, loan us funds, from time to time or at any time, in whatever amount they deem reasonable in their sole discretion. Each loan would be evidenced by a promissory note. The notes would either be paid upon consummation of our initial business combination, without interest, or, at holder’s discretion, up to $1,500,000 of the notes may be converted into private placement warrants at a price of $1.00 per private placement warrant. In the event the initial business combination does not close, we may use a portion of the working capital held outside the trust account to repay such loaned amounts, but no proceeds from our trust account would be used for such repayment.

The holders of our founders’ shares issued and outstanding on the date of this prospectus, as well as the holders of the private placement warrants and any warrants our sponsor, officers, directors or any of their affiliates may

 

95


Table of Contents

be issued in payment of working capital loans (and all underlying securities) will be entitled to registration rights pursuant to an agreement to be signed prior to or on the effective date of this offering. The holders of a majority of these securities are entitled to make up to three demands that we register such securities. The holders of the majority of the founders’ shares can elect to exercise these registration rights at any time commencing three months prior to the date on which these founders’ shares are to be released from escrow. In addition, the holders have certain “piggy-back” registration rights with respect to registration statements filed subsequent to our consummation of a business combination. We will bear the expenses incurred in connection with the filing of any such registration statements.

As of the date of this prospectus, our sponsor has loaned us up to an aggregate of $200,000 to cover expenses related to this offering. The loan will be payable without interest on the consummation of this offering. We intend to repay this loan from the proceeds of this offering not being placed in trust.

Commencing on the date of listing of our securities on the NASDAQ through the acquisition of a target business, we will pay $10,000 per month to our sponsor or one of its affiliates, for up to 18 months, for office space, utilities and secretarial and administrative support.

No compensation or fees of any kind, including finder’s, consulting fees and other similar fees, will be paid to our sponsor, members of our management team or their respective affiliates, for services rendered prior to or in connection with the consummation of our initial business combination (regardless of the type of transaction that it is). However, such individuals will receive reimbursement for any out-of-pocket expenses incurred by them in connection with activities on our behalf, such as identifying potential target businesses, performing business due diligence on suitable target businesses and business combinations as well as traveling to and from the offices, plants or similar locations of prospective target businesses to examine their operations. There is no limit on the amount of out-of-pocket expenses reimbursable by us.

After our initial business combination, members of our management team who remain with us, if any, may be paid consulting, management or other fees from the combined company with any and all amounts being fully disclosed to stockholders, to the extent then known, in the proxy solicitation materials furnished to our stockholders. It is unlikely the amount of such compensation will be known at the time of a stockholder meeting held to consider an initial business combination, as it will be up to the directors of the post-combination business to determine executive and director compensation. In this event, such compensation will be publicly disclosed at the time of its determination in a Current Report on Form 8-K, as required by the SEC.

All ongoing and future transactions between us and any of our officers and directors or their respective affiliates will be on terms believed by us to be no less favorable to us than are available from unaffiliated third parties. Such transactions will require prior approval by a majority of our uninterested “independent” directors or the members of our board who do not have an interest in the transaction, in either case who had access, at our expense, to our attorneys or independent legal counsel. We will not enter into any such transaction unless our disinterested “independent” directors determine that the terms of such transaction are no less favorable to us than those that would be available to us with respect to such a transaction from unaffiliated third parties.

Related Party Policy

Our Code of Ethics requires us to avoid, wherever possible, all related party transactions that could result in actual or potential conflicts of interests, except under guidelines approved by the board of directors (or the audit committee). Related-party transactions are defined as transactions in which (1) the aggregate amount involved will or may be expected to exceed $120,000 in any calendar year, (2) we or any of our subsidiaries is a participant, and (3) any (a) executive officer, director or nominee for election as a director, (b) greater than 5% beneficial owner of our shares of common stock, or (c) immediate family member, of the persons referred to in clauses (a) and (b), has or will have a direct or indirect material interest (other than solely as a result of being a director or a less than 10% beneficial owner of another entity). A conflict of interest situation can arise when a

 

96


Table of Contents

person takes actions or has interests that may make it difficult to perform his or her work objectively and effectively. Conflicts of interest may also arise if a person, or a member of his or her family, receives improper personal benefits as a result of his or her position.

Our audit committee, pursuant to its written charter, will be responsible for reviewing and approving related-party transactions to the extent we enter into such transactions. The audit committee will consider all relevant factors when determining whether to approve a related party transaction, including whether the related party transaction is on terms no less favorable to us than terms generally available from an unaffiliated third-party under the same or similar circumstances and the extent of the related party’s interest in the transaction. No director may participate in the approval of any transaction in which he is a related party, but that director is required to provide the audit committee with all material information concerning the transaction. We also require each of our directors and executive officers to complete a directors’ and officers’ questionnaire that elicits information about related party transactions.

These procedures are intended to determine whether any such related party transaction impairs the independence of a director or presents a conflict of interest on the part of a director, employee or officer.

 

97


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES

General

As of the date of this prospectus, we will be authorized to issue 200,000,000 shares of Class A common stock, par value $0.0001, 10,350,000 shares of Class B common stock, par value $0.0001, and 1,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.0001. As of the date of this prospectus, 8,625,000 shares of Class B common stock are outstanding. No shares of preferred stock are currently outstanding. The following description summarizes the material terms of our securities. Because it is only a summary, it may not contain all the information that is important to you. For a complete description you should refer to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, bylaws and the form of warrant agreement, which are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, and to the applicable provisions of Delaware law.

Units

Each unit consists of one share of Class A common stock and one half of one warrant. Each whole warrant entitles the holder to purchase one share of Class A common stock. The shares of Class A common stock and warrants will begin to trade separately on the 52nd day after the date of this prospectus unless Oppenheimer & Co. Inc. and EarlyBirdCapital, Inc. inform us of their decision to allow earlier separate trading, provided in no event may the shares of Class A common stock and warrants be traded separately until we have filed with the SEC a Current Report on Form 8-K which includes an audited balance sheet reflecting our receipt of the gross proceeds of this offering. Once the shares of Class A common stock and warrants commence separate trading, holders will have the option to continue to hold units or separate their units into the component pieces. However, no fractional warrants will be issued and only whole warrants will trade.

We will file a Current Report on Form 8-K which includes an audited balance sheet promptly upon the consummation of this offering. The audited balance sheet will reflect proceeds we receive from the exercise of the over-allotment option, if the over-allotment option is exercised on the date of this prospectus. If the over-allotment option is exercised after the date of this prospectus, we will file an amendment to the Form 8-K to provide updated financial information to reflect the exercise of the over-allotment option. We will also include in this Form 8-K, an amendment thereto, or in a subsequent Form 8-K information indicating if Oppenheimer & Co. Inc. and EarlyBirdCapital, Inc. have allowed separate trading of the shares of Class A common stock and warrants prior to the 52nd day after the date of this prospectus.

Common Stock

Our stockholders of record are entitled to one vote for each share held on all matters to be voted on by stockholders. In connection with any vote held to approve our initial business combination, our sponsor, as well as all of our officers and directors, have agreed to vote their respective founders’ shares owned by them immediately prior to this offering and any shares purchased in this offering or following this offering in the open market in favor of the proposed business combination.

We will consummate our initial business combination only if we have net tangible assets of at least $5,000,001 upon such consummation and, solely if a vote is held to approve a business combination, a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock voted are voted in favor of the business combination.

Our board of directors is divided into three classes, each of which will generally serve for a term of three years with only one class of directors being elected in each year. There is no cumulative voting with respect to the election of directors, with the result that the holders of more than 50% of the shares eligible to vote for the election of directors can elect all of the directors.

Pursuant to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, if we do not consummate an initial business combination within 18 months from the closing of this offering, our corporate existence will cease except for the

 

98


Table of Contents

purposes of winding up our affairs and liquidating. If we are forced to liquidate prior to an initial business combination, our public stockholders are entitled to share ratably in the trust account, based on the amount then held in the trust account, and any assets remaining available for distribution to them. Our sponsor, officers and directors have agreed to waive their rights to participate in any liquidation distribution occurring upon our failure to consummate an initial business combination with respect to the founder’s shares. Our sponsor, officers and directors will therefore not participate in any liquidation distribution with respect to such shares. They will, however, participate in any liquidation distribution with respect to any shares of Class A common stock acquired in, or following, this offering.

Our stockholders have no conversion, preemptive or other subscription rights and there are no sinking fund or redemption provisions applicable to the shares of Class A common stock, except public stockholders have the right to sell their shares to us in a tender offer or have their shares of Class A common stock converted to cash equal to their pro rata share of the trust account if they vote on the proposed business combination in connection with such business combination and the business combination is completed. Public stockholders who sell or convert their stock into their share of the trust account still have the right to exercise the warrants that they received as part of the units.

Founders’ Shares

The founders’ shares are identical to the shares of Class A common stock included in the Units being sold in this offering, and holders of founders’ shares have the same stockholder rights as public stockholders, except that (i) the founders’ shares are subject to certain transfer restrictions, as described in more detail below, (ii) our sponsor, officers and directors have entered into a letter agreement with us, pursuant to which they have agreed (A) to waive their redemption rights with respect to any founders’ shares and any public shares held by them in connection with the completion of our business combination and (B) to waive their rights to liquidating distributions from the Trust Account with respect to any founders’ shares held by them if we fail to complete our business combination within 18 months from the closing of this offering, although they will be entitled to liquidating distributions from the trust account with respect to any public shares they hold if we fail to complete our business combination within such time period, (iii) the founders’ shares are shares of our Class B common stock that will automatically convert into shares of our Class A common stock at the time of our initial business combination, or at any time prior thereto at the option of the holder, on a one-for-one basis, subject to adjustment pursuant to certain anti-dilution rights, as described herein and (iv) are subject to registration rights. If we submit our business combination to our public stockholders for a vote, our initial stockholders have agreed to vote any founders’ shares held by them and any public shares purchased during or after this offering in favor of our initial business combination. The founders’ shares will automatically convert into shares of Class A common stock at the time of our initial business combination on a one-for-one basis (subject to adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like), and subject to further adjustment as provided herein. In the case additional shares of common stock, or equity-linked securities, are issued or deemed issued in excess of the amounts offered in this prospectus and related to the closing of the business combination (other than the equity and equity linked securities issued pursuant to the forward purchase agreement and equity and equity linked securities issued to the seller of the target business), including pursuant to a specified future issuance, the ratio at which founders’ shares shall convert into shares of Class A common stock will be adjusted (unless the holders of a majority of the outstanding founders’ shares agree to waive such adjustment with respect to any such issuance or deemed issuance, including a specified future issuance) so that the number of shares of Class A common stock issuable upon conversion of all of the founders’ shares will equal, in the aggregate, on an as-converted basis, 20% of the sum of the total number of all shares of Class A common stock outstanding upon completion of this offering plus all shares of Class A common stock and equity-linked securities issued or deemed issued in connection with the business combination (excluding any equity or equity linked securities issued pursuant to the forward purchase agreement and any shares or equity-linked securities issued, or to be issued, to any seller in the business combination). Holders of founders’ shares may also elect to convert their founders’ shares into an equal number of shares of Class A common stock, subject to adjustment as provided above, at any time. With certain limited exceptions, the founder shares are not transferable, assignable or salable

 

99


Table of Contents

(except to our officers and directors and other persons or entities affiliated with our sponsor, each of whom will be subject to the same transfer restrictions), with respect to 50% of the founders’ shares, until the earlier of (A) one year after the completion of our initial business combination or (B) subsequent to our initial business combination, if the last sale price of our Class A common stock equals or exceeds $12.00 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period commencing after our initial business combination, and with respect to the remaining 50% of the founders’ shares, until one year after the consummation of our initial business combination or, in either case, such earlier date on which we complete a liquidation, merger, capital stock exchange, reorganization or other similar transaction that results in all of our stockholders having the right to exchange their shares of Class A common stock for cash, securities or other property.

Preferred Stock

There are no shares of preferred stock outstanding. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation authorizes the issuance of 1,000,000 shares of preferred stock with such designation, rights and preferences as may be determined from time to time by our board of directors. No shares of preferred stock are being issued or registered in this offering. Accordingly, our board of directors is empowered, without stockholder approval, to issue preferred stock with dividend, liquidation, conversion, voting or other rights which could adversely affect the voting power or other rights of the holders of Class A common stock. However, the underwriting agreement prohibits us, prior to a business combination, from issuing preferred stock which participates in any manner in the proceeds of the trust account, or which votes as a class with the Class A common stock on a business combination. We may issue some or all of the preferred stock to effect a business combination. In addition, the preferred stock could be utilized as a method of discouraging, delaying or preventing a change in control of us. Although we do not currently intend to issue any shares of preferred stock, we cannot assure you that we will not do so in the future.

Warrants

No warrants are currently outstanding. Each whole warrant entitles the registered holder to purchase one share of Class A common stock at a price of $11.50 per share, subject to adjustment as discussed below, at any time commencing on the later of 30 days after the completion of an initial business combination or 12 months from the closing of this offering. However, no warrants will be exercisable for cash unless we have an effective and current registration statement covering the shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants and a current prospectus relating to such shares of Class A common stock. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a registration statement covering the shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of the public warrants is not effective within a specified period following the consummation of our initial business combination, warrant holders may, until such time as there is an effective registration statement and during any period when we shall have failed to maintain an effective registration statement, exercise warrants on a cashless basis pursuant to the exemption provided by Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act, provided that such exemption is available. If that exemption, or another exemption, is not available, holders will not be able to exercise their warrants on a cashless basis. In such event, each holder would pay the exercise price by surrendering the warrants for that number of shares of Class A common stock equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (x) the product of the number of shares of Class A common stock underlying the warrants, multiplied by the difference between the exercise price of the warrants and the “fair market value” (defined below) by (y) the fair market value. The “fair market value” for this purpose will mean the average reported last sale price of the shares of Class A common stock for the 5 trading days ending on the trading day prior to the date of exercise. The warrants will expire on the fifth anniversary of our completion of an initial business combination, at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, or earlier upon redemption or liquidation.

The private placement warrants, as well as any warrants underlying additional units we issue to our sponsor, officers, directors or their affiliates in payment of working capital loans made to us, will be identical to the warrants underlying the units being offered by this prospectus except that such warrants will be exercisable for

 

100


Table of Contents

cash or on a cashless basis, at the holder’s option, and will not be redeemable by us, in each case so long as they are still held by our sponsor or its permitted transferees.

We may call the warrants for redemption (excluding the private placement warrants including any private placement warrants issued to our sponsor, officers or directors in payment of working capital loans made to us), in whole and not in part, at a price of $0.01 per warrant,

 

    at any time after the warrants become exercisable,

 

    upon not less than 30 days’ prior written notice of redemption to each warrant holder,

 

    if, and only if, the reported last sale price of the shares of Class A common stock equals or exceeds $18.00 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reorganizations and recapitalizations), for any 20 trading days within a 30-trading day period ending on the third business day prior to the notice of redemption to warrant holders; and

 

    if, and only if, there is a current registration statement in effect with respect to the shares of Class A common stock underlying such warrants.

The right to exercise will be forfeited unless the warrants are exercised prior to the date specified in the notice of redemption. On and after the redemption date, a record holder of a warrant will have no further rights except to receive the redemption price for such holder’s warrant upon surrender of such warrant.

We have established the third of the redemption criterion discussed above to prevent a redemption call unless there is, at the time of the call, a significant premium to the warrant exercise price. If the foregoing conditions are satisfied and we issue a notice of redemption of the warrants, each warrantholder will be entitled to exercise its warrant prior to the scheduled redemption date. However, the price of the Class A common stock may fall below the $18.00 redemption trigger price (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) as well as the $11.50 (for whole shares) warrant exercise price after the redemption notice is issued.

If we call the warrants for redemption as described above, our management will have the option to require all holders that wish to exercise warrants to do so on a “cashless basis.” In such event, each holder would pay the exercise price by surrendering the warrants for that number of shares of Class A common stock equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (x) the product of the number of shares of Class A common stock underlying the warrants, multiplied by the difference between the exercise price of the warrants and the “fair market value” (defined below) by (y) the fair market value. The “fair market value” shall mean the average reported last sale price of the shares of Class A common stock for the 5 trading days ending on the third trading day prior to the date on which the notice of redemption is sent to the holders of warrants.

The warrants will be issued in registered form under a warrant agreement between Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as warrant agent, and us. The warrant agreement provides that the terms of the warrants may be amended without the consent of any holder to cure any ambiguity or correct any defective provision, but requires the approval, by written consent or vote, of the holders of at least 50% of the then outstanding warrants (including the private warrants) to make any change that adversely affects the interests of the registered holders.

The exercise price and number of shares of Class A common stock issuable on exercise of the warrants may be adjusted in certain circumstances including in the event of a stock dividend, extraordinary dividend or our recapitalization, reorganization, merger or consolidation. However, the warrants will not be adjusted for issuances of shares of Class A common stock at a price below their respective exercise prices.

The warrants may be exercised upon surrender of the warrant certificate on or prior to the expiration date at the offices of the warrant agent, with the exercise form on the reverse side of the warrant certificate completed and executed as indicated, accompanied by full payment of the exercise price, by certified or official bank check

 

101


Table of Contents

payable to us, for the number of warrants being exercised. The warrant holders do not have the rights or privileges of holders of shares of Class A common stock and any voting rights until they exercise their warrants and receive shares of Class A common stock. After the issuance of shares of Class A common stock upon exercise of the warrants, each holder will be entitled to one vote for each share held of record on all matters to be voted on by stockholders.

Under the terms of the warrant agreement, we have agreed to use our best efforts to have declared effective a prospectus relating to the shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants and keep such prospectus current until the expiration of the warrants. However, we cannot assure you that we will be able to do so and, if we do not maintain a current prospectus relating to the shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants, holders will be unable to exercise their warrants for cash and we will not be required to net cash settle or cash settle the warrant exercise.

Warrant holders may elect to be subject to a restriction on the exercise of their warrants such that an electing warrant holder would not be able to exercise their warrants to the extent that, after giving effect to such exercise, such holder would beneficially own in excess of 9.8% of the shares of Class A common stock outstanding.

No fractional shares will be issued upon exercise of the warrants. If, upon exercise of the warrants, a holder would be entitled to receive a fractional interest in a share, we will, upon exercise, round up to the nearest whole number the number of shares of Class A common stock to be issued to the warrant holder.

Dividends

We have not paid any cash dividends on our shares of Class A common stock to date and do not intend to pay cash dividends prior to the completion of a business combination. The payment of cash dividends in the future will be dependent upon our revenues and earnings, if any, capital requirements and general financial condition subsequent to completion of a business combination. The payment of any dividends subsequent to a business combination will be within the discretion of our then board of directors. It is the present intention of our board of directors to retain all earnings, if any, for use in our business operations and, accordingly, our board does not anticipate declaring any dividends in the foreseeable future.

Our Transfer Agent and Warrant Agent

The transfer agent for our securities and warrant agent for our warrants is Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, 1 State Street, 30th Floor, New York, New York 10004.

Listing of our Securities

We expect our units, Class A common stock and warrants quoted on Nasdaq under the symbols “PACQU,” “PACQ,” and “PACQW,” respectively. We anticipate our units will be listed on Nasdaq on or promptly after the effective date of the registration statement. Following the date the shares of our Class A common stock and warrants are eligible to trade separately, we anticipate the shares of our Class A common stock and warrants will be listed separately and as a unit on Nasdaq.

Certain Anti-Takeover Provisions of Delaware Law and our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws

Staggered board of directors

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that our board of directors will be classified into three classes of directors of approximately equal size. As a result, in most circumstances, a person can gain control of our board only by successfully engaging in a proxy contest at two or more annual meetings.

 

102


Table of Contents

Special meeting of stockholders

Our bylaws provide that special meetings of our stockholders may be called only by a majority vote of our board of directors, by our president or by our chairman or by our secretary at the request in writing of stockholders owning a majority of our issued and outstanding capital stock entitled to vote.

Advance notice requirements for stockholder proposals and director nominations

Our bylaws provide that stockholders seeking to bring business before our annual meeting of stockholders, or to nominate candidates for election as directors at our annual meeting of stockholders must provide timely notice of their intent in writing. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice will need to be delivered to our principal executive offices not later than the close of business on the 60th day nor earlier than the close of business on the 90th day prior to the scheduled date of the annual meeting of stockholders. In the event that less than 70 days’ notice or prior public disclosure of the date of the annual meeting of stockholders is given, a stockholder’s notice shall be timely if delivered to our principal executive offices not later than the 10th day following the day on which public announcement of the date of our annual meeting of stockholders is first made or sent by us. Our bylaws also specify certain requirements as to the form and content of a stockholders’ meeting. These provisions may preclude our stockholders from bringing matters before our annual meeting of stockholders or from making nominations for directors at our annual meeting of stockholders.

Authorized but unissued shares

Our authorized but unissued Class A common stock and preferred stock are available for future issuances without stockholder approval and could be utilized for a variety of corporate purposes, including future offerings to raise additional capital, acquisitions and employee benefit plans. The existence of authorized but unissued and unreserved Class A common stock and preferred stock could render more difficult or discourage an attempt to obtain control of us by means of a proxy contest, tender offer, merger or otherwise.

Exclusive Forum Selection

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation requires, to the fullest extent permitted by law, that derivative actions brought in our name, actions against directors, officers and employees for breach of fiduciary duty and other similar actions may be brought only in the Court of Chancery in the State of Delaware and, if brought outside of Delaware, the stockholder bringing the suit will be deemed to have consented to service of process on such stockholder’s counsel. Although we believe this provision benefits our company by providing increased consistency in the application of Delaware law in the types of lawsuits to which it applies, the provision may have the effect of discouraging lawsuits against our directors and officers.

Limitation on Liability and Indemnification of Directors and Officers

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that our directors and officers will be indemnified by us to the fullest extent authorized by Delaware law as it now exists or may in the future be amended. In addition, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that our directors will not be personally liable for monetary damages to us for breaches of their fiduciary duty as directors, unless they violated their duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders, acted in bad faith, knowingly or intentionally violated the law, authorized unlawful payments of dividends, unlawful stock purchases or unlawful redemptions, or derived an improper personal benefit from their actions as directors.

Our bylaws also will permit us to secure insurance on behalf of any officer, director or employee for any liability arising out of his or her actions, regardless of whether Delaware law would permit indemnification. We will purchase a policy of directors’ and officers’ liability insurance that insures our directors and officers against the cost of defense, settlement or payment of a judgment in some circumstances and insures us against our obligations to indemnify the directors and officers.

 

103


Table of Contents

These provisions may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors for breach of their fiduciary duty. These provisions also may have the effect of reducing the likelihood of derivative litigation against directors and officers, even though such an action, if successful, might otherwise benefit us and our stockholders. Furthermore, a stockholder’s investment may be adversely affected to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers pursuant to these indemnification provisions. We believe these provisions, the insurance and the indemnity agreements are necessary to attract and retain talented and experienced directors and officers.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to our directors, officers and controlling persons pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, we have been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable.

 

104


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Immediately after this offering, we will have 37,500,000 shares of common stock outstanding, or 43,125,000 shares if the over-allotment option is exercised in full. Of these shares, the 30,000,000 shares sold in this offering, or 34,500,000 shares if the over-allotment option is exercised in full, will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, except for any shares purchased by one of our affiliates within the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act. All of the remaining shares are restricted securities under Rule 144, in that they were issued in private transactions not involving a public offering. All of those shares have been placed in escrow and will not be transferable until they are released except in limited circumstances described elsewhere in this prospectus.

Rule 144

A person who has beneficially owned restricted shares of common stock or warrants for at least six months would be entitled to sell their securities provided that (i) such person is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates at the time of, or at any time during the three months preceding, a sale and (ii) we are subject to the Exchange Act periodic reporting requirements for at least three months before the sale. Persons who have beneficially owned restricted shares of common stock for at least six months but who are our affiliates at the time of, or any time during the three months preceding, a sale, would be subject to additional restrictions, by which such person would be entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of either of the following:

 

    1% of the number of shares of common stock then outstanding, which will equal 375,000 shares immediately after this offering (or 431,250 if the over-allotment option is exercised in full); and

 

    the average weekly trading volume of the shares of common stock during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale.

Sales under Rule 144 are also limited by manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.

Restrictions on the Use of Rule 144 by Shell Companies or Former Shell Companies

Historically, the SEC staff had taken the position that Rule 144 is not available for the resale of securities initially issued by companies that are, or previously were, blank check companies, like us. The SEC has codified and expanded this position in the amendments discussed above by prohibiting the use of Rule 144 for resale of securities issued by any shell companies (other than business combination related shell companies) or any issuer that has been at any time previously a shell company. The SEC has provided an important exception to this prohibition, however, if the following conditions are met:

 

    the issuer of the securities that was formerly a shell company has ceased to be a shell company;

 

    the issuer of the securities is subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act;

 

    the issuer of the securities has filed all Exchange Act reports and material required to be filed, as applicable, during the preceding 12 months (or such shorter period that the issuer was required to file such reports and materials), other than Form 8-K reports; and

 

    at least one year has elapsed from the time that the issuer filed current Form 10 type information with the SEC reflecting its status as an entity that is not a shell company.

As a result, it is likely that pursuant to Rule 144, our sponsor will be able to sell its founders’ shares freely without registration one year after we have completed our initial business combination assuming it is not an affiliate of ours at that time.

 

105


Table of Contents

Registration Rights

The holders of our founders’ shares issued and outstanding on the date of this prospectus and holders of the private placement warrants sold concurrently with this offering will be entitled to registration rights pursuant to an agreement to be signed prior to or on the effective date of this offering. The holders of a majority of these securities are entitled to make up to three demands that we register such securities. The holders of the majority of the founders’ shares can elect to exercise these registration rights at any time commencing three months prior to the date on which these shares of common stock are to be released from escrow. In addition, the holders have certain “piggy-back” registration rights with respect to registration statements filed subsequent to our consummation of a business combination. We will bear the expenses incurred in connection with the filing of any such registration statements.

 

106


Table of Contents

UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS

This is a discussion of the material U.S. federal income tax considerations generally applicable to the ownership and disposition of our units, Class A common stock and warrants, which we refer to collectively as our securities, purchased by public stockholders pursuant to this offering. Because the components of a unit are separable at the option of the holder, the holder of a unit generally should be treated, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, as the owner of the underlying Class A common stock and one half of one warrant component of the unit, as the case may be. As a result, the discussion below with respect to actual holders of Class A common stock and warrants should also apply to holders of units (as the deemed owners of the underlying Class A common stock and warrants that comprise the units). This discussion assumes that stockholders will hold our securities as capital assets within the meaning of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”).

This discussion does not describe all of the tax considerations that may be relevant to you in light of your particular circumstances, including the alternative minimum tax, the Medicare tax on certain investment income and the different consequences that may apply if you are subject to special rules that apply to certain types of investors, such as:

 

    banks, insurance companies or other financial institutions;

 

    qualified foreign pension funds (or any entities all of the interests of which are held by a qualified foreign pension fund);

 

    dealers and traders in securities or foreign currencies;

 

    traders in securities that use the mark-to-market method of accounting for U.S. federal income tax purposes;

 

    persons deemed to sell our securities under the constructive sale provisions of the Code;

 

    persons that acquired our securities through the exercise of employee stock options or otherwise as compensation or through a tax-qualified retirement plan;

 

    persons holding our securities as part of a hedge, straddle, appreciated financial position, synthetic security, conversion transaction or other integrated investment or risk reduction transaction;

 

    certain former citizens or long-term residents of the United States;

 

    U.S. holders (as defined below) whose functional currency for U.S. federal income tax purposes is not the U.S. dollar;

 

    partnerships or other entities classified as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes or holders of interests therein; and

 

    tax-exempt or governmental organizations.

This discussion is based on current provisions of the Code, Treasury regulations, judicial opinions, published positions of the U.S. Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) and all other applicable authorities, all of which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect. This discussion does not address any aspect of state, local or non-U.S. taxation, or any U.S. federal taxes other than income taxes (such as gift and estate taxes).

If an entity that is treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds our securities, the tax treatment of a partner will generally depend on the status of the partner and the activities of the entity. If you are a partner in such an entity, you should consult your tax advisor.

WE URGE PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS TO CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISORS REGARDING THE U.S. FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL AND NON-U.S. INCOME, ESTATE AND OTHER TAX CONSIDERATIONS WITH RESPECT TO ACQUIRING, HOLDING AND DISPOSING OF OUR SECURITIES.

 

107


Table of Contents

Company

Personal Holding Company Status

We could be subject to a second level of U.S. federal income tax on a portion of our income if we are determined to be a personal holding company (“PHC”) for U.S. federal income tax purposes. A U.S. corporation generally will be classified as a PHC for U.S. federal income tax purposes in a given taxable year if (i) at any time during the last half of such taxable year, five or fewer individuals (without regard to their citizenship or residency and including as individuals for this purpose certain entities such as certain tax-exempt organizations, pension funds, and charitable trusts) own or are deemed to own (pursuant to certain constructive ownership rules) more than 50% of the stock of the corporation by value and (ii) at least 60% of the corporation’s adjusted ordinary gross income, as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes, for such taxable year consists of PHC income (which includes, among other things, dividends, interest, certain royalties, annuities and, under certain circumstances, rents).

Depending on the date and size of our initial business combination, it is possible that at least 60% of our adjusted ordinary gross income may consist of PHC income as discussed above. In addition, depending on the concentration of our stock in the hands of individuals, including the members of our sponsor and certain tax-exempt organizations, pension funds, and charitable trusts, it is possible that more than 50% of our stock will be owned or deemed owned (pursuant to the constructive ownership rules) by such persons during the last half of a taxable year. Thus, no assurance can be given that we will not become a PHC following this offering or in the future. If we are or were to become a PHC in a given taxable year, we would be subject to an additional PHC tax on our undistributed taxable income, subject to certain adjustments. The tax rate on undistributed PHC income is currently 20%.

Owners of our Securities

General

No authority directly addresses the U.S. federal income tax treatment of securities with terms substantially the same as the units, and, therefore, that treatment is not entirely clear. The acquisition of a unit should be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as the acquisition of one share of our Class A common stock and one half of one warrant to acquire one share of our Class A common stock. This treatment requires each holder of a unit to allocate the purchase price paid by such holder for such unit between the share of Class A common stock and the one half of one warrant based on their respective relative fair market values. A holder’s initial tax basis in the Class A common stock and the one half of one warrant included in each unit should equal the portion of the purchase price of the unit allocated thereto. Any disposition of a unit should be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a disposition of the Class A common stock and one half of one warrant comprising the unit, and the amount realized on the disposition should be allocated between the Class A common stock and one half of one warrant based on their respective relative fair market values. The separation of the Class A common stock and one half of one warrant comprising a unit should not be a taxable event for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

The foregoing treatment of the Class A common stock and warrants and a holder’s purchase price allocation are not binding on the IRS or the courts. Because there are no authorities that directly address instruments that are similar to the units, no assurance can be given that the IRS or the courts will agree with the characterization described above or the discussion below. Accordingly, each prospective investor is urged to consult its own tax advisors regarding the U.S. federal, state, local and any foreign tax consequences of an investment in a unit (including alternative characterizations of a unit). Unless otherwise stated, the following discussions are based on the assumption that the characterization of the Class A common stock and warrants and the allocation described above are accepted for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

 

108


Table of Contents

U.S. Holders

This section applies to you if you are a “U.S. holder.” A U.S. holder is a beneficial owner of our units, shares of Class A common stock or warrants who or that is, for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

 

    an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;

 

    a corporation (or other entity taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created in, or organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

 

    an estate the income of which is includible in gross income for U.S. federal income tax purposes regardless of its source; or

 

    a trust (A) the administration of which is subject to the primary supervision of a United States court and which has one or more United States persons (within the meaning of the Code) who have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (B) that has in effect a valid election under applicable Treasury regulations to be treated as a United States person.

Taxation of Distributions

If we pay cash distributions to U.S. holders of shares of our common stock, such distributions will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. Distributions in excess of current and accumulated earnings and profits will constitute a return of capital that will be applied against and reduce (but not below zero) the U.S. holder’s adjusted tax basis in our common stock. Any remaining excess will be treated as gain realized on the sale or other disposition of the common stock and will be treated as described under “U.S. Holders — Gain or Loss on Sale, Taxable Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of Common Stock” below.

Dividends we pay to a U.S. holder that is a taxable corporation generally will qualify for the dividends received deduction if the requisite holding period is satisfied. With certain exceptions (including, but not limited to, dividends treated as investment income for purposes of investment interest deduction limitations), and provided certain holding period requirements are met, dividends we pay to a non-corporate U.S. holder will constitute “qualified dividends” that will be subject to tax at the maximum tax rate accorded to long-term capital gains. It is unclear whether the conversion feature of the common stock described under “Proposed Business — Effecting a Business Combination — Conversion Rights” may be viewed as a position with respect to substantially similar or related property which diminishes your risk of loss and thereby affects your ability to satisfy the holding period requirements for the dividends received deduction or the preferential tax rate on qualified dividend income with respect to the time period prior to the approval of an initial business combination.

Gain or Loss on Sale, Taxable Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of Common Stock

A U.S. holder must treat any gain or loss recognized upon a sale, taxable exchange or other taxable disposition of our common stock (which would include a dissolution and liquidation in the event we do not complete an initial business combination within 18 months from the closing of this offering) as capital gain or loss. Any such capital gain or loss will be long-term capital gain or loss if the U.S. holder’s holding period for the common stock so disposed of exceeds one year. It is unclear, however, as to whether the conversion feature of the common stock described under “Proposed Business — Effecting a Business Combination — Conversion Rights” may suspend the running of the applicable holding period for this purpose. A U.S. holder will recognize gain or loss in an amount equal to the difference between (i) the sum of the amount of cash and the fair market value of any property received in such disposition (or, if the common stock is held as part of a unit at the time of the disposition, the portion of the amount realized on such disposition that is allocated to the common stock based upon the then fair market values of the Class A common stock and the one half of one warrant included in the unit) and (ii) the U.S. holder’s adjusted tax basis in its common stock so disposed of. A U.S. holder’s adjusted tax basis in its common stock generally will equal the U.S. holder’s acquisition cost (that is, as discussed above, the

 

109


Table of Contents

portion of the purchase price of a unit allocated to a share of common stock) less any prior distributions treated as a return of capital. The deduction of capital losses is subject to limitations, as is the deduction for losses realized upon a taxable disposition by a U.S. holder of our common stock (whether or not held as part of a unit) if, within a period beginning 30 days before the date of such disposition and ending 30 days after such date, such U.S. holder has acquired (by purchase or by an exchange on which the entire amount of gain or loss was recognized by law), or has entered into a contract or option so to acquire, substantially identical stock or securities.

Conversion of Class A Common Stock

If you convert your Class A common stock into a right to receive cash as described in “Proposed Business — Effecting a Business Combination — Conversion Rights”, the treatment of the transaction for U.S. federal income tax purposes will depend on whether the conversion qualifies as a sale of the Class A common stock under Section 302 of the Code. If that conversion or redemption qualifies as a sale of Class A common stock, the U.S. holder will be treated as described under “U.S. Holders — Gain or Loss on Sale, Taxable Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of Common Stock” above. If that conversion does not qualify as a sale of Class A common stock, the U.S. holder will be treated as receiving a corporate distribution with the tax consequences described above under “U.S. Holders — Taxation of Distributions”. Whether that conversion qualifies for sale treatment will depend largely on the total number of shares of our stock treated as held by the U.S. holder (including any stock constructively owned by the U.S. holder as a result of owning warrants) relative to all of our shares both before and after the redemption. The conversion of Class A common stock will be treated as a sale of the Class A common stock (rather than as a corporate distribution) if the redemption (i) is “substantially disproportionate” with respect to the U.S. holder, (ii) results in a “complete termination” of the U.S. holder’s interest in us or (iii) is “not essentially equivalent to a dividend” with respect to the U.S. holder. These tests are explained more fully below.

In determining whether any of the foregoing tests are satisfied, a U.S. holder takes into account not only stock actually owned by the U.S. holder, but also shares of our stock that are constructively owned by it. A U.S. holder may constructively own, in addition to stock owned directly, stock owned by certain related individuals and entities in which the U.S. holder has an interest or that have an interest in such U.S. holder, as well as any stock the U.S. holder has a right to acquire by exercise of an option, which would include Class A common stock which could be acquired pursuant to the exercise of the warrants. In order to meet the substantially disproportionate test, the percentage of our outstanding voting stock actually and constructively owned by the U.S. holder immediately following the redemption of Class A common stock must, among other requirements, be less than 80 percent of the percentage of our outstanding voting stock actually and constructively owned by the U.S. holder immediately before the redemption. There will be a complete termination of a U.S. holder’s interest if either (i) all of the shares of our stock actually and constructively owned by the U.S. holder are redeemed or (ii) all of the shares of our stock actually owned by the U.S. holder are redeemed and the U.S. holder is eligible to waive, and effectively waives in accordance with specific rules, the attribution of stock owned by certain family members and the U.S. holder does not constructively own any other stock. The conversion of the Class A common stock will not be essentially equivalent to a dividend if a U.S. holder’s conversion results in a “meaningful reduction” of the U.S. holder’s proportionate interest in us. Whether the conversion will result in a meaningful reduction in a U.S. holder’s proportionate interest in us will depend on the particular facts and circumstances. However, the IRS has indicated in a published ruling that even a small reduction in the proportionate interest of a small minority stockholder in a publicly held corporation who exercises no control over corporate affairs may constitute such a “meaningful reduction.” A U.S. holder should consult with its own tax advisors as to the tax consequences of a conversion.

If none of the foregoing tests are satisfied, then the conversion will be treated as a corporate distribution and the tax effects will be as described under “U.S. Holders — Taxation of Distributions,” above. After the application of those rules, any remaining tax basis of the U.S. holder in the converted Class A common stock will be added to the U.S. holder’s adjusted tax basis in its remaining stock, or, if it has none, to the U.S. holder’s adjusted tax basis in its warrants or possibly in other stock constructively owned by it.

 

110


Table of Contents

Exercise of a Warrant

Except as discussed below with respect to the cashless exercise of a warrant, a U.S. holder will not be required to recognize taxable gain or loss upon exercise of a warrant. The U.S. holder’s tax basis in the share of our Class A common stock received upon exercise of the warrant will be an amount equal to the sum of the U.S. holder’s initial investment in the warrant (i.e., the portion of the U.S. holder’s purchase price for units that is allocated to the warrant, as described above under “— General”) and the exercise price. The U.S. holder’s holding period for the share of our Class A common stock received upon exercise of the warrants will begin on the date following the date of exercise (or possibly the date of exercise) of the warrants and will not include the period during which the U.S. holder held the warrants.

The tax consequences of a cashless exercise of a warrant are not clear under current tax law. A cashless exercise may be tax-free, either because the exercise is not a gain realization event or because the exercise is treated as a recapitalization for U.S. federal income tax purposes. In either tax-free situation, a U.S. holder’s basis in the Class A common stock received would equal the holder’s basis in the warrant. If the cashless exercise were treated as not being a gain realization event, a U.S. holder’s holding period in the Class A common stock would be treated as commencing on the date following the date of exercise (or possibly the date of exercise) of the warrant. If the cashless exercise were treated as a recapitalization, the holding period of the Class A common stock would include the holding period of the warrant.

It is also possible that a cashless exercise could be treated in part as a taxable exchange in which gain or loss would be recognized. In such event, a U.S. holder would recognize gain or loss with respect to the portion of the exercised warrants treated as surrendered to pay the exercise price of the warrants (the “surrendered warrants”). The U.S. holder would recognize capital gain or loss with respect to the surrendered warrants in an amount equal to the difference between (i) the fair market value of the Class A common stock that would have been received with respect to the surrendered warrants in a regular exercise of warrants and (ii) the sum of the U.S. holder’s tax basis in the surrendered warrants and the aggregate cash exercise price of such warrants (if they had been exercised in a regular exercise). In this case, a U.S. holder’s tax basis in the Class A common stock received would equal the U.S. holder’s tax basis in the warrants exercised plus (or minus) the gain (or loss) recognized with respect to the surrendered warrants. A U.S. holder’s holding period for the Class A common stock would commence on the date following the date of exercise (or possibly the date of exercise) of the warrant.

Due to the absence of authority on the U.S. federal income tax treatment of a cashless exercise, there can be no assurance which, if any, of the alternative tax consequences and holding periods described above would be adopted by the IRS or a court of law. Accordingly, U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors regarding the tax consequences of a cashless exercise.

Sale, Taxable Exchange, Redemption or Expiration of a Warrant

Upon a sale, taxable exchange (other than by exercise), redemption, or expiration of a warrant, a U.S. holder will be required to recognize taxable gain or loss in an amount equal to the difference between (i) the amount realized upon such disposition or expiration (or, if the warrant is held as part of units at the time of the disposition of the units, the portion of the amount realized on such disposition that is allocated to the warrant based on the then fair market values of the warrant and the Class A common stock included in the units) and (ii) the U.S. holder’s tax basis in the warrant (that is, the portion of the U.S. holder’s purchase price for units that is allocated to the warrant, as described above under “— General”). Such gain or loss would be treated as long-term capital gain or loss if the warrant was held by the U.S. holder for more than one year at the time of such disposition or expiration. As discussed above, the deductibility of capital losses is subject to certain limitations, as is the deduction for losses upon a taxable disposition by a U.S. holder of a warrant (whether or not held as part of units) if, within a period beginning 30 days before the date of such disposition and ending 30 days after such date, such U.S. holder has acquired (by purchase or by an exchange on which the entire amount of gain or loss was recognized by law), or has entered into a contract or option so to acquire, substantially identical stock or securities.

 

111


Table of Contents

Possible Constructive Distributions

The terms of each warrant provide for an adjustment to the number of shares of Class A common stock for which the warrant may be exercised or to the exercise price of the warrant in certain events, as discussed in the section of this prospectus captioned “Description of Securities — Warrants.” An adjustment which has the effect of preventing dilution generally is not taxable. Nevertheless, a U.S. holder of warrants would be treated as receiving a constructive distribution from us if, for example, the adjustment increases the holder’s proportionate interest in our assets or earnings and profits (e.g., through an increase in the number of shares of Class A common stock that would be obtained upon exercise) as a result of a distribution of cash to the holders of shares of our Class A common stock which is taxable to the U.S. holders of such shares as described under “U.S. Holders — Taxation of Distributions” above. Such constructive distribution would be subject to tax as described under that section in the same manner as if such U.S. holder received a cash distribution from us equal to the fair market value of such increased interest.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

Information reporting requirements will apply to payments of dividends and proceeds of sales of securities to U.S. holders that are not exempt recipients (such as corporations). Backup withholding, currently at a rate of 24%, will apply to such payments if the U.S. holder (i) fails to provide to the payment agent a taxpayer identification number, (ii) furnishes an incorrect taxpayer identification number, (iii) is notified by the IRS that it has failed to properly report payments of interest and dividends, or (iv) under certain circumstances, fails to certify, under penalty of perjury, that it has furnished a correct taxpayer identification number and has not been notified by the IRS that it is subject to backup withholding.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be refunded or credited against a U.S. holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, provided that the required information is timely provided to the IRS.

Non-U.S. Holders

This section is addressed to non-U.S. holders of the securities. For purposes of this discussion, a “non-U.S. holder” is a beneficial owner of a security (other than an entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) that is not a U.S. holder.

Taxation of Distributions

Any distributions of cash or property on our common stock will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. To the extent those distributions exceed our current and accumulated earnings and profits, the distributions will be treated as a non-taxable return of capital to the extent of the non-U.S. holder’s tax basis in our common stock and thereafter as capital gain from the sale or exchange of such common stock. See “— Gain on Sale, Taxable Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of Common Stock and Warrants” below. Subject to the withholding rules under FATCA (as defined below) and with respect to effectively connected dividends, each of which is discussed below, any distribution made to a non-U.S. holder on our common stock generally will be subject to U.S. withholding tax at a rate of 30% of the gross amount of the distribution unless an applicable income tax treaty provides for a lower rate. To receive the benefit of a reduced treaty rate, a non-U.S. holder must provide the applicable withholding agent with an IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E (or other applicable or successor form) certifying qualification for the reduced rate. In addition, if we determine that we are classified as a “U.S. real property holding corporation” (see “— Gain on Sale, Taxable Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of Common Stock and Warrants” below), we may withhold 15% of any distribution that exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits.

Dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder that are effectively connected with a trade or business conducted by the non-U.S. holder in the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, are treated as

 

112


Table of Contents

attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by the non-U.S. holder in the United States) generally will be taxed on a net income basis at the rates and in the manner generally applicable to United States persons (as defined under the Code). Such effectively connected dividends will not be subject to U.S. withholding tax if the non-U.S. holder satisfies certain certification requirements by providing the applicable withholding agent a properly executed IRS Form W-8ECI certifying eligibility for exemption. If the non-U.S. holder is a non-U.S. corporation, it may also be subject to a branch profits tax (at a 30% rate or such lower rate as specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on its effectively connected earnings and profits (as adjusted for certain items), which will include effectively connected dividends.

Exercise of a Warrant

The U.S. federal income tax treatment of a non-U.S. holder’s exercise of a warrant generally will correspond to the U.S. federal income tax treatment of the exercise of a warrant by a U.S. holder, as described under “U.S. Holders — Exercise of a Warrant” above, although to the extent a cashless exercise results in a taxable exchange, the consequences would be similar to those described below in “Non-U.S. Holders — Gain on Sale, Taxable Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of Common Stock and Warrants.”

Gain on Sale, Taxable Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of Class A Common Stock and Warrants

A non-U.S. holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income or withholding tax in respect of gain recognized on a sale, taxable exchange or other taxable disposition of our Class A common stock, which would include a dissolution and liquidation in the event we do not complete an initial business combination within 18 months from the closing of this offering, or warrants (including an expiration or redemption of our warrants), in each case without regard to whether those securities were held as part of a unit, unless:

 

    the gain is effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business by the non-U.S. holder within the United States (and, under certain income tax treaties, is attributable to a United States permanent establishment or fixed base maintained by the non-U.S. holder);

 

    the non-U.S. holder is an individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of disposition and certain other conditions are met; or

 

    we are or have been a “U.S. real property holding corporation” for U.S. federal income tax purposes at any time during the shorter of the five-year period ending on the date of disposition or the period that the non-U.S. holder held our common stock, and, in the case where shares of our common stock are regularly traded on an established securities market, the non-U.S. holder has owned, directly or indirectly, more than 5% of our common stock at any time within the shorter of the five-year period preceding the disposition or such non-U.S. holder’s holding period for the shares of our common stock. There can be no assurance that our common stock will be treated as regularly traded on an established securities market for this purpose. Special rules may apply to the determination of the 5% threshold in the case of a holder of a warrant. Holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the effect of holding the warrants on the calculation of such 5% threshold.

Unless an applicable treaty provides otherwise, gain described in the first bullet point above will be subject to tax at generally applicable U.S. federal income tax rates. Any gains described in the first bullet point above of a non-U.S. holder that is a foreign corporation may also be subject to an additional “branch profits tax” at a 30% rate (or lower treaty rate). Gain described in the second bullet point above (which may be offset by U.S. source capital losses) will be subject to a flat 30% U.S. federal income tax. Non-U.S. holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding possible eligibility for benefits under income tax treaties.

If the third bullet point above applies to a non-U.S. holder, gain recognized by such holder on the sale, exchange or other disposition of our common stock or warrants will be subject to tax at generally applicable U.S. federal income tax rates. In addition, a buyer of our common stock or warrants from such holder may be required to

 

113


Table of Contents

withhold U.S. income tax at a rate of 15% of the amount realized upon such disposition. Although we currently are not a U.S. real property holding corporation, we cannot determine whether we will be a U.S. real property holding corporation in the future until we complete an initial business combination. We will be classified as a U.S. real property holding corporation if the fair market value of our “U.S. real property interests” equals or exceeds 50 percent of the sum of the fair market value of our worldwide real property interests plus our other assets used or held for use in a trade or business, as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Conversion of Common Stock

The characterization for U.S. federal income tax purposes of the conversion of a non-U.S. holder’s common stock pursuant to the conversion provisions described in this prospectus under “Proposed Business — Effecting a Business Combination — Conversion Rights”, generally will correspond to the U.S. federal income tax characterization of such a redemption of a U.S. holder’s common stock, as described under “U.S. Holders — Conversion of Common Stock” above, and the consequences of the conversion to the non-U.S. holder will be as described above under “Non-U.S. Holders — Taxation of Distributions” and “Non-U.S. Holders — Gain on Sale, Taxable Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of Common Stock and Warrants,” as applicable.

Possible Constructive Distributions

The terms of each warrant provide for an adjustment to the number of shares of Class A common stock for which the warrant may be exercised or to the exercise price of the warrant in certain events, as discussed in the section of this prospectus captioned “Description of Securities — Warrants.” An adjustment which has the effect of preventing dilution generally is not taxable. Nevertheless, a non-U.S. holder of warrants would be treated as receiving a constructive distribution from us if, for example, the adjustment increases the holder’s proportionate interest in our assets or earnings and profits (e.g., through an increase in the number of shares of Class A common stock that would be obtained upon exercise) as a result of a distribution of cash to the holders of shares of our Class A common stock which is taxable to the non-U.S. holders of such shares as described under “Non-U.S. Holders — Taxation of Distributions” above. A non-U.S. Holder would be subject to U.S. federal income tax withholding under that section in the same manner as if such non-U.S. Holder received a cash distribution from us equal to the fair market value of such increased interest without any corresponding receipt of cash.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

We must report annually to the IRS the amount of dividends or other distributions we may pay to you on your shares of common stock and the amount of tax we withhold on any such distributions, regardless of whether withholding is required. In the case of a non-U.S. holder, the IRS may make copies of the information returns reporting those dividends and amounts withheld available to the tax authorities in the country in which the non-U.S. holder resides pursuant to the provisions of an applicable income tax treaty or exchange of information treaty.

The gross amount of dividends and proceeds from the disposition of our common stock or warrants paid to a holder that fails to provide the appropriate certification in accordance with applicable U.S. Treasury regulations generally will be subject to backup withholding at the applicable rate.

Information reporting and backup withholding generally are not required with respect to the amount of any proceeds from the sale by a non-U.S. holder of common stock or warrants outside the United States through a foreign office of a foreign broker that does not have certain specified connections to the United States. However, if a non-U.S. holder sells common stock or warrants through a U.S. broker or the U.S. office of a foreign broker, the broker will be required to report to the IRS the amount of proceeds paid to such holder, unless the non-U.S. holder provides appropriate certification (usually on an IRS Form W-8BEN or Form W-8BEN-E) to the broker of its status as a non-U.S. holder or such non-U.S. holder is an exempt recipient. In addition, for information

 

114


Table of Contents

reporting purposes, certain non-U.S. brokers with certain type of relationships with the United States will be treated in a manner similar to United States brokers.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts we withhold with respect to your shares of common stock or warrants under the backup withholding rules may be refunded to you or credited against your United States federal income tax liability, if any, by the IRS provided that certain required information is furnished to the IRS in a timely manner.

Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act

Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code and the Treasury Regulations and administrative guidance promulgated thereunder (commonly referred as the “Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act” or “FATCA”) generally impose withholding at a rate of 30% in certain circumstances on dividends in respect of, and, after December 31, 2018, gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of, our securities which are held by or through certain foreign financial institutions (including investment funds), unless any such institution (i) enters into, and complies with, an agreement with the IRS to report, on an annual basis, information with respect to interests in, and accounts maintained by, the institution that are owned by certain U.S. persons and by certain non-U.S. entities that are wholly or partially owned by U.S. persons and to withhold on certain payments, or (ii) if required under an intergovernmental agreement between the United States and an applicable foreign country, reports such information to its local tax authority, which will exchange such information with the U.S. authorities. An intergovernmental agreement between the United States and an applicable foreign country may modify these requirements. Accordingly, the entity through which our securities are held will affect the determination of whether such withholding is required. Similarly, dividends in respect of, and, after December 31, 2018, gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of, our securities held by an investor that is a non-financial non-U.S. entity that does not qualify under certain exceptions will generally be subject to withholding at a rate of 30%, unless such entity either (i) certifies to us or the applicable withholding agent that such entity does not have any “substantial United States owners” or (ii) provides certain information regarding the entity’s “substantial United States owners,” which will in turn be provided to the U.S. Department of Treasury. Prospective investors should consult their tax advisors regarding the possible implications of FATCA on their investment in our securities.

 

115


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

We are offering the units described in this prospectus through the underwriters named below. Oppenheimer & Co. Inc. and EarlyBirdCapital, Inc. are acting as representatives of the underwriters. We have entered into an underwriting agreement with the representatives. Subject to the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement, the underwriters have agreed to purchase, and we have agreed to sell to the underwriters, the number of units listed next to each of its name in the following table:

 

Underwriter    Number of
Units
 

Oppenheimer & Co. Inc.

  

EarlyBirdCapital, Inc.

  

Total

     30,000,000  

The underwriting agreement provides that the underwriters must buy all of the units if they buy any of them. However, the underwriters are not required to purchase the units covered by the option to purchase additional units as described below.

Our units are offered subject to a number of conditions, including:

receipt and acceptance of our units by the underwriters; and

the underwriters’ right to reject orders in whole or in part.

In connection with this offering, the underwriters or securities dealers may distribute prospectuses electronically.

Option To Purchase Additional Units

We have granted the underwriters an option to buy up to an aggregate of 4,500,000 additional units. The underwriters have 45 days from the date of this prospectus to exercise this option. If the underwriters exercise this option, they will purchase additional units approximately in proportion to the amounts specified in the table above.

Underwriting Discount

Units sold by the underwriters to the public will initially be offered at the initial offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus. Any units sold by the underwriters to securities dealers may be sold at a discount of up to $                per unit from the initial public offering price and the dealers may reallow a concession not in excess of $                per unit to other dealers. Sales of units made outside of the United States may be made by affiliates of the underwriters. If all the units are not sold at the initial public offering price, the representative may change the offering price and the other selling terms. Upon execution of the underwriting agreement, the underwriters will be obligated to purchase the units at the prices and upon the terms stated therein.

The following table shows the per unit and total underwriting discount we will pay to the underwriters assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase up to 4,500,000 additional units.

 

     No Exercise      Full Exercise  

Per Unit

   $ 0.20      $ 0.20  

Total

   $ 6,000,000      $ 6,900,000  

We estimate that the total expenses of the offering payable by us, not including the underwriting discount, will be approximately $1,000,000, which includes out-of-pocket fees and expenses up to an aggregate of $150,000 for which we have agreed to reimburse the underwriters.

 

116


Table of Contents

Lock-Up

We, our sponsor and our officers, directors and director-nominees and participants in our directed unit program have agreed that, for a period of 180 days from the date of this prospectus, we and they will not, without the prior written consent of Oppenheimer & Co. Inc. and EarlyBirdCapital, Inc., offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, any units, warrants, shares of common stock (including any units, warrants or shares of common stock acquired pursuant to our directed unit program) or any other securities convertible into, or exercisable, or exchangeable for, shares of common stock, subject to certain exceptions. Oppenheimer & Co. Inc. and EarlyBirdCapital, Inc., in their sole discretion, may release any of the securities subject to these lock-up agreements at any time without notice, other than in the case of the officers and directors, which shall be with notice. Our sponsor, officers and directors are also subject to separate transfer restrictions on their founder shares and private placement warrants pursuant to the insider letters as described herein.

Directed Unit Program

At our request, the underwriters have reserved for sale, at the initial public offering price, up to     % of the units offered by this prospectus for sale to our directors, officers and certain other individuals associated with us. If these persons purchase reserved units, it will reduce the number of units available for sale to the general public. Any reserved units that are not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same terms as the other units offered by this prospectus. Any units purchased through the directed unit program will be subject to the 180-day lock-up restriction described above. Such restrictions may be waived with the prior written consent of Oppenheimer & Co. Inc. and EarlyBirdCapital, Inc., as described above. The directed share program will be arranged through Oppenheimer & Co. Inc. The underwriters will receive the same underwriting discount on any units purchased pursuant to this program as they will on any other units sold to the public in this offering. We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities and expenses, including liabilities under the Securities Act, in connection with the directed share program.

Indemnification

We have agreed to indemnify the underwriter against certain liabilities, including certain liabilities under the Securities Act. If we are unable to provide this indemnification, we have agreed to contribute to payments the underwriter may be required to make in respect of those liabilities.

NASDAQ Listing

We intend to apply to have our units listed on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “PACQU” and, once the Class A common stock and warrants begin separate trading, to be listed on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbols “PACQ” and “PACQW,” respectively.

Business Combination Marketing Agreement

We have engaged Oppenheimer & Co. Inc. and EarlyBirdCapital severally as advisors in connection with our business combination to assist us in arranging meetings with our shareholders to discuss the potential business combination and the target business’ attributes, introduce us to potential investors that are interested in purchasing our securities, assist us in obtaining shareholder approval for the business combination and assist us with the preparation of our press releases and public filings in connection with the business combination. We will pay Oppenheimer & Co. Inc. and EarlyBirdCapital a cash fee for such services upon the consummation of our initial business combination in an amount equal to 3.5% of the gross proceeds of this offering (exclusive of any applicable finders’ fees which might become payable). Pursuant to the terms of the business combination marketing agreement, no fee will be due if we do not complete an initial business combination.

 

117


Table of Contents

Price Stabilization, Short Positions

In connection with this offering, the underwriters may engage in activities that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of units during and after this offering, including:

 

    stabilizing transactions;

 

    short sales;

 

    purchases to cover positions created by short sales;

 

    imposition of penalty bids; and

 

    syndicate covering transactions.

Stabilizing transactions consist of bids or purchases made for the purpose of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our units while this offering is in progress. Stabilization transactions permit bids to purchase the underlying security so long as the stabilizing bids do not exceed a specified maximum. These transactions may also include making short sales of our units, which involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of units than they are required to purchase in this offering and purchasing units on the open market to cover short positions created by short sales. Short sales may be “covered short sales,” which are short positions in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ option to purchase additional units referred to above, or may be “naked short sales,” which are short positions in excess of that amount.

The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their option, in whole or in part, or by purchasing units in the open market. In making this determination, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of units available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase units through the over-allotment option.

Naked short sales are short sales made in excess of the over-allotment option. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing units in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the units in the open market that could adversely affect investors who purchased in this offering.

The underwriters also may impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the representative of the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representative has repurchased units sold by or for the account of that underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

These stabilizing transactions, short sales, purchases to cover positions created by short sales, the imposition of penalty bids and syndicate covering transactions may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our units or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our units. As a result of these activities, the price of our units may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. The underwriters may carry out these transactions on the Nasdaq, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise. Neither we nor the underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of the units. Neither we, nor the underwriters, make any representation that the underwriter will engage in these stabilization transactions or that any transaction, once commenced, will not be discontinued without notice.

Determination of Offering Price

Prior to this offering, there was no public market for our units. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiation between us and the representative of the underwriters. The principal factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price include:

 

    the information set forth in this prospectus and otherwise available to the representative;

 

118


Table of Contents
    our history and prospects and the history and prospects for the industry in which we compete;

 

    our past and present financial performance;

 

    our prospects for future earnings and the present state of our development;

 

    the general condition of the securities market at the time of this offering;

 

    the recent market prices of, and demand for, publicly traded units of generally comparable companies; and

 

    other factors deemed relevant by the underwriters and us.

The estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this preliminary prospectus is subject to change as a result of market conditions and other factors. Neither we nor the underwriters can assure investors that an active trading market will develop for our units, warrants or Class A common stock or that the units will trade in the public market at or above the initial public offering price.

Affiliations

Oppenheimer & Co. Inc. and EarlyBirdCapital and their respective affiliates are financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities. Oppenheimer & Co. Inc. and EarlyBirdCapital and their respective affiliates may from time to time in the future engage with us and perform services for us for which they will receive customary fees and expenses. In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates may also make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers, and such investment and securities activities may involve our securities and/or instruments. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also make investment recommendations and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of our securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in our securities and instruments.

Additional Future Arrangements

Except as described herein, we are not under any contractual obligation to engage any of the underwriters to provide any services for us after this offering, and have no present intent to do so. However, the underwriters may introduce us to potential target businesses or assist us in raising additional capital in the future. If any of the underwriters provide services to us after this offering, we may pay such underwriter fair and reasonable fees that would be determined at that time in an arm’s length negotiation; provided that no agreement will be entered into with any underwriter and no fees for such services will be paid to any underwriter prior to the date that is 90 days from the date of this prospectus, unless FINRA determines that such payment would not be deemed underwriter’s compensation in connection with this offering.

Electronic Distribution

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the Internet sites or through other online services maintained by the underwriters participating in this offering, or by their affiliates. In those cases, prospective investors may view offering terms online and, depending upon the particular underwriter, prospective investors may be allowed to place orders online. The underwriters may agree with us to allocate a specific number of units for sale to online brokerage account holders. Any such allocation for online distributions will be made by the underwriters on the same basis as other allocations. Other than the prospectus in electronic format, the information on any underwriter’s website and any information contained in any other website maintained by an underwriter is not part of the prospectus or the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, has not been approved and/or endorsed by us or any underwriter in its capacity as underwriter and should not be relied upon by investors.

 

119


Table of Contents

Selling Restrictions

Canada

Resale Restrictions

We intend to distribute our securities in the Province of Ontario, Canada (the “Canadian Offering Jurisdiction”) by way of a private placement and exempt from the requirement that we prepare and file a prospectus with the securities regulatory authorities in such Canadian Offering Jurisdiction. Any resale of our securities in Canada must be made under applicable securities laws that will vary depending on the relevant jurisdiction, and which may require resales to be made under available statutory exemptions or under a discretionary exemption granted by the applicable Canadian securities regulatory authority. Canadian resale restrictions in some circumstances may apply to resales of interests made outside of Canada. Canadian purchasers are advised to seek legal advice prior to any resale of our securities. We may never be a “reporting issuer”, as such term is defined under applicable Canadian securities legislation, in any province or territory of Canada in which our securities will be offered and there currently is no public market for any of the securities in Canada, and one may never develop. Canadian investors are advised that we have no intention to file a prospectus or similar document with any securities regulatory authority in Canada qualifying the resale of the securities to the public in any province or territory in Canada.

Representations of Purchasers

A Canadian purchaser will be required to represent to us and the dealer from whom the purchase confirmation is received that:

 

    the purchaser is entitled under applicable provincial securities laws to purchase our securities without the benefit of a prospectus qualified under those securities laws;

 

    where required by law, that the purchaser is purchasing as principal and not as agent;

 

    the purchaser has reviewed the text above under Resale Restrictions; and

 

    the purchaser acknowledges and consents to the provision of specified information concerning its purchase of our securities to the regulatory authority that by law is entitled to collect the information.

Rights of Action — Ontario Purchasers Only

Under Ontario securities legislation, certain purchasers who purchase a security offered by this prospectus during the period of distribution will have a statutory right of action for damages, or while still the owner of our securities, for rescission against us in the event that this prospectus contains a misrepresentation without regard to whether the purchaser relied on the misrepresentation. The right of action for damages is exercisable not later than the earlier of 180 days from the date the purchaser first had knowledge of the facts giving rise to the cause of action and three years from the date on which payment is made for our securities. The right of action for rescission is exercisable not later than 180 days from the date on which payment is made for our securities. If a purchaser elects to exercise the right of action for rescission, the purchaser will have no right of action for damages against us. In no case will the amount recoverable in any action exceed the price at which our securities were offered to the purchaser and if the purchaser is shown to have purchased the securities with knowledge of the misrepresentation, we will have no liability. In the case of an action for damages, we will not be liable for all or any portion of the damages that are proven to not represent the depreciation in value of our securities as a result of the misrepresentation relied upon. These rights are in addition to, and without derogation from, any other rights or remedies available at law to an Ontario purchaser. The foregoing is a summary of the rights available to an Ontario purchaser. Ontario purchasers should refer to the complete text of the relevant statutory provisions.

 

120


Table of Contents

Enforcement of Legal Rights

All of our directors and officers as well as the experts named herein are located outside of Canada and, as a result, it may not be possible for Canadian purchasers to effect service of process within Canada upon us or those persons. All of our assets and the assets of those persons are located outside of Canada and, as a result, it may not be possible to satisfy a judgment against us or those persons in Canada or to enforce a judgment obtained in Canadian courts against us or those persons outside of Canada.

Collection of Personal Information

If a Canadian purchaser is resident in or otherwise subject to the securities laws of the Province of Ontario, the Purchaser authorizes the indirect collection of personal information pertaining to the Canadian purchaser by the Ontario Securities Commission (the “OSC”) and each Canadian purchaser will be required to acknowledge and agree that the Canadian purchaser has been notified by us (i) of the delivery to the OSC of personal information pertaining to the Canadian purchaser, including, without limitation, the full name, residential address and telephone number of the Canadian purchaser, the number and type of securities purchased and the total purchase price paid in respect of the securities, (ii) that this information is being collected indirectly by the OSC under the authority granted to it in securities legislation, (iii) that this information is being collected for the purposes of the administration and enforcement of the securities legislation of Ontario, and (iv) that the title, business address and business telephone number of the public official in Ontario who can answer questions about the OSC’s indirect collection of the information is the Administrative Assistant to the Director of Corporate Finance, the Ontario Securities Commission, Suite 1903, Box 5520, Queen Street West, Toronto, Ontario, M5H 3S8, Telephone: (416) 593-8086, Facsimile: (416) 593-8252.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the European Economic Area

In relation to each member state of the European Economic Area that has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a “relevant member state”), with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that relevant member state (the “relevant implementation date”), an offer of units described in this prospectus may not be made to the public in that relevant member state prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the units that has been approved by the competent authority in that relevant member state or, where appropriate, approved in another relevant member state and notified to the competent authority in that relevant member state, all in accordance with the Prospectus Directive, except that, with effect from and including the relevant implementation date, an offer of our units may be made to the public in that relevant member state at any time:

 

    to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Directive;

 

    to fewer than 100, or, if the relevant member state has implemented the relevant provisions of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150, natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive), as permitted under the Prospectus Directive, subject to obtaining the prior consent of the relevant Dealer or Dealers nominated by the issuer for any such offer; or natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined below) subject to obtaining the prior consent of the underwriter for any such offer; or

 

    in any other circumstances that do not require the publication by us of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

Each purchaser of units described in this prospectus located within a relevant member state will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed that it is a “qualified investor” within the meaning of Article 2(1)(e) of the Prospectus Directive.

For the purpose of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in any relevant member state means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the units to

 

121


Table of Contents

be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for the units, as the expression may be varied in that member state by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that member state, and the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC (and amendments thereto, including the PD 2010 Amending Directive to the extent implemented by the relevant member state) and includes any relevant implementing measure in each relevant member state, and the expression 2010 PD Amending Directive means Directive 2010/73/EU.

We have not authorized and do not authorize the making of any offer of units through any financial intermediary on their behalf, other than offers made by the underwriters with a view to the final placement of the units as contemplated in this prospectus. Accordingly, no purchaser of the units, other than the underwriters, is authorized to make any further offer of the units on behalf of us or the underwriters.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Switzerland

The shares may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange (“SIX”) or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This document has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the shares or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.

Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the offering, the Company, the shares have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this document will not be filed with, and the offer of shares will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority FINMA (FINMA), and the offer of shares has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes (“CISA”). The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of shares.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the United Kingdom

This prospectus is only being distributed to, and is only directed at, persons in the United Kingdom that are qualified investors within the meaning of Article 2(1)(e) of the Prospectus Directive that are also (i) investment professionals falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005 (the “Order”) or (ii) high net worth entities, and other persons to whom it may lawfully be communicated, falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (all such persons together being referred to as a “relevant person”). The units are only available to, and any invitation, offer or agreement to purchase or otherwise acquire such units will be engaged in only with, relevant persons. This prospectus and its contents are confidential and should not be distributed, published or reproduced (in whole or in part) or disclosed by recipients to any other persons in the United Kingdom. Any person in the United Kingdom that is not a relevant person should not act or rely on this document or any of its contents.

Notice to Prospective Investors in France

Neither this prospectus nor any other offering material relating to the units described in this prospectus has been submitted to the clearance procedures of the Autorité des Marchés Financiers or by the competent authority of another member state of the European Economic Area and notified to the Autorité des Marchés Financiers. The units have not been offered or sold and will not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, to the public in France. Neither this prospectus nor any other offering material relating to the units has been or will be:

 

    released, issued, distributed or caused to be released, issued or distributed to the public in France; or

 

    used in connection with any offer for subscription or sale of the units to the public in France.

 

122


Table of Contents

Such offers, sales and distributions will be made in France only:

 

    to qualified investors (investisseurs qualifiés) and/or to a restricted circle of investors (cercle restreint d’investisseurs), in each case investing for their own account, all as defined in, and in accordance with, Article L.411-2, D.411-1, D.411-2, D.734-1, D.744-1, D.754-1 and D.764-1 of the French Code monétaire et financier;

 

    to investment services providers authorized to engage in portfolio management on behalf of third parties; or

 

    in a transaction that, in accordance with article L.411-2-II-1° -or-2° -or 3° of the French Code monétaire et financier and article 211-2 of the General Regulations (Règlement Général) of the Autorité des Marchés Financiers, does not constitute a public offer (appel public à l’épargne).

The units may be resold directly or indirectly, only in compliance with Articles L.411-1, L.411-2, L.412-1 and L.621-8 through L.621-8-3 of the French Code monétaire et financier.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Israel

In the State of Israel, the units offered hereby may not be offered to any person or entity other than the following:

 

    a fund for joint investments in trust (i.e., mutual fund), as such term is defined in the Law for Joint Investments in Trust, 5754-1994, or a management company of such a fund;

 

    a provident fund as defined in Section 47(a)(2) of the Income Tax Ordinance of the State of Israel, or a management company of such a fund;

 

    an insurer, as defined in the Law for Oversight of Insurance Transactions, 5741-1981, (d) a banking entity or satellite entity, as such terms are defined in the Banking Law (Licensing), 5741-1981, other than a joint services company, acting for their own account or fro the account of investors of the type listed in Section 15A(b) of the Securities Law 1968;

 

    a company that is licensed as a portfolio manager, as such term is defined in Section 8(b) of the Law for the Regulation of Investment Advisors and Portfolio Managers, 5755-1995, acting on its own account or for the account of investors of the type listed in Section 15A(b) of the Securities Law 1968;

 

    a company that is licensed as an investment advisor, as such term is defined in Section 7(c) of the Law for the Regulation of Investment Advisors and Portfolio Managers, 5755-1995, acting on its own account;

 

    a company that is a member of the Tel Aviv Stock Exchange, acting on its own account or for the account of investors of the type listed in Section 15A(b) of the Securities Law 1968;

 

    an underwriter fulfilling the conditions of Section 56(c) of the Securities Law, 5728-1968;

 

    a venture capital fund (defined as an entity primarily involved in investments in companies which, at the time of investment, (i) are primarily engaged in research and development or manufacture of new technological products or processes and (ii) involve above-average risk);

 

    an entity primarily engaged in capital markets activities in which all of the equity owners meet one or more of the above criteria; and

 

    an entity, other than an entity formed for the purpose of purchasing units in this offering, in which the shareholders equity (including pursuant to foreign accounting rules, international accounting regulations and U.S. generally accepted accounting rules, as defined in the Securities Law Regulations (Preparation of Annual Financial Statements), 1993) is in excess of NIS 250 million.

Any offeree of the units offered hereby in the State of Israel shall be required to submit written confirmation that it falls within the scope of one of the above criteria. This prospectus will not be distributed or directed to investors in the State of Israel who do not fall within one of the above criteria.

 

123


Table of Contents

Notice to Prospective Investors in Italy

The offering of the units offered hereby in Italy has not been registered with the Commissione Nazionale per la Società e la Borsa (“CONSOB”) pursuant to Italian securities legislation and, accordingly, the units offered hereby cannot be offered, sold or delivered in the Republic of Italy (“Italy”) nor may any copy of this prospectus or any other document relating to the units offered hereby be distributed in Italy other than to professional investors (operatori qualificati) as defined in Article 31, second paragraph, of CONSOB Regulation No. 11522 of 1 July, 1998 as subsequently amended. Any offer, sale or delivery of the units offered hereby or distribution of copies of this prospectus or any other document relating to the units offered hereby in Italy must be made:

 

    by an investment firm, bank or intermediary permitted to conduct such activities in Italy in accordance with Legislative Decree No. 58 of 24 February 1998 and Legislative Decree No. 385 of 1 September 1993 (the “Banking Act”);

 

    in compliance with Article 129 of the Banking Act and the implementing guidelines of the Bank of Italy; and

 

    in compliance with any other applicable laws and regulations and other possible requirements or limitations which may be imposed by Italian authorities.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Sweden

This prospectus has not been nor will it be registered with or approved by Finansinspektionen (the Swedish Financial Supervisory Authority). Accordingly, this prospectus may not be made available, nor may the units offered hereunder be marketed and offered for sale in Sweden, other than under circumstances which are deemed not to require a prospectus under the Financial Instruments Trading Act (1991: 980). This offering will be made to no more than 100 persons or entities in Sweden.

LEGAL MATTERS

Thompson & Knight LLP, Dallas, Texas, is acting as our counsel in connection with the registration of our securities under the Securities Act, and as such, will pass upon the validity of the securities offered in this offering. Greenberg Traurig, LLP, New York, New York, is acting as counsel to the underwriters.

EXPERTS

The balance sheet of Pure Acquisition Corp. as of December 31, 2017, and the related statements of operations, changes in stockholder’s equity and cash flows for the period from November 13, 2017 (inception) to December 31, 2017 included in this Prospectus have been audited by WithumSmith+Brown, PC, independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report, thereon, appearing elsewhere in this prospectus, and are included in reliance on such report given upon such firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the securities we are offering by this prospectus. This prospectus does not contain all of the information included in the registration statement. For further information about us and our securities, you should refer to the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules filed with the registration statement. Whenever we make reference in this prospectus to any of our contracts, agreements or other documents, the references are materially complete but may not include a description of all aspects of such contracts, agreements or other documents, and you should refer to the exhibits attached to the registration statement for copies of the actual contract, agreement or other document.

 

124


Table of Contents

Upon completion of this offering, we will be subject to the information requirements of the Exchange Act and will file annual, quarterly and current event reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. You can read our SEC filings, including the registration statement, over the Internet at the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov. You may also read and copy any document we file with the SEC at its public reference facility at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549.

You may also obtain copies of the documents at prescribed rates by writing to the Public Reference Section of the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the operation of the public reference facilities.

 

125


Table of Contents


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Stockholder and the Board of Directors of

Pure Acquisition Corp.

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying balance sheet of Pure Acquisition Corp. (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2017, the related statements of operations, changes in stockholder’s equity and cash flows, for the period from November 13, 2017 (inception) to December 31, 2017, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2017, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the period from November 13, 2017 (inception) to December 31, 2017, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audit included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audit also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ WithumSmith+Brown, PC

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2017.

New York, New York

March 22, 2018

 

F-2


Table of Contents

PURE ACQUISITION CORP.

BALANCE SHEET

December 31, 2017

 

ASSETS

  

Current Assets:

  

Cash

   $ 25,000  

Other Assets:

  

Deferred offering costs

     206,360  
  

 

 

 

TOTAL ASSETS

   $ 231,360  
  

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY

  

Current Liabilities: Accrued formation and offering costs

   $ 212,241  

Commitments and Contingencies (See Note 5)

  

Stockholder’s Equity:

  

Preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 1,000,000 shares authorized, none issued and outstanding

     —    

Class A common stock, $0.0001 par value; 1,000 shares authorized, none issued and outstanding

     —    

Class B common stock, $0.0001 par value; 12,000,000 shares authorized, 8,625,000(1)(2) issued and outstanding

     863  

Additional paid-in capital

     24,137  

Accumulated deficit

     (5,881
  

 

 

 

Total Stockholder’s Equity

     19,119  
  

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY

   $ 231,360  
  

 

 

 

 

(1)  This number includes 1,125,000 shares subject to forfeiture if the over-allotment is not exercised by the underwriters

 

(2)  Shares and amounts have been retroactively restated to reflect forfeiture of 1,437,500 shares in March 2018. (see Note 4).

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

PURE ACQUISITION CORP.

STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

For the Period from November 13, 2017 (Inception) to December 31, 2017

 

Formation and operating costs

   $ 5,881  
  

 

 

 

NET LOSS

   $ (5,881
  

 

 

 

Weighted average shares outstanding, basic and diluted(1)(2)

     7,500,000  
  

 

 

 

Basic and diluted net loss per common share

   $ (0.00
  

 

 

 

 

(1) This number excludes 1,125,000 shares subject to forfeiture if the over-allotment is not exercised by the underwriters

 

(2)  Shares and amounts have been retroactively restated to reflect forfeiture of 1,437,500 shares in March 2018. (see Note 4).

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

PURE ACQUISITION CORP.

STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY

For the Period from November 13, 2017 (Inception) to December 31, 2017

 

     Class B Common
Stock
     Additional
Paid-in
Capital
     Accumulated
Deficit
    Stockholder’s
Equity
 
     Shares      Amount          

Balance, November 13, 2017 (Inception)

     —        $ —        $ —      $ —       $ —    

Issuance of Class B common stock to Sponsor(1)(2)

     8,625,000        863        24,137        —         25,000  

Net Loss

     —          —          —          (5,881     (5,881
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2017

     8,625,000      $ 863      $ 24,137      $ (5,881   $ 19,119  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) This number includes 1,125,000 shares subject to forfeiture if the over-allotment is not exercised by the underwriters

 

(2)  Shares and amounts have been retroactively restated to reflect forfeiture of 1,437,500 shares in March 2018. (see Note 4).

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

PURE ACQUISITION CORP.

STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

For the Period from November 13, 2017 (Inception) to December 31, 2017

 

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

  

Net loss

   $ (5,881

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

  

Increase in accounts payable and accrued liabilities

     5,881  
  

 

 

 

Net change in Operating Activities

     —    
  

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

  

Proceeds from Issuance of Class B common stock to Sponsor

     25,000  
  

 

 

 

Net cash provided by Financing Activities

     25,000  
  

 

 

 

NET CHANGE IN CASH

     25,000  

Cash, Beginning of Period

     —    
  

 

 

 

Cash, End of Period

   $ 25,000  
  

 

 

 

Supplemental Schedule of Non-Cash Financing Activities:

  

Deferred offering costs included in accrued formation and offering costs:

   $ 206,360  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements

 

F-6


Table of Contents

PURE ACQUISITION CORP.

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the Period from November 13, 2017 (Inception) to December 31, 2017

Note 1 — Description of Organization and Business Operations

Pure Acquisition Corp. (the “Company”, “we”, “us” or “our”) was incorporated in Delaware on November 13, 2017 as a blank check company for the purpose of effecting a merger, share exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, recapitalization, reorganization or other similar business combination with one or more businesses or entities (a “Business Combination”). We intend to focus our search for target businesses in the energy industry with an emphasis on opportunities in the upstream oil and gas industry in North America.

As of December 31, 2017, the Company had not yet commenced any operations. All activity from November 13, 2017 (inception) through December 31, 2017 relates to the Company’s formation and the proposed public offering described below. The Company has selected December 31 as its fiscal year-end. The Company is an early stage and emerging growth company and, as such, the Company is subject to all of the risks associated with early stage and emerging growth companies.

The Company’s ability to commence operations is contingent upon obtaining adequate financial resources through the proposed public offering of 30,000,000 Units (or 34,500,000 units if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full) at a purchase price of $10.00 per Unit as discussed in Note 3 (the “Proposed Public Offering”). Each unit consists of one share of Class A common stock and one half of one warrant (a “Unit”). Each whole warrant entitles the holder to purchase one share of Class A common stock at a price of $11.50. Each warrant will become exercisable on the later of 30 days after the completion of an initial business combination or 12 months from the closing of this offering and will expire on the fifth anniversary of our completion of an initial business combination, or earlier upon redemption or liquidation. The Company has granted the underwriters a 45-day option to purchase up to an additional 4,500,000 Units to cover over-allotments, if any.

HighPeak Pure Acquisition, LLC (“HighPeak” and the “Sponsor”) has committed to purchase from us an aggregate of 8,000,000 private placement warrants at $1.00 per private placement warrant (for a total purchase price of $8,000,000) in a private placement that will occur simultaneously with the consummation of this offering. The Sponsor has also agreed if the over-allotment option is exercised by the underwriters in full or in part, it will purchase from us additional private placement warrants (up to a maximum of 900,000 private placement warrants) at a price of $1.00 per private placement warrant for a total purchase price of up to $900,000. These additional private placement warrants will be purchased in a private placement that will occur simultaneously with the purchase of Units resulting from the exercise of the over-allotment option.

The Company’s management has broad discretion with respect to the specific application of the net proceeds of the Proposed Public Offering although substantially all of the net proceeds are intended to be applied generally toward consummating a Business Combination. There is no assurance the Company will be able to complete a Business Combination successfully. Upon the closing of the Proposed Public Offering, management has agreed that at least $10.00 per Unit sold in the Proposed Public Offering will be held in a trust account (“Trust Account”) until the earlier of (i) the consummation of its initial Business Combination or (ii) the Company’s failure to consummate a Business Combination within 18 months from the consummation of the Proposed Public Offering. Placing funds in the Trust Account may not protect those funds from third party claims against the Company. Although the Company will use its reasonable best efforts to have all vendors, service providers, prospective target businesses or other entities it engages, execute agreements with the Company waiving any claim of any kind in or to any monies held in the Trust Account, there is no guarantee such persons will execute such agreements. The remaining net proceeds (not held in the Trust Account) may be used to pay for business, legal and accounting due diligence on prospective acquisitions and continuing general and administrative expenses. Additionally, the interest earned on the Trust Account balance may be released to

 

F-7


Table of Contents

PURE ACQUISITION CORP.

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the Period from November 13, 2017 (Inception) to December 31, 2017

Note 1 — Description of Organization and Business Operations (Continued)

 

the Company for any amounts necessary to pay (i) the Company’s income and other tax obligations, (ii) payment of $10,000 per month to our sponsor or one of its affiliates, for up to 18 months, for office space, utilities and secretarial and administrative support commencing on the date of listing of the Company’s securities on the NASDAQ, and (iii) the Company’s liquidation expenses if the Company is unable to consummate a Business Combination within the required time period (up to a maximum of $50,000).

The amount of proceeds not held in Trust is expected to be approximately $1.0 million, after the payment of approximately $7.0 million in expenses related to the Proposed Public Offering, inclusive of $6.0 million of underwriting fees. To meet its working capital needs following the consummation of the Proposed Public Offering, the Company’s Sponsor or their affiliates may, but are not obligated to, loan the Company funds as may be required. The loans would either be paid upon consummation of the Company’s initial Business Combination, or, at the lender’s discretion, up to $1,500,000 of such loans may be converted upon consummation of the Company’s Business Combination into private placement warrants at a price of $1.00 per unit. If the Company does not complete a Business Combination, the loans would be repaid only out of funds held outside of the Trust Account.

Initial Business Combination

Pursuant to the NASDAQ Capital Markets listing rules, the Company’s initial Business Combination must be with a target business or businesses whose collective fair market value is at least equal to 80% of the balance in the Trust Account, net of taxes payable, at the time of the execution of a definitive agreement for such Business Combination, although this may entail simultaneous acquisitions of several target businesses. The fair market value of the target will be determined by the Company’s board of directors based upon one or more standards generally accepted by the financial community (such as actual and potential sales, earnings, cash flow, proved oil and gas reserves, oil and gas production, oil and gas lease acreage and/or book value). The target business or businesses the Company acquires may have a collective fair market value substantially in excess of 80% of the Trust Account balance. To consummate such a Business Combination, the Company may issue a significant amount of its debt or equity securities to the sellers of such business and/or seek to raise additional funds through a private offering of debt or equity securities. If the Company’s securities are not listed on NASDAQ after the Proposed Public Offering, the Company would not be required to satisfy the 80% requirement. However, the Company intends to satisfy the 80% requirement even if the Company’s securities are not listed on NASDAQ at the time of the initial Business Combination.

The Company will provide the public stockholders, who are the holders of the Class A common stock (“Public Shares”) which will be sold as part of the Units in the Proposed Public Offering, whether they are purchased in the Proposed Public Offering or in the aftermarket and the Company’s stockholders prior to the Proposed Public Offering (including the Sponsor) (the “Initial Stockholders”) to the extent that they purchase such Public Shares (“Public Stockholders”), with an opportunity to redeem all or a portion of their Public Shares of the Company’s Class A common stock, irrespective of whether they vote for or against the proposed transaction or if the Company conducts a tender offer, upon the completion of the initial Business Combination either (i) in connection with a stockholder meeting called to approve the Business Combination, or (ii) by means of a tender offer, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account including interest (net of taxes payable, divided by the number of then outstanding shares of Class A common stock. The amount in the Trust Account is initially anticipated to be $10.00 per Public Share. The Class A common stock subject to redemption will be recorded at a redemption value and classified a temporary equity upon the completion of the Proposed Public Offering, in accordance with Accounting Standards

 

F-8


Table of Contents

PURE ACQUISITION CORP.

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the Period from November 13, 2017 (Inception) to December 31, 2017

Note 1 — Description of Organization and Business Operations (Continued)

 

Codification (“ASC”) Topic 480 “Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity”. In such case, the Company will proceed with a Business Combination only if the Company has net tangible assets of at least $5,000,001 upon such consummation of a Business Combination and in the case of a stockholder vote, a majority of the outstanding shares voted are voted in favor of the Business Combination. The decision as to whether the Company will seek stockholder approval of a proposed Business Combination or conduct a tender offer will be made by the Company, solely in its discretion, based on a variety of factors such as the timing of the transaction and whether the terms of the transaction would otherwise require it to seek stockholder approval under the law or stock exchange listing requirement. If a stockholder vote is not required and the Company decides not to hold a stockholder vote for business or other legal reasons, the Company will, pursuant to the proposed amended and restated certificate of incorporation, (i) conduct the redemptions pursuant to Rule 13e-4 and Regulation 14E of the Exchange Act, which regulate issuer tender offers, and (ii) file tender offer documents with the SEC prior to completing the initial Business Combination which contain substantially the same financial and other information about the initial Business Combination and the redemption rights as is required under Regulation 14A of the Exchange Act, which regulates the solicitation of proxies.

The Initial Stockholders will agree to vote their founders’ shares (as described in Note 6) and any Public Shares purchased during or after the Proposed Public Offering in favor of the initial Business Combination, and the Company’s executive officers, directors and director nominees have also agreed to vote any Public Shares purchased during or after the Proposed Public Offering in favor of the initial Business Combination. The Initial Stockholders will enter into a letter agreement, pursuant to which they agree to waive their redemption rights with respect to the Initial Business Combination as to their founders’ shares as well as any Public Shares purchased by the Initial Stockholders. In addition, the Initial Stockholders will also agree to waive their rights to liquidating distributions from the Trust Account with respect to the founders’ shares if the Company fails to complete the initial Business Combination within the prescribed time frame. However, if the Initial Stockholders (or any of the Company’s executive officers, directors or affiliates) acquire Public Shares in or after the Proposed Public Offering, they will be entitled to liquidating distributions from the Trust Account with respect to such Public Shares in the event the Company does not complete the initial Business Combination within such applicable time period.

Failure to Consummate a Business Combination

If the Company is unable to complete the initial Business Combination within 18 months from the consummation of the Proposed Public Offering, the Company must: (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up, (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter, redeem the Public Shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account, including interest (which interest shall be net of taxes payable and up to $50,000 for dissolution expenses) divided by the number of then outstanding Public Shares, which redemption will completely extinguish public stockholders’ rights as stockholders (including the right to receive further liquidation distributions, if any), subject to applicable law, and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of the Company’s remaining stockholders and the Company’s Board of Directors, dissolve and liquidate, subject in the case of clauses (ii) and (iii) to the Company’s obligations under Delaware law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

PURE ACQUISITION CORP.

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the Period from November 13, 2017 (Inception) to December 31, 2017

 

Note 2 — Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”) and pursuant to the accounting and disclosure rules and regulations of the SEC. In connection with the Company’s going concern considerations in accordance with ASU 2014-15, “Disclosures of Uncertainties about an Entity’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern”, as of December 31, 2017, the Company does not have sufficient liquidity to meet its current obligations. However, management has determined the Company has access to funds from the Sponsor, including up to an aggregate of $200,000 provided under the Promissory Note (See Note 4), that are sufficient to fund the working capital needs until the earlier of the consummation of the Proposed Offering or minimum of one year from the date of issuance of these financial statements.

Emerging growth company

The Company is an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, (the “Securities Act”), as modified by the Jumpstart our Business Startups Act of 2012, (the “JOBS Act”), and it may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in its periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.

Further, Section 102(b)(1) of the JOBS Act exempts emerging growth companies from being required to comply with new or revised financial accounting standards until private companies (that is, those that have not had a Securities Act registration statement declared effective or do not have a class of securities registered under the Exchange Act) are required to comply with the new or revised financial accounting standards. The JOBS Act provides that a company can elect to opt out of the extended transition period and comply with the requirements that apply to non-emerging growth companies but any such election to opt out is irrevocable. The Company has elected not to opt out of such extended transition period which means that when a standard is issued or revised and it has different application dates for public or private companies, the Company, as an emerging growth company, can adopt the new or revised standard at the time private companies adopt the new or revised standard. This may make comparison of the Company’s financial statements with another public company which is neither an emerging growth company nor an emerging growth company which has opted out of using the extended transition period difficult or impossible because of the potential differences in accounting standards used.

Cash and cash equivalents

The Company considers all short-term investments with an original maturity of three months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents. The Company did not have any cash equivalents as of December 31, 2017.

Concentration of credit risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentration of credit risk consist of a cash account in a financial institution which, at times may exceed the Federal depository insurance coverage of $250,000. At December 31, 2017, the Company had not experienced losses on this account and management believes the Company is not exposed to significant risks on such account.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

PURE ACQUISITION CORP.

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the Period from November 13, 2017 (Inception) to December 31, 2017

Note 2 — Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

 

Loss per share

Net loss per share is computed by dividing net loss by the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period excluding shares subject to forfeiture. The number of weighted average shares was reduced by an aggregate of 1,125,000 shares of Class B common stock subject to forfeiture if the over-allotment option is not exercised by the underwriters. At December 31, 2017, the Company did not have any dilutive securities and other contracts that could, potentially, be exercised or converted into common stock and then share in the earnings of the Company. As a result, diluted loss per share is the same as basic loss per share.

Use of estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Fair value of financial instruments

The fair value of the Company’s assets and liabilities, which qualify as financial instruments under ASC Topic 820, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures”, approximates the carrying amounts represented in the accompanying balance sheet, primarily due to their short-term nature.

Deferred offering costs

Deferred offering costs consist principally of legal, underwriting fees, and other costs incurred through the balance sheet date directly related to the Proposed Public Offering and will be charged to stockholder’s equity upon the receipt of the capital raised. Should the Proposed Public Offering prove to be unsuccessful, these deferred costs as well as additional expenses to be incurred will be charged to operations.

Income taxes

The Company follows the asset and liability method for accounting for income taxes under FASB ASC 740 “Income Taxes.” ASC 740 requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for both the expected impact of differences between the financial statement and tax basis of assets and liabilities and for the expected future tax benefit to be derived from tax loss and tax credit carry forwards. ASC 740 additionally requires a valuation allowance to be established when it is more likely than not that all or a portion of deferred tax assets will not be realized.

ASC 740 also clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an enterprise’s financial statements and prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement process for financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. For those benefits to be recognized, a tax position must be more-likely-than-not to be sustained upon examination by taxing authorities. ASC 740 also provides guidance on derecognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition. Based on the Company’s evaluation, it has been concluded there are no significant uncertain tax positions requiring recognition in the Company’s financial statements. The Company believes its income tax positions and deductions would be sustained on audit and does not anticipate any adjustments that would result in a material changes to its financial position. The Company is subject to income tax examination by major authorities since inception.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

PURE ACQUISITION CORP.

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the Period from November 13, 2017 (Inception) to December 31, 2017

Note 2 — Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

The Company has evaluated recently issued, but not yet effective, accounting pronouncements and does not believe they would have a material effect on the Company’s financial statements.

Note 3 — Proposed Public Offering and Private Placement

Proposed Public Offering

The Proposed Public Offering calls for the Company to offer for public sale 30,000,000 Units at a proposed offering price of $10.00 per Unit (plus up to an additional 4,500,000 Units solely to cover over-allotments, if any). Each Unit consists of one share of the Company’s Class A common stock and one-half of one warrant, each whole warrant to purchase one share of Class A common stock at a price of $11.50 per share, subject to adjustment (“Warrants”). The Warrants will become exercisable on the later of (i) 30 days after the completion of the initial Business Combination and (ii) 12 months from the closing of the Proposed Public Offering, and will expire five years after the completion of the initial Business Combination or earlier upon redemption or liquidation.

The Company may redeem the Warrants, in whole and not in part, at a price of $0.01 per Warrant upon 30 days’ notice (“30-day redemption period”), only in the event the last sale price of the Class A common stock equals or exceeds $18.00 per share for any 20 trading days within a 30-trading day period ending on the third trading day prior to the date on which notice of redemption is given, provided there is an effective registration statement with respect to the shares of Class A common stock underlying such Warrants and a current prospectus relating to those shares of Class A common stock is available throughout the 30-day redemption period. If the Company calls the Warrants for redemption as described above, the Company’s management will have the option to require all holders that wish to exercise Warrants to do so on a “cashless basis.” In determining whether to require all holders to exercise their warrants on a “cashless basis,” the management will consider, among other factors, the Company’s cash position, the number of Warrants outstanding and the dilutive effect on the Company’s stockholders of issuing the maximum number of shares of Class A common stock issuable upon the exercise of the Warrants.

There will be no redemption rights or liquidating distributions with respect to the Warrants, which will expire worthless if we fail to complete our business combination within the 18-month time period.

Private Placement

The Sponsor has committed to purchase from the Company an aggregate of 8,000,000 private placement warrants at $1.00 per private placement warrant (for a total purchase price of $8,000,000) in a private placement that will occur simultaneously with the consummation of this offering. The Sponsor has also agreed if the overallotment option is exercised by the underwriters in full or in part, it will purchase from the Company additional private placement warrants (up to a maximum of 900,000 private placement warrants) at a price of $1.00 per private placement warrant. These additional private placement warrants will be purchased in a private placement that will occur simultaneously with the purchase of units resulting from the exercise of the over-allotment option.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

PURE ACQUISITION CORP.

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the Period from November 13, 2017 (Inception) to December 31, 2017

 

Note 4 — Related Party Transactions

Founders’ Shares

In connection with the organization of the Company, a total of 10,062,500 shares of Class B common stock were sold to the Sponsor at a price of approximately $0.002 per share for an aggregate of $25,000 (“Founders’ Shares”). In March 2018, our sponsor returned to us, at no cost, an aggregate of 1,437,500 founder shares, which we cancelled, leaving an aggregate of 8,625,000 founder shares outstanding. The 8,625,000 Founders’ Shares include an aggregate of up to 1,125,000 shares of Class B common stock subject to forfeiture to the extent the over-allotment option is not exercised by the underwriters in full or in part. The Sponsor will be required to forfeit only a number of shares of Class B common stock necessary to continue to maintain the 20.0% ownership interest in our shares of common stock after giving effect to the offering and exercise, if any, of the underwriters’ over-allotment option.

Related Party Loans

The Sponsor will loan the Company an aggregate of up to $200,000 to cover expenses related to the Company’s formation and the Proposed Public Offering. This note is payable without interest and shall be payable on the earlier of (i) July 31, 2018, or (ii) consummation of the initial Business Combination. The Company intends to repay the note from the proceeds of the Proposed Public Offering not placed in the Trust Account. The note was executed on December 16, 2017 and the Company requested and received $200,000 in funds on January 5, 2018.

We do not believe we will need to raise additional funds following this offering to meet the expenditures required for operating our business. However, to finance transaction costs in connection with an intended initial business combination, our sponsor, officers, directors or their affiliates may, but are not obligated to, loan us funds as may be required. If we consummate an initial business combination, we would repay such loaned amounts. In the event the initial Business Combination does not close, we may use a portion of the working capital held outside the Trust Account to repay such loaned amounts, but no proceeds from our Trust Account would be used for such repayment. Up to $1,500,000 of such loans may be convertible into private placement warrants of the post business combination entity at a price of $1.00 per private placement warrant at the option of the lender.

Administrative Service Agreement

Commencing on the date of the listing of our securities on the NASDAQ through the earlier of our consummation of our initial Business Combination or our liquidation, we have agreed to pay our Sponsor or one of its affiliates $10,000 per month for up to 18 months to entice our Sponsor to make available to us certain general and administrative services, including office space, utilities and administrative support, as we may require from time to time.

Private Placement

As discussed in Note 1, the Sponsor has committed to purchase an aggregate of 8,000,000 private placement warrants at $1.00 per private placement warrant (for a total purchase price of $8,000,000) from us simultaneous with the closing of the Proposed Public Offering. The Sponsor has also agreed if the over-allotment option is exercised by the underwriters in full or in part, it will purchase from the Company an additional number of private placement warrants (up to a maximum of 900,000 private placement warrants) at a price of $1.00 per private placement warrant necessary to fund offering expenses and commissions and to fund initial working capital requirements.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

PURE ACQUISITION CORP.

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the Period from November 13, 2017 (Inception) to December 31, 2017

 

Note 5 — Commitments and Contingencies

Agreements with underwriters

The Company will grant the underwriters a 45-day option to purchase up to 4,500,000 additional Units to cover the over-allotment at the Proposed Public Offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions. In addition, the underwriters will be entitled to an underwriting discount of 2.0%, payable in cash at the closing of the Proposed Public Offering.

Business Combination Marketing Agreement

The Company engaged the underwriters as advisors in connection with our business combination to assist us in holding meetings with our stockholders to discuss the potential business combination and the target business’ attributes, introduce us to potential investors interested in purchasing our securities, assist us in obtaining stockholder approval for the business combination and assist us with our press releases and public filings in connection with the business combination. The Company will pay Oppenheimer & Co. Inc. and EarlyBirdCapital a cash fee for such services upon the consummation of our initial business combination an amount equal to 3.5% of the gross proceeds of this offering (exclusive of any applicable finders’ fees which might become payable).

Registration Rights

The holders of our Founders’ Shares issued and outstanding on the date of the prospectus for the Proposed Public Offering, and any private placement warrants issued to our Sponsor, officers, directors or their affiliates in payment of working capital loans made to us (and all underlying securities), will be entitled to registration rights pursuant to an agreement to be signed prior to or on the effective date of this offering. The holders of a majority of these securities are entitled to make up to three demands that we register such securities. The holders of the majority of the Founders’ Shares can elect to exercise these registration rights at any time commencing three months prior to the date on which these shares of Class B common stock are to be released from escrow. The holders of a majority of the Units issued pursuant to the private placement warrants issued to our sponsor, officers, directors or their affiliates in payment of working capital loans made to us (or underlying securities) can elect to exercise these registration rights at any time after we consummate a Business Combination. In addition, the holders have certain “piggy-back” registration rights with respect to registration statements filed subsequent to our consummation of a Business Combination. The Company will bear the expenses incurred in connection with the filing of any such registration statements.

Note 6 — Stockholder’s Equity

Preferred Stock

The Company is authorized to issue 1,000,000 shares of preferred stock with a par value of $0.0001 per share with such designation, rights and preferences as may be determined from time to time by the Company’s board of directors. As of December 31, 2017, no preferred stock is issued or outstanding.

Common Stock

The Company is authorized to issue 1,000 shares of Class A common stock, par value $0.0001 per share and 12,000,000 shares of Class B common stock, par value $0.0001 per share. As of December 31, 2017, no Class A common stock is issued or outstanding.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

PURE ACQUISITION CORP.

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the Period from November 13, 2017 (Inception) to December 31, 2017

Note 6 — Stockholder’s Equity (Continued)

 

A total of 10,062,500 Founders’ Shares of Class B common stock were sold to the Sponsor at a price of approximately $0.002 per share for an aggregate of $25,000. In March 2018, our sponsor returned to us, at no cost, an aggregate of 1,437,500 founder shares, which we cancelled, leaving an aggregate of 8,625,000 founder shares outstanding. The Founders’ Shares include an aggregate of up to 1,125,000 shares of Class B common stock subject to forfeiture to the extent the over-allotment option is not exercised by the underwriters in full or in part. The Sponsor will be required to forfeit only a number of shares of Class B common stock necessary to continue to maintain the 20.0% ownership interest in our shares of common stock after giving effect to the offering and exercise, if any, of the underwriters’ over-allotment option.

Subject to certain limited exceptions, 50% of the Founders’ Shares will not be transferred, assigned, sold until the earlier of: (i) one year after the date of the consummation of the initial Business Combination or (ii) the date on which the closing price of the Company’s Class A common stock equals or exceeds $12.00 per share (as adjusted) for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period commencing after the initial Business Combination, and the remaining 50% of the Founders’ Shares will not be transferred, assigned, sold until one year after the date of the consummation of the initial Business Combination, or earlier, in either case, if, subsequent to the Company’s initial Business Combination, the Company consummates a subsequent liquidation, merger, stock exchange, reorganization or other similar transaction which results in all of stockholders having the right to exchange their common stock for cash, securities or other property.

Warrants

Warrants may only be exercised for a whole number of shares. No fractional shares will be issued upon exercise of the Warrants. The Warrants will become exercisable on the later of (a) 30 days after the consummation of a Business Combination or (b) 12 months from the effective date of the registration statement relating to the Proposed Public Offering. No Warrants will be exercisable for cash unless the Company has an effective and current registration statement covering the shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of the Warrants and a current prospectus relating to such shares. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a registration statement covering the shares of Class A common stock issuable upon the exercise of the Warrants is not effective within the number of days as specified in the warrant agreement from the consummation of a Business Combination, the holders may, until such time as there is an effective registration statement and during any period when the Company shall have failed to maintain an effective registration statement, exercise the Warrants on a cashless basis pursuant to an available exemption from registration under the Securities Act. If an exemption from registration is not available, holders will not be able to exercise their Warrants on a cashless basis. The Warrants will expire five years from the consummation of a Business Combination or earlier upon redemption or liquidation.

The private placement warrants will be identical to the Warrants underlying the Units being sold in the Proposed Public Offering, except the private placement warrants will be exercisable for cash (even if a registration statement covering the shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of such private placement warrants is not effective) or on a cashless basis, at the holder’s option, and will not be redeemable by the Company, in each case so long as they are still held by the Initial Stockholders, the sponsor, its affiliates or their Permitted Transferees.

The Company may call the Warrants for redemption (excluding the private placement warrants), in whole and not in part, at a price of $.01 per Warrant:

 

    at any time while the Warrants are exercisable,

 

    upon not less than 30 days’ prior written notice of redemption to each Warrant holder,

 

F-15


Table of Contents

PURE ACQUISITION CORP.

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the Period from November 13, 2017 (Inception) to December 31, 2017

Note 6 — Stockholder’s Equity (Continued)

 

    if, and only if, the reported last sale price of the shares of Class A common stock equals or exceeds $18.00 per share, for any 20 trading days within a 30-trading day period ending on the third business day prior to the notice of redemption to Warrant holders, and

 

    if, and only if, there is a current registration statement in effect with respect to the shares of Class A common stock underlying such Warrants at the time of redemption and for the entire 30-day redemption period and continuing each day thereafter until the date of redemption.

If the Company calls the Warrants for redemption, management will have the option to require all holders that wish to exercise the Warrants to do so on a “cashless basis,” as described in the warrant agreement.

The exercise price and number of shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of the Warrants may be adjusted in certain circumstances including in the event of a stock dividend, extraordinary dividend or recapitalization, reorganization, merger or consolidation. However, the Warrants will not be adjusted for issuances of shares of Class A common stock at a price below its exercise price. Additionally, in no event will the Company be required to net cash settle the Warrants. If the Company is unable to complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period and the Company liquidates the funds held in the Trust Account, holders of Warrants will not receive any of such funds with respect to their Warrants, nor will they receive any distribution from the Company’s assets held outside of the Trust Account with respect to such Warrants. Accordingly, the warrants may expire worthless.

Note 7 — Subsequent Events

The Company evaluated subsequent evets and transactions that occurred after the balance sheet date up to March     , 2018, the date the financial statements were available to be issued. Per the note executed on December 16, 2017, the Company requested and received $200,000 on January 5, 2018.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

 

 

30,000,000 Units

Pure Acquisition Corp.

 

 

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

[]        , 2018

 

 

Oppenheimer & Co.

EarlyBirdCapital, Inc.

Until [●], 2018 (25 days after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that buy, sell or trade our Class A common stock, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

The estimated expenses payable by us in connection with the offering described in this registration statement (other than the underwriting discount and commissions) will be as follows:

 

SEC Registration Fee

   $ 42,953  

FINRA filing fee

     60,875  

Accounting fees and expenses

     45,000  

Nasdaq listing fees

     75,000  

Printing and engraving expenses

     50,000  

Directors & Officers liability insurance premiums

     183,500 (1) 

Legal fees and expenses

     300,000  

Travel and road show

     55,000  

Miscellaneous

     187,672 (2) 

Total

   $ 1,000,000  

 

(1) This amount represents the approximate amount of director and officer liability insurance premiums the registrant anticipates paying following the consummation of its initial public offering and until it consummates a business combination.

 

(2) This amount represents additional expenses that may be incurred by the Company in connection with the offering over and above those specifically listed above, including distribution and mailing costs.

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

Our certificate of incorporation provides that all directors, officers, employees and agents of the registrant shall be entitled to be indemnified by us to the fullest extent permitted by Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law concerning indemnification of officers, directors, employees and agents is set forth below.

“Section 145. Indemnification of officers, directors, employees and agents; insurance.

 

(a) A corporation shall have power to indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation) by reason of the fact that the person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if the person acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe the person’s conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which the person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that the person’s conduct was unlawful.

 

II-1


Table of Contents
(b) A corporation shall have power to indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that the person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if the person acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

 

(c) To the extent that a present or former director or officer of a corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in subsections (a) and (b) of this section, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such person shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection therewith.

 

(d) Any indemnification under subsections (a) and (b) of this section (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the corporation only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the present or former director, officer, employee or agent is proper in the circumstances because the person has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in subsections (a) and (b) of this section. Such determination shall be made, with respect to a person who is a director or officer at the time of such determination, (1) by a majority vote of the directors who are not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, even though less than a quorum, or (2) by a committee of such directors designated by majority vote of such directors, even though less than a quorum, or (3) if there are no such directors, or if such directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, or (4) by the stockholders.

 

(e) Expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by an officer or director in defending any civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding may be paid by the corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director or officer to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that such person is not entitled to be indemnified by the corporation as authorized in this section. Such expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by former directors and officers or other employees and agents may be so paid upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the corporation deems appropriate.

 

(f) The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, the other subsections of this section shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in such person’s official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office.

 

(g) A corporation shall have power to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of such person’s status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under this section.

 

(h)

For purposes of this section, references to “the corporation” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, and employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such

 

II-2


Table of Contents
  constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under this section with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as such person would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.

 

(i) For purposes of this section, references to “other enterprises” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “fines” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to any employee benefit plan; and references to “serving at the request of the corporation” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the corporation” as referred to in this section.

 

(j) The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this section shall, unless otherwise provided when authorized or ratified, continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

 

(k) The Court of Chancery is hereby vested with exclusive jurisdiction to hear and determine all actions for advancement of expenses or indemnification brought under this section or under any bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors, or otherwise. The Court of Chancery may summarily determine a corporation’s obligation to advance expenses (including attorneys’ fees).”

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to our directors, officers, and controlling persons pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, we have been advised that, in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person in a successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, we will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to the court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

Paragraph B of Article Eighth of our certificate of incorporation provides:

“The Corporation, to the full extent permitted by Section 145 of the GCL, as amended from time to time, shall indemnify all persons whom it may indemnify pursuant thereto. Expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by an officer or director in defending any civil, criminal, administrative, or investigative action, suit or proceeding for which such officer or director may be entitled to indemnification hereunder shall be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director or officer to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that he is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation as authorized hereby.”

We will enter into indemnity agreements with each of our officers and directors, a form of which is to be filed as an exhibit to this Registration Statement. These agreements will require us to indemnify these individuals to the fullest extent permitted under Delaware law and to advance expenses incurred as a result of any proceeding against them as to which they could be indemnified.

Pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this Registration Statement, we have agreed to indemnify the Underwriters and the Underwriters have agreed to indemnify us against certain civil liabilities that may be incurred in connection with this offering, including certain liabilities under the Securities Act.

 

II-3


Table of Contents

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

 

  (a) During the past three years, we sold the following shares of Class B common stock without registration under the Securities Act:

 

Stockholder    Number of
Shares
 

HighPeak Pure Acquisition, LLC

     10,062,500  

Such shares were issued on December 12, 2017 in connection with our organization pursuant to the exemption from registration contained in Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act as the shares were sold to an accredited investor. The shares issued were sold for an aggregate offering price of $25,000 at an average purchase price of approximately $0.002 per share. In March 2018, our sponsor returned to us, at no cost, an aggregate of 1,437,500 founder shares, which we cancelled, leaving an aggregate of 8,625,000 founder shares outstanding.

HighPeak Pure Acquisition, LLC has also committed to purchase from us 8,000,000 private placement warrants at $1.00 per private placement warrant (for an aggregate purchase price of $8,000,000). This purchase will take place on a private placement basis simultaneously with the consummation of our initial public offering. It has also committed to purchase up to a maximum of 900,000 private placement warrants in proportion to the amount of the underwriters’ over-allotment option that is exercised. These issuances will be made pursuant to the exemption from registration contained in Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act.

No underwriting discounts or commissions were paid with respect to such sales.

Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

(a) The following exhibits are filed as part of this Registration Statement:

 

Exhibit
No.

  

Description

  1.1    Form of Underwriting Agreement.*
  1.2    Form of Business Combination Marketing Agreement between the Registrant, Oppenheimer & Co. Inc., and EarlyBirdCapital, Inc.*
  3.1    Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.
  3.2    Form of Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.*
  3.3    By-laws.
  4.1    Specimen Unit Certificate.
  4.2    Specimen Class A Common Stock Certificate.
  4.3    Specimen Warrant Certificate.
  4.4    Form of Warrant Agreement between Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company and the Registrant.
  5.1    Opinion of Thompson & Knight LLP.*
10.1    Form of Letter Agreement from each of the Registrant’s sponsor, officers and directors.
10.2    Form of Investment Management Trust Agreement between Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company and the Registrant.
10.3    Form of Stock Escrow Agreement between the Registrant, Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company and HighPeak Pure Acquisition, LLC
10.4    Promissory Note issued to HighPeak Pure Acquisition, LLC
10.5    Securities Purchase Agreement between the Registrant and HighPeak Pure Acquisition, LLC
10.6    Form of Registration Rights Agreement among the Registrant and HighPeak Pure Acquisition, LLC
10.7    Form of Private Placement Warrant Agreement.
10.8    Form of Administrative Services Agreement.
10.9    Form of Forward Purchase Agreement
10.10    Form of Indemnity Agreement
10.11    Form of Escrow Agreement among HighPeak Pure Acquisition, LLC and Continental Stock
Transfer & Trust Company.*

 

II-4


Table of Contents

Exhibit
No.

  

Description

14    Code of Ethics.
23.1    Consent of WithumSmith+Brown, PC.
23.2    Consent of Thompson & Knight LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).*
24    Power of Attorney (included on signature page of this Registration Statement).
99.1    Consent of Sylvia K. Barnes
99.2    Consent of M. Gregory Colvin
99.3    Consent of Jared S. Sturdivant

* To be filed by amendment.

Item 17. Undertakings.

 

(a) The undersigned hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriter at the closing specified in the underwriting agreements, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

 

(b) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

 

(c) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

 

  (1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

  (2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-5


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in Fort Worth, Texas, on the 22nd day of March, 2018.

 

PURE ACQUISITION CORP.
By:  

/s/ Jack Hightower

  Name: Jack Hightower
  Title: Chief Executive Officer

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Jack D. Hightower, Steven W. Tholen and Rodney L. Woodard his true and lawful attorney-in-fact, with full power of substitution and resubstitution for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities to sign any and all amendments including pre- and post-effective amendments to this registration statement, any subsequent registration statement for the same offering which may be filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and pre- or post-effective amendments thereto, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact or his substitute, each acting alone, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue thereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Name    Position   Date

/s/ Jack Hightower

Jack Hightower

  

Chief Executive Officer and Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

  March 22, 2018

/s/ Steven W. Tholen

Steven W. Tholen

  

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

  March 22, 2018

/s/ Rodney L. Woodard

Rodney L. Woodard

   Chief Operating Officer and Director   March 22, 2018

 

II-6